Form 8-K12B
8-K12B — Sunoco LP
Accession: 0001193125-26-295535
Filed: 2026-07-06
Period: 2026-07-06
CIK: 0001552275
SIC: 2911 (PETROLEUM REFINING)
Item: Material Modifications to Rights of Security Holders
Item: Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year
Item: Other Events
Item: Financial Statements and Exhibits
Documents
8-K12B — d35531d8k12b.htm (Primary)
EX-2.1 (d35531dex21.htm)
EX-3.1 (d35531dex31.htm)
EX-3.2 (d35531dex32.htm)
EX-99.1 (d35531dex991.htm)
GRAPHIC (g35531dsp6.jpg)
8-K12B
8-K12B (Primary)
Filename: d35531d8k12b.htm · Sequence: 1
8-K12B
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 8-K
CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant
to Section 13 or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
July 6, 2026
Date
of Report (Date of earliest event reported)
SUNOCO LP
(Exact name of
Registrant as specified in its charter)
Texas
001-35653
30-0740483
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)
(Commission
File Number)
(IRS Employer
Identification Number)
8111 Westchester Drive, Suite 400
Dallas, Texas 75225
(Address of principal executive offices)
(214) 981-0700
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of
the registrant under any of the following provisions:
☐
Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)
☐
Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17
CFR 240.14a-12)
☐
Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))
☐
Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading
symbol(s)
Name of each exchange
on which registered
Common Units Representing Limited Partner Interests
SUN
New York Stock Exchange
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of
1933 (§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter).
Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth
company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Item 3.03
Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders.
The information included in Item 5.03 of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated by reference
in this Item 3.03 to the extent required herein.
Item 5.03
Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year.
Redomiciliation from Delaware to Texas
On
July 6, 2026, Sunoco LP (the “Partnership”) changed its state of formation from the State of Delaware to the State of Texas pursuant to a Plan of Conversion. This redomiciliation was approved by the board of directors of the general
partner in reliance in part on the recommendation of a Special Committee (as defined in the Delaware Partnership Agreement (as defined below)).
The redomiciliation was accomplished by filing a Certificate of Conversion with the Delaware Secretary of State and a Certificate of
Conversion and a Certificate of Formation with the Texas Secretary of State.
Following the redomiciliation:
•
The affairs of the Partnership ceased to be governed by the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the
“Delaware Act”) and became subject to the Texas Business Organizations Code (the “TBOC”), and the certificate of limited partnership and Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as
amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership (collectively, the “Delaware Partnership Agreement”), that were in effect immediately prior to the redomiciliation were
replaced by the certificate of formation and Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership (the “Texas Partnership Agreement”) approved in connection with the redomiciliation and Plan of Conversion. For clarity, references in this
filing to “the Delaware Partnership” mean the Partnership as it existed prior to the time of the redomiciliation; and references to “the Texas Partnership” mean the Partnership at the time of and following the
redomiciliation.
•
The Partnership is deemed to be the same entity as it was prior to the redomiciliation, without interruption; all
property that the Delaware Partnership had prior to the redomiciliation continues to be vested in the Texas Partnership; all debts, obligations and liabilities of the Delaware Partnership prior to the redomiciliation continue as the debts,
obligations and other liabilities of the Texas Partnership after the redomiciliation; and, except as provided by law, all of the rights, privileges, immunities and powers which the Delaware Partnership possessed prior to the redomiciliation continue
to be vested in the Texas Partnership without change after the redomiciliation.
•
All unitholders of the Delaware Partnership immediately before the redomiciliation remain unitholders of the
Texas Partnership immediately after the redomiciliation, in that each Common Unit of the Delaware Partnership converted into a Common Unit of the Texas Partnership, each Class C Unit of the Delaware Partnership converted into a Class C
Unit of the Texas Partnership, each Class D Common Unit of the Delaware Partnership converted into a Class D Common Unit of the Texas Partnership, and each Series A Preferred Unit of the Delaware Partnership converted into a Series A
Preferred Unit of the Texas Partnership.
•
Each option, warrant or other right to acquire Common Units of the Delaware Partnership that was outstanding
immediately prior to the redomiciliation converted to an outstanding option, warrant or other right to acquire Common Units of the Texas Partnership.
•
Each performance unit, restricted unit award or restricted unit relating to the Common Units of the Delaware
Partnership that was outstanding immediately prior to the redomiciliation converted to an equivalent performance unit, restricted unit award or restricted unit of the Texas Partnership having the same terms and conditions as were in effect
immediately prior to the redomiciliation.
•
Each employee benefit plan, incentive compensation plan or other similar plan of the Delaware Partnership that
was in effect immediately prior to the redomiciliation continues to be an employee benefit plan, incentive compensation plan or other similar plan of the Texas Partnership following the redomiciliation.
•
Each director or officer of the general partner who was in office immediately before the redomiciliation
continues to hold his or her respective office with the general partner following the redomiciliation of the Partnership. The general partner is redomiciling from Delaware to Texas concurrently with the Partnership and will remain the general
partner of the Partnership following the redomiciliation.
The redomiciliation did not result in any change in the
Partnership’s CUSIP, trading symbol, federal tax identification number, or any material change in its business, offices, assets, liabilities, obligations or net worth, or employees. The Partnership continues to maintain its principal executive
offices at 8111 Westchester Drive, Suite 400, Dallas, Texas 75225.
The rights of the unitholders were governed by the Delaware
Partnership Agreement and the Delaware Act prior to the redomiciliation. Following the redomiciliation, the unitholders’ rights are governed by the Texas Partnership Agreement, as in effect upon consummation of the redomiciliation, and the
TBOC. The Partnership believes that the rights and obligations of unitholders of the Partnership contained in the Delaware Partnership Agreement immediately prior to the conversion are substantially the same as the rights and obligations of
unitholders of the Partnership contained in the Texas Partnership Agreement immediately after the conversion.
Set forth below is a
comparison between the rights of a unitholder under the Delaware Partnership Agreement and the Delaware Act, on the one hand, and the rights of a holder of units under the Texas Partnership Agreement and the TBOC, on the other hand. The comparison
below is by its nature a summary and does not include descriptions of all of the terms in the Delaware Partnership Agreement or Texas Partnership Agreement or of all statutory provisions in the Delaware Act or the TBOC.
The following summary does not reflect any rules of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) or any other national exchange that
may apply to the Partnership in connection with the matters discussed. This summary does not purport to be a complete discussion of, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Delaware Act, the TBOC, the Delaware Partnership Agreement and
the Texas Partnership Agreement.
Purpose and Term of Existence
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
Engage in any business activity that is approved by the general partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership.
Until dissolved pursuant to the terms of the Delaware Partnership Agreement.
Engage in any business activity that is approved by the general partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership.
Until dissolved pursuant to the terms of the Texas Partnership Agreement.
Distributions of Available Cash
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
Within 60 days after the end of each quarter, the Partnership will distribute all of its available cash to the partners.
Available cash is defined in the Delaware Partnership Agreement and generally means,
with respect to each calendar quarter, all cash and cash equivalents on hand at the end of such quarter, less the amount of cash reserves established by the general partner to:
•
provide for the proper conduct of the business (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs of the
business);
•
comply with applicable law, any of the Delaware Partnership’s debt instruments or other agreements;
•
provide funds for distributions to the Delaware Partnership’s unitholders for any one or more of the next four quarters; or
•
provide funds for distributions to the Delaware Partnership’s unitholders.
Within 60 days after the end of each quarter, the Partnership will distribute all of its available cash to the partners.
Available cash is defined in the Texas Partnership Agreement and generally means, with
respect to each calendar quarter, all cash and cash equivalents on hand at the end of such quarter, less the amount of cash reserves established by the general partner to:
•
provide for the proper conduct of the business (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs of the
business);
•
comply with applicable law, any of the Texas Partnership’s debt instruments or other agreements;
•
provide funds for distributions to the Texas Partnership’s unitholders for any one or more of the next four quarters; or
•
provide funds for distributions to the Texas Partnership’s unitholders.
Distributions upon Liquidation
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
Proceeds from the liquidation of the Delaware Partnership’s assets will be used to discharge the liabilities of the Delaware Partnership. Any remaining assets will be distributed to partners per their capital account balances,
subject to preferred unit liquidation preferences.
Proceeds from the liquidation of the Texas Partnership’s assets will be used to discharge the liabilities of the Texas Partnership. Any remaining assets will be distributed to partners per their capital account balances,
subject to preferred unit liquidation preferences.
Merger and Consolidation
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
Merger or consolidation requires the prior consent of the general partner. Once approved by the general partner, unless the merger or consolidation is of a type not requiring limited partner approval, the merger agreement must be
submitted to a vote of the limited partners, and the merger agreement will be approved upon receipt of the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding units (unless, in certain circumstances, the affirmative vote of a greater
percentage is required). In certain specified circumstances set forth in the Delaware Partnership Agreement, the general partner can convert or merge the Delaware Partnership into another limited liability entity without the approval of the limited
partners.
Merger or consolidation requires the prior consent of the general partner. Once approved by the general partner, unless the merger or consolidation is of a type not requiring limited partner approval, the merger agreement must be
submitted to a vote of the limited partners, and the merger agreement will be approved upon receipt of the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding units (unless, in certain circumstances, the affirmative vote of a greater
percentage is required). In certain specified circumstances set forth in the Texas Partnership Agreement, the general partner can convert or merge the Texas Partnership into another limited liability entity without the approval of the limited
partners.
Disposal of Assets
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
Except in limited circumstances specified in the Delaware Partnership Agreement, the general partner may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Delaware Partnership in a single
transaction or series of related transactions without approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding units. The general partner is able to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the
Delaware Partnership’s assets without approval, and, if such encumbrance is foreclosed or realized upon, sell the Delaware Partnership’s assets in satisfaction of such encumbrance.
Except in limited circumstances specified in the Texas Partnership Agreement, the general partner may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Texas Partnership in a single transaction
or series of related transactions without approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding units. The general partner is able to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the Texas
Partnership’s assets without approval, and, if such encumbrance is foreclosed or realized upon, sell the Texas Partnership’s assets in satisfaction of such encumbrance.
Rights and Obligations of the Different Classes of Unitholders
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
Holders of Common Units, Class C Units, Class D Common Units, Series A Preferred Units and the General Partner Interest have certain voting, economic and other rights and obligations that are specific and particular to
such equityholder’s class of equity.
Holders of Common Units, Class C Units, Class D Common Units, Series A Preferred Units and the General Partner Interest have certain voting, economic and other rights and obligations that are specific and particular to
such equityholder’s class of equity.
Transfer of General Partner Interest
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
The general partner may transfer all or any of its general partner interest at any time without unitholder approval if (i) the transferee assumes the rights and duties of the general partner and is bound by the Delaware
Partnership Agreement, (ii) the Delaware Partnership receives an opinion of counsel confirming no loss of limited liability or taxable entity status under Delaware law, and (iii) the transferee agrees to purchase all of the general partner
interest in the Delaware Partnership or membership interests held by the general partner in each other subsidiary of the Delaware Partnership.
The general partner may transfer all or any of its general partner interest at any time without unitholder approval if (i) the transferee assumes the rights and duties of the general partner and is bound by the Texas
Partnership Agreement, (ii) the Texas Partnership receives an opinion of counsel confirming no loss of limited liability or taxable entity status under Texas law, and (iii) the transferee agrees to purchase all of the general partner
interest in the Texas Partnership or membership interests held by the general partner in each other subsidiary of the Texas Partnership.
Withdrawal of General Partner
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
The general partner may voluntarily withdraw at any time by giving at least 90 days’ advance written notice to unitholders. Upon voluntary withdrawal, the holders of a majority of the outstanding units may elect a successor
general partner prior to the effective date of withdrawal.
The general partner may voluntarily withdraw at any time by giving at least 90 days’ advance written notice to unitholders. Upon voluntary withdrawal, the holders of a majority of the outstanding units may elect a successor
general partner prior to the effective date of withdrawal.
Removal of General Partner
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
The general partner may be removed if such removal is approved by a vote of (i) at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding units (excluding the Class D Common Units but including the general partner and its affiliates) and
(ii) at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding Class D Common Units, including units held by the general partner and its affiliates, and the Delaware Partnership receives an opinion of counsel as to limited liability and tax matters.
The general partner may be removed if such removal is approved by a vote of (i) at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding units (excluding the Class D Common Units but including the general partner and its affiliates) and
(ii) at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding Class D Common Units, including units held by the general partner and its affiliates, and the Texas Partnership receives an opinion of counsel as to limited liability and tax matters.
Limited Call Rights
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
If at any time the general partner and its affiliates hold more than 80% of the issued and outstanding limited partner interests of any
class, the general partner has the right, assignable to the Delaware Partnership or any of the general partner’s affiliates, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the outstanding units of that class held by
non-affiliated persons, as of a record date to be selected by the general partner, on at least 10, but not more than 60, days’ notice. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the greater
of:
•
the highest price paid by the general partner or any of its affiliates for any limited partner interests of the class purchased within the 90 days
preceding the date on which the general partner first mails notice of its election to purchase those limited partner interests; and
•
the average of the daily closing prices of the partnership securities of such class over the 20 consecutive trading days preceding the date that is
three days before the date the notice is mailed.
If at any time the general partner and its affiliates hold more than 80% of the issued and outstanding limited partner interests of any
class, the general partner has the right, assignable to the Texas Partnership or any of the general partner’s affiliates, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the outstanding units of that class held by
non-affiliated persons, as of a record date to be selected by the general partner, on at least 10, but not more than 60, days’ notice. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the greater
of:
•
the highest price paid by the general partner or any of its affiliates for any limited partner interests of the class purchased within the 90 days
preceding the date on which the general partner first mails notice of its election to purchase those limited partner interests; and
•
the average of the daily closing prices of the partnership securities of such class over the 20 consecutive trading days preceding the date that is
three days before the date the notice is mailed.
Partnership Agreement Amendment
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
Amendments to the Delaware Partnership Agreement may be proposed only by the general partner. However, the general partner will have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty
or obligation whatsoever to the Delaware Partnership or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of the Delaware Partnership or the limited partners. In order to adopt a proposed amendment, other than
the amendments discussed below, the general partner is required to seek written approval of the holders of the number of the Delaware Partnership’s units required to approve the amendment or to call a meeting of the limited partners to
consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Proposed amendments submitted to the unitholders must be approved by a requisite percentage of unitholders.
Amendments to the Texas Partnership Agreement may be proposed only by the general partner. However, the general partner will have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or
obligation whatsoever to the Texas Partnership or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of the Texas Partnership or the limited partners. In order to adopt a proposed amendment, other than the
amendments discussed below, the general partner is required to seek written approval of the holders of the number of the Texas Partnership’s units required to approve the amendment or to call a meeting of the limited partners to consider and
vote upon the proposed amendment. Proposed amendments submitted to the unitholders must be approved by a requisite percentage of unitholders.
The Delaware Partnership’s general partner may generally make amendments to the Delaware Partnership Agreement without the approval of
any partner to reflect:
•
a change in the Delaware Partnership’s name, the location of its principal place of business, its registered agent or its registered
office;
•
admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance with the Delaware Partnership Agreement;
•
a change that the general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Delaware Partnership as a
limited partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that neither the Partnership nor any of its subsidiaries will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or
otherwise taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
•
a change that the general partner determines (i) does not adversely affect the limited partners in any material respect, (ii) to be
necessary or appropriate to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state
statute (including the Delaware Act) or (B) facilitate the trading of the units or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any national securities exchange on which the units are or will be listed or admitted to trading,
(iii) to be necessary or appropriate in connection with action taken by the general partner to effect a combination or split of the Delaware Partnership’s securities or (iv) to be required to effect the intent expressed in the
Delaware Partnership’s Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of the Delaware Partnership Agreement;
•
a change in the Delaware Partnership’s fiscal year or taxable period and related changes;
•
an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of the Delaware Partnership’s counsel, to prevent the Delaware Partnership or its general
partner or its general partner’s directors, officers, agents or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or “plan asset” regulations
adopted under ERISA whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed;
The Texas Partnership’s general partner may generally make amendments to the Texas Partnership Agreement without the approval of any
partner to reflect:
•
a change in the Texas Partnership’s name, the location of its principal place of business, its registered agent or its registered
office;
•
admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners in accordance with the Texas Partnership Agreement;
•
a change that the general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Texas Partnership as a
limited partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that neither the Partnership nor any of its subsidiaries will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or
otherwise taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
•
a change that the general partner determines (i) does not adversely affect the limited partners in any material respect, (ii) to be
necessary or appropriate to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state
statute (including the TBOC) or (B) facilitate the trading of the units or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any national securities exchange on which the units are or will be listed or admitted to trading,
(iii) to be necessary or appropriate in connection with action taken by the general partner to effect a combination or split of the Texas Partnership’s securities or (iv) to be required to effect the intent expressed in the Texas
Partnership’s Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of the Texas Partnership Agreement;
•
a change in the Texas Partnership’s fiscal year or taxable period and related changes;
•
an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of the Texas Partnership’s counsel, to prevent the Texas Partnership or its general partner or
its general partner’s directors, officers, agents or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or “plan asset” regulations adopted under
ERISA whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed;
•
an amendment that the Delaware Partnership’s general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation,
authorization or issuance of additional partnership interests or derivative instruments;
•
any amendment expressly permitted in the Delaware Partnership Agreement to be made by the general partner acting alone;
•
an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of the Delaware Partnership
Agreement;
•
any amendment that the general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation by the Delaware Partnership of, or its investment
in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, as otherwise permitted by the Delaware Partnership Agreement;
•
conversions into, mergers with or conveyances to another limited liability entity pursuant to the Delaware Partnership Agreement; or
•
any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described above.
•
an amendment that the Texas Partnership’s general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation,
authorization or issuance of additional partnership interests or derivative instruments;
•
any amendment expressly permitted in the Texas Partnership Agreement to be made by the general partner acting alone;
•
an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement that has been approved under the terms of the Texas Partnership
Agreement;
•
any amendment that the general partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation by the Texas Partnership of, or its investment in,
any corporation, partnership or other entity, as otherwise permitted by the Texas Partnership Agreement;
•
conversions into, mergers with or conveyances to another limited liability entity pursuant to the Texas Partnership Agreement; or
•
any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters described above.
Dissolution
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
The Delaware Partnership will dissolve and its affairs will be wound up, if:
•
the general partner withdraws and no successor is elected;
•
the general partner elects to dissolve the Delaware Partnership and the election is approved by a majority of unitholders;
•
there is an entry of a judicial decree for dissolution pursuant to the Delaware Act; or
•
at any time there are no limited partners, unless the Delaware Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Delaware
Act.
The Texas Partnership will dissolve and its affairs will be wound up, if:
•
the general partner withdraws and no successor is elected;
•
the general partner elects to dissolve the Texas Partnership and the election is approved by a majority of unitholders;
•
there is an entry of a judicial decree for dissolution pursuant to the TBOC; or
•
at any time there are no limited partners, unless the Texas Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the
TBOC.
Management
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
The general partner will conduct, direct and manage all of the Delaware Partnership’s activities. Except as specifically granted in the
Delaware Partnership Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Delaware Partnership will be exclusively vested in the general partner, and no limited partner or assignee will have any management power over the business
and affairs of the Delaware Partnership. Subject to certain restrictions contained in the Delaware Partnership Agreement, the general partner has full power and authority to do all things and on such terms as it, in its sole discretion, may deem
necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Delaware Partnership.
Common
Unitholders of the Delaware Partnership have no right to elect the general partner or the board of directors of the general partner. The members of the board of directors of the general partner are appointed and may be replaced in accordance with
the organizational documents and governance arrangements applicable to the general partner. In addition, the limited partners are limited in their ability to remove the general partner.
The general partner will conduct, direct and manage all of the Texas Partnership’s activities. Except as specifically granted in the
Texas Partnership Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Texas Partnership will be exclusively vested in the general partner, and no limited partner or assignee will have any management power over the business and
affairs of the Texas Partnership. Subject to certain restrictions contained in the Texas Partnership Agreement, the general partner has full power and authority to do all things and on such terms as it, in its sole discretion, may deem necessary or
appropriate to conduct the business of the Texas Partnership.
Common Unitholders of
the Texas Partnership have no right to elect the general partner or the board of directors of the general partner. The members of the board of directors of the general partner are appointed and may be replaced in accordance with the organizational
documents and governance arrangements applicable to the general partner. In addition, the limited partners are limited in their ability to remove the general partner.
Issuance of Limited Partner Interests
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
The Delaware Partnership may issue an unlimited number of additional partnership interests and derivative instruments, including securities senior to the Delaware Partnership’s Common Units, without the approval of existing
unitholders.
The Texas Partnership may issue an unlimited number of additional partnership interests and derivative instruments, including securities senior to the Texas Partnership’s Common Units, without the approval of existing
unitholders.
Transfer of Units; Status as a Limited Partner
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
The Delaware Partnership shall not recognize any transfer of limited partner interests until the certificates evidencing such interests, if
any, are surrendered.
A transferee who accepts limited partner interests
acknowledges and agrees to become bound by the terms of the Delaware Partnership Agreement.
The Texas Partnership shall not recognize any transfer of limited partner interests until the certificates evidencing such interests, if any,
are surrendered.
A transferee who accepts limited partner interests acknowledges and
agrees to become bound by the terms of the Texas Partnership Agreement.
Indemnification
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
Under the Delaware Partnership Agreement, in most circumstances, the Delaware Partnership will indemnify the following persons, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events:
•
its general partner;
•
any departing general partner;
•
any person who is or was an affiliate of its general partner or any departing general partner;
•
any person who is or was a manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of the Delaware
Partnership, its subsidiaries, its general partner, any departing general partner or any of their affiliates;
•
any person who is or was serving at the request of a general partner, any departing general partner or any of their respective affiliates as a
manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another person owing a fiduciary duty to the Delaware Partnership or its subsidiaries;
•
any person designated by its general partner.
Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of the Delaware Partnership’s assets. Unless it otherwise agrees, the Delaware
Partnership’s general partner will not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or lend funds or assets to the Delaware Partnership to enable the Delaware Partnership to effectuate, indemnification. The Delaware
Partnership may purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for its activities, regardless of whether it would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under the Delaware Partnership
Agreement.
Under the Texas Partnership Agreement, in most circumstances, the Texas Partnership will indemnify the following persons, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar events:
•
its general partner;
•
any departing general partner;
•
any person who is or was an affiliate of its general partner or any departing general partner;
•
any person who is or was a manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of the Texas
Partnership, its subsidiaries, its general partner, any departing general partner or any of their affiliates;
•
any person who is or was serving at the request of a general partner, any departing general partner or any of their respective affiliates as a
manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another person owing a fiduciary duty to the Texas Partnership or its subsidiaries;
•
any person designated by its general partner.
Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of the Texas Partnership’s assets. Unless it otherwise agrees, the Texas Partnership’s
general partner will not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or lend funds or assets to the Texas Partnership to enable the Texas Partnership to effectuate, indemnification. The Texas Partnership may purchase insurance
against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for its activities, regardless of whether it would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under the Texas Partnership Agreement.
Meetings; Voting
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
A special meeting of the limited partners may be called by the general partner or by the limited partners owning 20% or more of the
outstanding securities of the Delaware Partnership of the class for which a meeting is proposed.
Unitholders are entitled to vote on the following matters:
•
the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Delaware Partnership and its subsidiaries’ assets;
•
the election of a successor general partner following the withdrawal of the general partner;
•
an election to dissolve the Delaware Partnership by the general partner;
A special meeting of the limited partners may be called by the general partner or by the limited partners owning 20% or more of the
outstanding securities of the Texas Partnership of the class for which a meeting is proposed.
Unitholders are entitled to vote on the following matters:
•
the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Texas Partnership and its subsidiaries’ assets;
•
the election of a successor general partner following the withdrawal of the general partner;
•
an election to dissolve the Texas Partnership by the general partner;
•
the continuation of the Delaware Partnership following dissolution of the Delaware Partnership, subject to the terms of the Delaware Partnership
Agreement;
•
certain amendments of the Delaware Partnership Agreement; and
•
a merger agreement or a plan of conversion, subject to the terms of the Delaware Partnership Agreement.
Holders of more than 20% of any class of securities of the Delaware Partnership may not
vote on any matter except for (i) the general partner, its affiliates, their direct transferees and their indirect transferees approved by the general partner, (ii) any other holder that acquired such securities with the prior approval of
the general partner or (iii) any Series A Preferred Unitholder (as to their Series A Preferred Units).
•
the continuation of the Texas Partnership following dissolution of the Texas Partnership, subject to the terms of the Texas Partnership
Agreement;
•
certain amendments of the Texas Partnership Agreement; and
•
a merger agreement or a plan of conversion, subject to the terms of the Texas Partnership Agreement.
Holders of more
than 20% of any class of securities of the Texas Partnership may not vote on any matter except for (i) the general partner, its affiliates, their direct transferees and their indirect transferees approved by the general partner, (ii) any
other holder that acquired such securities with the prior approval of the general partner or (iii) any Series A Preferred Unitholder (as to their Series A Preferred Units).
Elimination of Fiduciary Duties
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
Pursuant to the Delaware Partnership Agreement, default general partner fiduciary duties under state governing law are generally replaced with a requirement for the general partner to act in “good faith.” A
determination, other action or failure to act by the general partner, the board of directors of the general partner or any committee thereof will be deemed to be in good faith unless the general partner, the board of directors of the general partner
or any committee thereof believed such determination, other action or failure to act was adverse to the interests of the Delaware Partnership. With respect to certain other actions taken in its individual capacity, the general partner is permitted
to act in its sole discretion with no duty to the limited partners.
Pursuant to the Texas Partnership Agreement, default general partner fiduciary duties under state governing law are generally replaced with a requirement for the general partner to act in “good faith.” A determination,
other action or failure to act by the general partner, the board of directors of the general partner or any committee thereof will be deemed to be in good faith unless the general partner, the board of directors of the general partner or any
committee thereof believed such determination, other action or failure to act was adverse to the interests of the Texas Partnership. With respect to certain other actions taken in its individual capacity, the general partner is permitted to act in
its sole discretion with no duty to the limited partners.
Exculpation of General Partner and Affiliated Persons
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
The general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to the Delaware Partnership for acts or omissions without a final and non-appealable judgment being
entered into against the general partner for such acts or omissions or in circumstances involving acting in bad faith, with willful misconduct or with gross negligence.
The general partner and its officers and directors will not be liable for monetary damages to the Texas Partnership for acts or omissions without a final and non-appealable judgment being
entered into against the general partner for such acts or omissions or in circumstances involving acting in bad faith, with willful misconduct or with gross negligence.
Conflicted Transaction Approvals
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
Whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the general partner or any of its affiliates, on the one hand, and the Delaware Partnership, any of its affiliates or any partner, any other person who acquires a
partnership interest or any other person who is bound by the Delaware Partnership Agreement, on the other, any resolution or course of action by the general partner or its affiliates in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and
deemed approved by all partners, and shall not constitute a breach of the Delaware Partnership Agreement or of any agreement contemplated therein, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action in respect of
such conflict of interest is (i) approved by the Conflicts Committee (as defined in the Delaware Partnership Agreement) or (ii) approved by the vote of a majority of the Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the general partner and
its affiliates).
Whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the general partner or any of its affiliates, on the one hand, and the Texas Partnership, any of its affiliates or any partner, any other person who acquires a
partnership interest or any other person who is bound by the Texas Partnership Agreement, on the other, any resolution or course of action by the general partner or its affiliates in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed
approved by all partners, and shall not constitute a breach of the Texas Partnership Agreement or of any agreement contemplated therein, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such
conflict of interest is (i) approved by the Conflicts Committee (as defined in the Texas Partnership Agreement) or (ii) approved by the vote of a majority of the Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the general partner and its
affiliates).
Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction
Delaware Partnership
Texas Partnership
The Delaware Partnership Agreement is governed by Delaware law and requires that specified claims, suits, actions or proceedings—including those relating to the Delaware Partnership Agreement or any partnership interest, those
arising under the Delaware Act, and those arising under the federal securities laws—be brought exclusively in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, another court located in
the State of Delaware with subject matter jurisdiction), subject to the exceptions provided by law for claims within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts.
The Texas Partnership Agreement is governed by Texas law and requires that specified claims, suits, actions or proceedings—including those relating to the Texas Partnership Agreement or any partnership interest, those arising
under the TBOC, and those arising under the federal securities laws—be brought exclusively in the Business Court in the First Business Court Division of the State of Texas (or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, another
court located in the State of Texas with subject matter jurisdiction), subject to the exceptions provided by law for claims within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts.
Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership Following the Redomiciliation
The Texas Partnership’s certificate of formation and the Texas Partnership Agreement, as currently in effect, are similar in substance to
the Delaware Partnership’s certificate of limited partnership and the Delaware Partnership Agreement, which were in effect prior to the redomiciliation, except as necessary to accommodate differences between the laws of the two states.
The foregoing description of provisions of the Partnership’s Plan of Conversion, certificate of formation and the Texas Partnership
Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Plan of Conversion, certificate of formation and the Texas Partnership Agreement, copies of which are filed as Exhibits 2.1, 3.1 and 3.2
to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.
Item 8.01
Other Events.
On or about the date of this Current Report on Form 8-K, the Partnership is filing with the Securities
and Exchange Commission post-effective amendments to its registration statements for the purpose of expressly adopting those registration statements as its own, in accordance with Rule 414 of the Securities Act of 1933. Certain exhibits that are to
be incorporated by reference into those registration statements, as amended by the post-effective amendments, have been filed with this Current Report on Form 8-K.
In connection with the completion of the redomiciliation and by operation of Rule 12g-3(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Delaware Partnership’s Common Units are deemed registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act and the Texas Partnership has succeeded to the Delaware
Partnership’s attributes as the registrant with respect thereto.
The Partnership is filing the risk factors attached hereto as
Exhibit 99.1 for the purpose of updating the risk factor disclosures contained in its prior filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including those in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025. The updated risk factors are filed as Exhibit 99.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and are incorporated herein by reference.
Item 9.01
Financial Statements and Exhibits.
(d) Exhibits
2.1
Plan of Conversion of Sunoco LP, dated as of July 2, 2026
3.1
Certificate of Formation of Sunoco LP, dated as of July 2, 2026
3.2
Agreement of Limited Partnership of Sunoco LP, dated as of July 6, 2026
99.1
Risk Factors
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by
the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.
SUNOCO LP
By:
Sunoco GP LLC, its general partner
By:
/s/ Dylan A. Bramhall
Dylan A. Bramhall
Chief Financial Officer
Date: July 6, 2026
EX-2.1
EX-2.1
Filename: d35531dex21.htm · Sequence: 2
EX-2.1
Exhibit 2.1
PLAN OF CONVERSION
OF
SUNOCO LP, A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
INTO
SUNOCO LP, A TEXAS
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
This PLAN OF CONVERSION (this “Plan”), dated as of July 2, 2026, is hereby adopted
by Sunoco LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Converting Entity”), in order to set forth the terms, conditions and procedures governing its conversion into, and continued existence as, Sunoco LP, a Texas limited
partnership (the “Converted Entity”), pursuant to Title 1, Chapter 10, Subchapter C of the Texas Business Organizations Code (the “TBOC”) and
Section 17-219 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “Act”).
WHEREAS, the board of directors of the general partner of the Converting Entity, by unanimous vote and in reliance in part on the
recommendation of the Special Committee (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Converting Entity, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited
Partnership of the Converting Entity), has approved this Plan and the conversion of the Converting Entity into the Converted Entity (the “Conversion”) and the board of directors of the general partner has adopted such
resolutions as required pursuant to the terms of the Act.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Converting Entity does hereby adopt this Plan, as set forth
below:
1.
Plan of Conversion.
a.
The name of the Converting Entity is “Sunoco LP”, a Delaware limited partnership.
b.
The name of the Converted Entity is to be “Sunoco LP”, a Texas limited partnership.
c.
The Converting Entity is continuing its existence, without lapse or interruption, in the organizational form of
a Texas limited partnership under the name “Sunoco LP”.
d.
The Converted Entity is to be a limited partnership, and its jurisdiction of formation is the State of Texas.
e.
Capitalized terms used in this Plan and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meaning in the Third
Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Converting Entity, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Converting Entity, or the Texas Partnership Agreement (as
defined below), as applicable. As of the Effective Time, automatically by virtue of the Conversion and without any further action on the part of any person, (i) each Common Unit representing a limited partner interest of the Converting Entity
issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be automatically converted into one Common Unit of the Converted Entity, (ii) each Class C Unit of the Converting Entity issued and outstanding immediately prior to the
Effective Time shall be automatically converted into one Class C Unit of the Converted Entity, (iii) each Class D Common Unit of the Converting Entity issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be
automatically converted into one Class D Common Unit of the Converted Entity, (iv) each Series A Preferred Unit of the Converting Entity issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be automatically converted into
one Series A Preferred Unit of the Converted Entity and (v) each General Partner Interest (together with the Common Units, Class C Units, Class D Common Units and Series A Preferred Units, the “Partnership
Securities”) of the Converting Entity issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be automatically
converted into one General Partner Interest of the Converted Entity. At and after the Effective Time: (x) all of the outstanding certificates that immediately prior thereto represented
issued and outstanding Partnership Securities of the Converting Entity shall be deemed for all purposes to evidence ownership of and to represent Partnership Securities of the Converted Entity into which the Partnership Securities represented by
such certificates have been converted as herein provided and shall be so registered on the books and records of the Converted Entity and its transfer agent; and (y) all of the issued and outstanding Partnership Securities of the Converting
Entity that are in uncertificated book-entry form shall automatically become the number and class of Partnership Securities of the Converted Entity into which such Partnership Securities of the Converting Entity have been converted as herein
provided in accordance with the customary procedures of the Converting Entity’s transfer agent.
f.
As of the Effective Time, automatically by virtue of the Conversion and without any further action on the part
of any person, each employment letter or agreement, employee benefit plan or agreement, incentive compensation plan or agreement or other similar plan or agreement to which the Converting Entity is a party, or otherwise maintains, sponsors or
contributes, shall continue to be a plan or agreement of the Converted Entity on the same terms and conditions and any references to the Converting Entity thereunder shall mean the Converted Entity on and after the Effective Time. To the extent that
any such plan, letter or agreement provides for the issuance, or is otherwise based on the value, of Common Units or other equity security of the Converting Entity, as of the Effective Time, automatically by virtue of the Conversion and without any
further action on the part of any person, such plan or agreement shall be deemed to provide for the issuance, or be based on the value, of Common Units or other equity security of the Converted Entity, respectively.
g.
As of the Effective Time, automatically by virtue of the Conversion and without any further action on the part
of any person, each agreement to which the Converting Entity is a party shall continue to be an agreement of the Converted Entity on the same terms and conditions and any references to the Converting Entity thereunder shall, on and after the
Effective Time, mean the Converted Entity.
2.
Effective Time. The Conversion will be consummated under the TBOC by filing with the Secretary of State
of the State of Texas (a) a Certificate of Conversion in the form required by the TBOC (the “Texas Certificate”) and executed in accordance with the relevant provisions of the TBOC and (b) a Certificate of
Formation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Certificate of Formation”). The Texas Certificate shall become effective at 12:01 a.m. Central Time on July 6, 2026 (the “Effective
Time”). Simultaneously with the filing of the Texas Certificate, the Converting Entity is authorized and empowered to take any such actions as may be necessary or prudent in connection with the Conversion under the Act, including the
filing of a Certificate of Conversion to a Non-Delaware Entity in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
3.
Effects of the Conversion. The Conversion will have the effects set forth in the TBOC and, to the extent
necessary, the Act, including, without limitation, the effects set forth in Section 1(c) of this Plan. The Converted Entity will be responsible for the payment of all of the Converting Entity’s fees and franchise
taxes and will be responsible for all of the Converting Entity’s debts and liabilities.
4.
Governance of the Converted Entity. On and after the Effective Time, the affairs of the Converted Entity
shall be governed in accordance with the TBOC and the Certificate of Formation, and the Agreement of Limited Partnership (the “Texas Partnership Agreement”) of the Converted Entity in substantially the form attached hereto
as Exhibit C.
2
5.
Foreign Qualifications of the Converted Entity. For the purpose of authorizing the Converted Entity to
do business in any state, territory or dependency of the United States, including, but not limited to, Delaware, or in any foreign country in which it is necessary or expedient for the Converted Entity to transact business, the officers of the
general partner of the Converted Entity are hereby authorized and empowered to appoint and substitute all necessary agents or attorneys for service of process, to designate and to prepare, execute, and file, for and on behalf of the Converted
Entity, all necessary certificates, reports, powers of attorney, and other instruments as may be required by the laws of such state, territory, dependency or foreign country to authorize the Converted Entity to transact business therein, and
whenever it is expedient for the Converted Entity to cease doing business therein and withdraw therefrom, to revoke any appointment of agent or attorney for service of process, and to file such certificates, reports, revocation of appointment or
surrender of authority as may be necessary to terminate the authority of the Converted Entity to do business in any such state, territory, dependency or foreign country, and all actions taken by the officers of the general partner of the Converted
Entity prior to the Effective Time in furtherance of this Section 5 shall be, and each of them hereby is, approved, ratified and confirmed in all respects as the proper acts and deeds of the Converted Entity.
6.
Third Party Beneficiaries. This Plan shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person or entity
other than as expressly provided herein, it being understood that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, no provision of this Plan is intended to, or does, confer any rights or remedies on any current or former service provider of
the Converting Entity (nor any other individual associated therewith) and none of such individuals shall be regarded for any purpose as a third-party beneficiary to this Plan.
7.
Severability. Whenever possible, each term and provision of this Plan will be interpreted in such manner
as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any term or provision of this Plan is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law or in any jurisdiction, such term or provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such
prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Plan. Upon the determination that any term or provision of this Plan is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such term or provision shall be deemed amended in such jurisdiction,
without further action on the part of any person or entity, to the limited extent necessary to render the same valid, legal or enforceable.
[Signature Page Follows]
3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the general partner of the Converting
Entity, has caused this Plan of Conversion to be executed by its duly authorized representative as of the date first stated above.
GENERAL PARTNER:
SUNOCO GP LLC
By:
/s/ Joseph Kim
Name: Joseph Kim
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
[Signature Page to Sunoco LP Plan of Conversion]
EXHIBIT A
Certificate of Formation
[See attached.]
EXHIBIT A
Form 207
Certificate of Formation
Limited Partnership
This space reserved for
office use.
(Revised 12/21)
Submit in duplicate
to:
Secretary of State
P.O. Box 13697
Austin, TX 78711-3697
512 463-5555
Filing Fee: $750
Article 1 – Entity Name and Type
The filing entity being formed is a limited partnership. The name of the entity is:
Sunoco LP
The name must contain the words “limited,” “limited partnership,” or an abbreviation of that word or phrase. The name of a limited
partnership that is also a limited liability partnership must also contain the phrase “limited liability partnership” or “limited liability limited partnership” or an abbreviation of one of those phrases.
Article 2 – Registered Agent and Registered Office
(Select and complete either A or B and complete C)
☒
A. The initial registered agent is an organization (cannot be entity named above) by the name of:
Corporation Service Company d/b/a CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service
OR
☐
B. The initial registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is set forth below:
First Name
M.I.
Last Name
Suffix
C. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is:
211 East 7th Street, Suite 620
Austin
TX
78701
Street Address
City
State
Zip Code
Article 3—Governing Authority
(Provide the name and address of each general partner.)
The name and address of each general partner are set forth below:
GENERAL PARTNER 1
NAME (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)
IF INDIVIDUAL
First Name
M.I.
Last Name
Suffix
OR
IF ORGANIZATION
Sunoco GP LLC
Organization Name
ADDRESS
8111 Westchester Drive, Suite 400
Dallas
TX
USA
75225
Street or Mailing Address
City
State
Country
Zip Code
Form 207
1
GENERAL PARTNER 2
NAME (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)
IF INDIVIDUAL
First Name
M.I.
Last Name
Suffix
OR
IF ORGANIZATION
Organization Name
ADDRESS
Street or Mailing Address
City
State
Country
Zip Code
GENERAL PARTNER 3
NAME (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)
IF INDIVIDUAL
First Name
M.I.
Last Name
Suffix
OR
IF ORGANIZATION
Organization Name
ADDRESS
Street or Mailing Address
City
State
Country
Zip Code
Article 4—Principal Office
The address of the principal office of the limited partnership in the United States where records are to be kept or made available under section 153.551 of
the Texas Business Organizations Code is:
8111 Westchester Drive, Suite 400
Dallas
TX
USA
75225
Street or Mailing Address
City
State
Country
Zip Code
Initial Mailing Address
(Provide the mailing address to which state franchise tax correspondence should be sent.)
8111 Westchester Drive, Suite 400
Dallas
TX
75225
USA
Mailing Address
City
State
Zip Code
Country
Supplemental Provisions/Information
Text Area: [The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference.]
Sunoco
LP is being formed under a Plan of Conversion pursuant to Section 10.102 of the Texas Business Organizations Code. The name of the converting entity is “Sunoco LP”, a Delaware limited partnership formed on June 11, 2012. The
address of the converting entity is 8111 Westchester Drive, Suite 400, Dallas, Texas 75225.
Form 207
2
Effectiveness of Filing (Select either A, B, or C.)
A. ☐ This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.
B. ☒ This document becomes effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of signing. The delayed effective date
is: 12:01 a.m. Central Time on July 6, 2026
C. ☐ This document takes effect upon the occurrence of the future event or fact, other than
the passage of time. The 90th day after the date of signing is:
The following event or fact will cause the document to take effect in the manner described below:
Execution
The undersigned general partner affirms that the person designated as registered agent has consented to the appointment. The undersigned also affirms
that, to the best knowledge of the undersigned, the name provided as the name of the filing entity does not falsely imply an affiliation with a governmental entity. The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the
submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument and certifies under penalty of perjury that the undersigned is authorized to execute the filing instrument.
Date:
Signature for each general partner:
Sunoco GP LLC
Joseph Kim, President and Chief Executive Officer
Form 207
3
EXHIBIT B
Delaware Certificate of Conversion
[See attached.]
EXHIBIT B
CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION
OF
SUNOCO LP
(a Delaware limited partnership)
TO
SUNOCO LP
(a Texas limited partnership)
(Pursuant to Section 17-219 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act)
1. The present name of the limited partnership is Sunoco LP (the “Limited Partnership”). The Limited Partnership was first formed
as a Delaware limited partnership under the name Susser Petroleum Partners LP.
2. The date of filing of the Limited Partnership’s
original certificate of limited partnership with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware is June 11, 2012.
3. The
jurisdiction to which the Limited Partnership shall be converted is the State of Texas, and the name of the converted Texas limited partnership shall be Sunoco LP.
4. This Certificate of Conversion shall become effective at 1:01 a.m. Eastern Time on July 6, 2026.
5. The conversion has been approved in accordance with Section 17-219 of the Delaware Revised
Uniform Limited Partnership Act.
6. The Limited Partnership may be served with process in the State of Delaware in any action, suit or
proceeding for enforcement of any obligation of the Limited Partnership arising while it was a limited partnership of the State of Delaware, and it irrevocably appoints the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as its agent to accept service
of process in any such action, suit or proceeding.
7. The address to which a copy of the process shall be mailed to by the Secretary of
State of the State of Delaware is 8111 Westchester Drive, Suite 400, Dallas, Texas 75225.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Conversion in
accordance with Section 17-204 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act.
SUNOCO LP
By: Sunoco GP LLC, its general partner
By:
Name:
Joseph Kim
Title:
President and Chief Executive Officer
SIGNATURE PAGE TO
CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION (DE) OF
SUNOCO LP
EXHIBIT C
Texas Partnership Agreement
[See attached.]
EXHIBIT C
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
SUNOCO LP
(a Texas Limited Partnership)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1
Definitions
2
Section 1.2
Construction
29
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION
Section 2.1
Formation
30
Section 2.2
Name
30
Section 2.3
Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices
30
Section 2.4
Purpose and Business
30
Section 2.5
Powers
31
Section 2.6
Term
31
Section 2.7
Title to Partnership Assets
31
ARTICLE III
RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
Section 3.1
Limitation of Liability
31
Section 3.2
Management of Business
31
Section 3.3
Outside Activities of the Limited Partners
32
Section 3.4
Rights of Limited Partners
32
ARTICLE IV
CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS;
REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
Section 4.1
Certificates
33
Section 4.2
Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates
33
Section 4.3
Record Holders
34
Section 4.4
Transfer Generally
34
Section 4.5
Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests
35
Section 4.6
Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest
36
i
Section 4.7
Restrictions on Transfers
36
Section 4.8
Eligibility Certificates; Ineligible Holders
37
Section 4.9
Redemption of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders
38
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP
INTERESTS
Section 5.1
Organizational Contributions
39
Section 5.2
Contributions by the General Partner and its Affiliates
39
Section 5.3
Contributions by Initial Limited Partners
40
Section 5.4
Interest and Withdrawal
40
Section 5.5
Capital Accounts
40
Section 5.6
Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests
43
Section 5.7
Limited Preemptive Right
44
Section 5.8
Splits and Combinations
44
Section 5.9
Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests
45
Section 5.10
Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights
45
Section 5.11
Establishment of Series A Preferred Units.
46
Section 5.12
Establishment of Class C Units
55
Section 5.13
Establishment of Class D Common Units.
57
ARTICLE VI
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 6.1
Allocations for Capital Account Purposes
59
Section 6.2
Allocations for Tax Purposes
67
Section 6.3
Requirements and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders
68
Section 6.4
Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus
69
Section 6.5
Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus
70
Section 6.6
Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels
70
Section 6.7
Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of IDR Reset Common Units
70
Section 6.8
Entity-Level Taxation
71
ii
Section 6.9
Special Provisions Relating to Preferred Unitholders
71
ARTICLE VII
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
Section 7.1
Management
71
Section 7.2
Replacement of Fiduciary Duties
74
Section 7.3
Certificate of Formation
74
Section 7.4
Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority
74
Section 7.5
Reimbursement of the General Partner
74
Section 7.6
Outside Activities
75
Section 7.7
Indemnification
76
Section 7.8
Liability of Indemnitees
78
Section 7.9
Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties
79
Section 7.10
Other Matters Concerning the General Partner and Indemnitees
80
Section 7.11
Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests
81
Section 7.12
Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates
81
Section 7.13
Reliance by Third Parties
83
ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
Section 8.1
Records and Accounting
84
Section 8.2
Fiscal Year
84
Section 8.3
Reports
84
ARTICLE IX
TAX MATTERS
Section 9.1
Tax Returns and Information
85
Section 9.2
Tax Elections
85
Section 9.3
Tax Controversies
86
Section 9.4
Withholding; Tax Payments
86
iii
ARTICLE X
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
Section 10.1
Admission of Limited Partners
87
Section 10.2
Admission of Successor General Partner
88
Section 10.3
Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Formation
88
ARTICLE XI
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
Section 11.1
Withdrawal of the General Partner
88
Section 11.2
Removal of the General Partner
90
Section 11.3
Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner
90
Section 11.4
Withdrawal of Limited Partners
92
ARTICLE XII
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
Section 12.1
Dissolution
92
Section 12.2
Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution
93
Section 12.3
Liquidator
93
Section 12.4
Liquidation
94
Section 12.5
Termination
94
Section 12.6
Return of Contributions
95
Section 12.7
Waiver of Partition
95
Section 12.8
Capital Account Restoration
95
ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE
Section 13.1
Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner
95
Section 13.2
Amendment Procedures
96
Section 13.3
Amendment Requirements
97
Section 13.4
Special Meetings
98
Section 13.5
Notice of a Meeting
98
Section 13.6
Record Date
98
iv
Section 13.7
Adjournment
99
Section 13.8
Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes
99
Section 13.9
Quorum and Voting
99
Section 13.10
Conduct of a Meeting
99
Section 13.11
Action Without a Meeting
100
Section 13.12
Right to Vote and Related Matters
100
Section 13.13
Voting of Incentive Distribution Rights
101
ARTICLE XIV
MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
Section 14.1
Authority
102
Section 14.2
Procedure for Merger or Consolidation
102
Section 14.3
Approval by Limited Partners
103
Section 14.4
Certificate of Merger
104
Section 14.5
Effect of Merger or Consolidation
104
ARTICLE XV
RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
Section 15.1
Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests
105
ARTICLE XVI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 16.1
Addresses and Notices; Written Communications
106
Section 16.2
Further Action
107
Section 16.3
Binding Effect
107
Section 16.4
Integration
107
Section 16.5
Creditors
107
Section 16.6
Waiver
107
Section 16.7
Third-Party Beneficiaries
107
Section 16.8
Counterparts
108
Section 16.9
Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial by Jury
108
Section 16.10
Invalidity of Provisions
109
Section 16.11
Consent of Partners
109
Section 16.12
Facsimile Signatures
109
v
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF SUNOCO LP
THIS AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF SUNOCO LP, dated as of July 6, 2026, is entered into by and between Sunoco GP LLC, a Texas
limited liability company, as the General Partner, together with any other Persons who are or become Partners in the Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein.
WHEREAS, the Partnership previously operated as a Delaware limited partnership named Sunoco LP (f/k/a Susser Petroleum Partners LP) (the
“Delaware Partnership”), operating pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Sunoco LP, dated September 18, 2025, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Third Amended and
Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Sunoco LP, dated as of October 31, 2025 (collectively, the “Delaware Partnership Agreement”);
WHEREAS, the General Partner, without the approval of any Limited Partner, was permitted to convert the Partnership into a new limited
liability entity pursuant to Section 14.3(d) of the Delaware Partnership Agreement if (i) the General Partner received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited
liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership or any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent
not already treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose of such merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited liability entity and (iii) the governing instruments of the new entity provide
the Limited Partners and the General Partner with substantially the same rights and obligations as were contained in the Delaware Partnership Agreement;
WHEREAS, a special committee of the Board of Directors (the “Special Committee”) has, by unanimous vote, in good
faith (as such term is defined in Section 7.9(a) of the Delaware Partnership Agreement) (a) determined that the conversion of the Partnership from a Delaware limited partnership to a Texas limited partnership (the
“Conversion”) and this Agreement, the Plan of Conversion, the Delaware Certificate of Conversion, the Certificate of Conversion and the Certificate of Formation (the Certificate of Formation and this Agreement, the
“Texas Governing Instruments” and the Texas Governing Instruments, together with the Delaware Certificate of Conversion, the Certificate of Conversion and the Plan of Conversion, the “Related
Arrangements”) are in the best interests of the Partnership and the holders of common units of the Partnership (other than the General Partner and its controlling affiliates), (b) subject to receipt by the General Partner of the
Opinion of Counsel, approved the Conversion and Related Arrangements on the terms contemplated by the Related Arrangements, and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Plan of Conversion, the Delaware Certificate of Conversion, the
Certificate of Conversion, the Certificate of Formation and the Texas Governing Instruments and (c) recommended that the Board of Directors approve the Conversion and Related Arrangements on the terms contemplated by the Related Arrangements,
and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Plan of Conversion, the Delaware Certificate of Conversion, the Certificate of Conversion, the Certificate of Formation and the Texas Governing Instruments;
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has, by unanimous vote and in reliance in part on the
recommendation and approval of the Special Committee, in good faith (a) determined that the conversion of the Partnership from a Delaware limited partnership to a Texas limited partnership governed by the Certificate of Formation and this
Agreement is in the best interests of the Partnership and (b) approved the Plan of Conversion and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Certificate of Conversion, the Delaware Certificate of Conversion, the Certificate of
Formation and this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the filing of the Certificate of Conversion, the Delaware Certificate of Conversion and the Certificate of Formation and the adoption of this Agreement;
WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 17-219 of the Delaware Act, in the Delaware Certificate of
Conversion, the Partnership will agree that it may be served with process in the State of Delaware in any action, suit or proceeding for enforcement of any obligation of the limited partnership arising while it was a limited partnership of the State
of Delaware, and that it irrevocably appoints the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as its agent to accept service of process in any such action, suit or proceeding; and
WHEREAS, the requirements of Section 14.3(d) of the Delaware Partnership Agreement were, based upon the terms and conditions of the Plan
of Conversion and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Certificate of Conversion, the Delaware Certificate of Conversion, the Certificate of Formation and this Agreement, and the receipt of the requisite Opinion of Counsel, satisfied
and the Partnership converted as of the date hereof to a Texas limited partnership in accordance with the terms of the Delaware Partnership Agreement, the Delaware Act and the Texas Limited Partnership Law, by filing the Delaware Certificate of
Conversion with the State of Delaware and the Certificate of Conversion and the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas.
In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 Definitions. The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the
contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.
“Additional Book Basis” means the portion of any remaining
Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property that is attributable to positive adjustments made to such Carrying Value as a result of Book-Up Events. For purposes of determining the extent that Carrying Value
constitutes Additional Book Basis:
(a) Any negative adjustment made to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property as a result of either a
Book-Down Event or a Book-Up Event shall first be deemed to offset or decrease that portion of the Carrying Value of such Adjusted Property that is attributable to any prior positive adjustments made thereto
pursuant to a Book-Up Event or Book-Down Event.
2
(b) If Carrying Value that constitutes Additional Book Basis is reduced as a result of a
Book-Down Event and the Carrying Value of other property is increased as a result of such Book-Down Event, an allocable portion of any such increase in Carrying Value shall be treated as Additional Book Basis; provided, that the amount treated as
Additional Book Basis pursuant hereto as a result of such Book-Down Event shall not exceed the amount by which the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments after such Book-Down Event exceeds the remaining Additional Book Basis attributable to
all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property after such Book-Down Event (determined without regard to the application of this clause (b) to such Book-Down Event).
“Additional Book Basis Derivative Items” means any Book Basis Derivative Items that are computed with reference to
Additional Book Basis. To the extent that the Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property as of the beginning of any taxable period exceeds the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the
beginning of such period (the “Excess Additional Book Basis”), the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for such period shall be reduced by the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount of Additional Book Basis
Derivative Items determined without regard to this sentence as the Excess Additional Book Basis bears to the Additional Book Basis as of the beginning of such period. With respect to a Disposed of Adjusted Property, the Additional Book Basis
Derivative Items shall be the amount of Additional Book Basis taken into account in computing gain or loss from the disposition of such Disposed of Adjusted Property.
“Adjusted Capital Account” means the Capital Account maintained for each Partner as of the end of each taxable period of
the Partnership, (a) increased by any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore under the standards set by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury Regulation Sections
1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b) decreased by (i) the amount of all losses and deductions that, as of the end of such taxable period, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Partner in subsequent taxable periods under Sections
704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the end of such taxable period, are reasonably expected to be made to such Partner in subsequent
taxable periods in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Partner’s Capital Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the taxable period in which
such distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i) or 6.1(d)(ii)). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with
the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The “Adjusted Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that
such Adjusted Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first issued.
“Adjusted Operating Surplus” means, with respect to any period, (a) Operating Surplus generated with respect to such
period; less (b)(i) the amount of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) with respect to
that period; and (ii) the amount of any net decrease in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for Operating Expenditures with
respect to such period not relating to an Operating Expenditure made with respect to such period; and plus (c)(i) the amount of any net
3
decrease in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned)
with respect to that period; (ii) the amount of any net increase in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for Operating
Expenditures with respect to such period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium; and (iii) the amount of any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures
initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in Adjusted Operating Surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to clause (b)(ii). Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of
Operating Surplus included in clause (a)(i) of the definition of Operating Surplus.
“Adjusted Property” means any
property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d).
“Affiliate” means, with
respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means
the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
“Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units” is defined in Section 5.10(a).
“Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments” means, as of the end of any taxable period, the sum of the Remaining Net
Positive Adjustments of all the Partners.
“Agreed Allocation” means any allocation, other than a Required Allocation,
of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1, including a Curative Allocation (if appropriate to the context in which the term “Agreed Allocation” is used).
“Agreed Value” of any Contributed Property means the fair market value of such property at the time of contribution and in
the case of an Adjusted Property, the fair market value of such Adjusted Property on the date of the revaluation event as described in Section 5.5(d), in both cases as determined by the General Partner.
“Agreement” means this Agreement of Limited Partnership of Sunoco LP, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from
time to time.
“Aloha” means Aloha Petroleum, Ltd., a Hawaiian corporation.
“Arrangement Agreement” means the Arrangement Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2025, by and among NuStar GP Holdings, LLC
(n/k/a SunocoCorp LLC), 2709716 Alberta Ltd., Sunoco LP and Parkland Corporation, as amended by that certain Amending Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2025 and that certain Second Amending Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2025.
“Arrears” means the full cumulative Series A Distributions through the most recent Series A Distribution Payment Date that
have not been paid on all Outstanding Series A Preferred Units.
4
“Associate” means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person,
(a) any corporation or organization of which such Person is a director, officer, manager, general partner or managing member or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock or other voting interest;
(b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of
such spouse, who has the same principal residence as such Person.
“Available Cash” means, with respect to any Quarter
ending prior to the Liquidation Date:
(a) the sum of (i) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the
Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) on hand at the end of such Quarter, and (ii) if the General Partner so determines, all or any portion of any additional
cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) on hand immediately prior to the date of distribution of Available
Cash with respect to such Quarter (including any Working Capital Borrowings made subsequent to the end of such Quarter), less
(b) the
amount of any cash reserves established by the General Partner (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) to (i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the
Partnership Group (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs of the Partnership Group) subsequent to such Quarter, (ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement,
mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which any Group Member is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject, (iii) provide funds for distributions under Sections 6.4 or 6.5 in respect of any one or
more of the next four Quarters or (iv) provide funds for Series A Distributions; provided, however, that the disbursements made (including contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on behalf of a Group Member), cash received or
cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such period but on or before the date of distribution of Available Cash with respect to such period shall be deemed to have been made, received, established, increased or reduced, for
purposes of determining Available Cash, within such Quarter if the General Partner so determines.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,
“Available Cash” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.
“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act, except that, in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act),
such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is
exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. For purposes of this definition, a person shall be deemed not to Beneficially Own
securities that are the subject of a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement, amalgamation agreement, arrangement agreement or similar agreement until consummation of the transactions or, as applicable, series of related transactions contemplated
thereby.
5
“Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the General Partner.
“Book Basis Derivative Items” means any item of income, deduction, gain or loss that is computed with reference to the
Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property (e.g., depreciation, depletion, or gain or loss with respect to an Adjusted Property).
“Book-Down Event” means an event that triggers a negative adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to
Section 5.5(d).
“Book-Tax Disparity” means with respect to any item of
Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for U.S. federal income tax purposes as of
such date. A Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s
Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 and the hypothetical balance of such Partner’s Capital Account computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with U.S. federal income tax accounting principles.
“Book-Up Event” means an event that triggers a positive adjustment to the
Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).
“Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each
week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of Texas shall not be regarded as a Business Day.
“Calculation Agent” means the financial institution that will be appointed by the General Partner prior to the
Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date preceding the Series A First Reset Date to act as calculation agent for the Series A Preferred Units and its successors and assigns or any other calculation agent appointed by the General Partner. The
Partnership and its Affiliates shall not be appointed by the General Partner to act as calculation agent for the Series A Preferred Units.
“Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5. The “Capital
Account” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on
which such Partnership Interest was first issued.
“Capital Contribution” means any cash, cash equivalents or the Net
Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the Partnership or that is contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership on behalf of a Partner (including, in the case of an underwritten offering of Units, the amount of any
underwriting discounts or commissions).
6
“Capital Improvement” means any (a) addition or improvement to the
capital assets owned by any Group Member, (b) acquisition (through an asset acquisition, merger, stock acquisition or other form of investment) of existing, or the construction of new, capital assets by any Group Member, or (c) capital
contribution by a Group Member to a Person that is not a Subsidiary, in which a Group Member has, or after such capital contribution will have an equity interest, to fund the Group Member’s pro rata share of the cost of the acquisition of
existing or the construction of new or the improvement of existing, capital assets, in each case if such addition, improvement, acquisition or construction is made to increase the long-term operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership
Group from the long-term operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), or such Person, in the case of clause (c), from that existing immediately prior to such addition, improvement,
acquisition or construction.
“Capital Stock” means (a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock, (b) in
the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership
interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests, and (d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person,
but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.
“Capital Surplus” means Available Cash distributed by the Partnership in excess of Operating Surplus, as described in
Section 6.3(a).
“Carrying Value” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property or an Adjusted Property,
the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in respect of such property, and (b) with respect to any other
Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such property for U.S. federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination. The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 5.5(d) and to
reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.
“Cause” means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable
judgment finding the General Partner is liable to the Partnership or any Limited Partner for actual fraud or willful misconduct in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership.
“Certificate” means a certificate in such form (including in global form if permitted by applicable rules and regulations
of the Depository Trust Company and its permitted successors and assigns) as may be adopted by the General Partner, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more Partnership Interests.
“Certificate of Conversion” means the Certificate of Conversion of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the
State of Texas as referenced in Section 2.1, as such Certificate of Conversion may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
7
“Certificate of Formation” means the Certificate of Formation of the
Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas as referenced in Section 2.1 and Section 7.3, as such Certificate of Formation may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
“Change of Control Trigger Event” means the occurrence of any of the following:
(a) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a
series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act), other
than a Qualified Owner, which occurrence is followed by a Ratings Decline within 60 days; or
(b) the adoption of a plan relating to the
liquidation or dissolution of the Partnership or the removal of the General Partner by Limited Partners; or
(c) the consummation of any
transaction (including any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act), other than a Qualified Owner, becomes the Beneficial Owner,
directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting securities of the General Partner or of the Partnership, measured by voting power rather than number of shares, which occurrence is followed by a Ratings Decline within 60 days.
Notwithstanding the preceding, a conversion of the Partnership from a limited partnership to a corporation, limited liability company or other
form of entity or an exchange of all of the outstanding limited partnership interests for capital stock in a corporation, for member interests in a limited liability company or for equity interests in such other form of entity shall not constitute a
Change of Control Trigger Event, so long as immediately following such conversion or exchange either (i) the “persons” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act) who immediately prior to such
transactions Beneficially Owned the Capital Stock of the Partnership immediately after the transactions continue to Beneficially Own in the aggregate more than 50% of the voting securities of such entity, or continue to Beneficially Own sufficient
equity interests in such entity to elect a majority of its directors, managers, trustees or other persons serving in a similar capacity for such entity, and, in either case no “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of
the Securities Exchange Act), excluding any Qualified Owner, Beneficially Owns more than 50% of the voting securities of such entity or (ii) one or more Qualified Owners in the aggregate own more than 50% of the voting securities of such
entity.
“Citizenship Eligibility Trigger” is defined in Section 4.8(a)(ii).
“claim” (as used in Section 7.12(c)) is defined in Section 7.12(c).
“Class C Distribution Rate” means an amount per Class C Unit equal to 9.0% per annum (2.25%
per quarter), of the Class C Unit Issue Price.
“Class C Quarterly Distribution” has the
meaning set forth in Section 5.12(b)(vi).
8
“Class C Unit” means a Partnership Interest having the
rights and obligations specified with respect to Class C Units in this Agreement.
“Class C Unit
Effective Date” means January 1, 2016.
“Class C Unit Issue Price” means $38.5856.
“Class D Common Unit” means a Partnership Interest having the rights and obligations specified with
respect to Class D Common Units in this Agreement.
“Closing Date” means the first date on which Common Units were
issued and delivered by the Partnership to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.
“Closing
Price” means, in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of determination, the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked
prices on such day, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such Limited
Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, the last quoted price on such day or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid
and low asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the primary reporting system then in use in relation to such Limited Partner Interests of
such class, or, if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such
Limited Partner Interests of such class selected by the General Partner, or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class, the fair value of such Limited Partner Interests on such day as
determined by the General Partner.
“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from
time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.
“Combined Interest” is defined in Section 11.3(a).
“Commences Commercial Service” means the date a Capital Improvement is first put into or commences commercial service by a
Group Member following, if applicable, completion of construction, acquisition, development or testing, as applicable.
“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Common Unit” means a Partnership Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this
Agreement. The term “Common Unit” does not refer to or include any Class C Unit or Series A Preferred Unit. The term “Common Unit” includes a Class D Common Unit except for references in Sections
5.12(b)(v)(D), 5.13(b)(i), (iii), (iv) and (vi).
9
“Conflicts Committee” means a committee of the Board of Directors
composed entirely of one or more directors, each of whom (a) is not an officer or employee of the General Partner, (b) is not an officer or employee of any Affiliate of the General Partner or a director of any Affiliate of the General
Partner (other than any Group Member), (c) is not a holder of any ownership interest in the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, including any Group Member, other than Common Units and awards that are granted to such director under the LTIP;
provided that a director that is a member of the Conflicts Committee may beneficially own equity securities of one or more publicly traded Affiliates of the General Partner (other than Common Units and any awards referenced above) with an aggregate
value of up to one percent (1%) of such director’s net worth as of the date of determination, and (d) is determined by the Board of Directors of the General Partner to be independent under the independence standards required for directors
who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National Securities Exchange on which any class of Partnership Interests is
listed or admitted to trading.
“Contributed Property” means each property or asset, in such form as may be permitted
by the Texas Limited Partnership Law, but excluding cash, contributed to the Partnership. Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d), such property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property,
but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.
“Contribution Agreement” means that certain Contribution, Conveyance and
Assumption Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2012, among the General Partner, the Partnership, SHC and certain other parties, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder, as such
may be amended from time to time.
“Conversion” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
“Corresponding Distribution” is defined in Section 5.13(b)(iii).
“Curative Allocation” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit pursuant to the provisions
of Section 6.1(d)(xi).
“Current Market Price” means, in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests, as of
the date of determination, the average of the daily Closing Prices per Limited Partner Interest of such class for the 20 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date.
“Deferred Issuance and Distribution” means both (a) the issuance by the Partnership of a number of additional Common
Units that is equal to the excess, if any, of (x) 1,425,000 over (y) the aggregate number, if any, of Common Units actually purchased by and issued to the Underwriters pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option on the Option Closing Date(s),
and (b) distribution(s) of cash contributed by the Underwriters to the Partnership on or in connection with any Option Closing Date with respect to Common Units issued by the Partnership upon the applicable exercise of the Over-Allotment Option
as described in Section 5.3(b), if any.
“Delaware Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership
Act, 6 Del. C. Section 17-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.
10
“Delaware Certificate of Conversion” means the Certificate of Conversion
of the Partnership to a non-Delaware entity to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as referenced in Section 2.1.
“Delaware Partnership” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
“Delaware Partnership Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
“Departing General Partner” means a former General Partner from and after the effective date of any withdrawal or removal
of such former General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2.
“Depositary” means, with respect to any Units
issued in global form, The Depository Trust Company and its successors and permitted assigns.
“Derivative Instruments”
means options, rights, warrants, appreciation rights, tracking, profit and phantom interests and other derivative instruments relating to, convertible into or exchangeable for Partnership Interests.
“Designated Individual” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.3.
“Disposed of Adjusted Property” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B).
“Economic Risk of Loss” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation
Section 1.752-2(a).
“Effective Time” means 12:01 a.m. Central Time on
July 6, 2026.
“Eligibility Certificate” is defined in Section 4.8(b).
“Eligible Holder” means a Limited Partner whose (a) U.S. federal income tax status would not, in the determination of
the General Partner, have the material adverse effect described in Section 4.8(a)(i) or (b) nationality, citizenship or other related status would not, in the determination of the General Partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation
or forfeiture as described in Section 4.8(a)(ii).
“Equalization Period” is defined in Section 5.13(b)(iii).
“Equity Credit” means the dollar amount or percentage in relation to the stated liquidation preference amount of
$1,000.00 per Series A Preferred Unit assigned to the Series A Preferred Units as equity, rather than debt, by a Rating Agency in evaluating the capital structure of the Partnership.
“Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount” is defined in Section 6.8.
“Event of Withdrawal” is defined in Section 11.1(a).
“Excess Additional Book Basis” is defined in the definition of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items.
11
“Excess Distribution” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).
“Excess Distribution Unit” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).
“Expansion Capital Expenditures” means cash expenditures for Capital Improvements, and shall not include Maintenance
Capital Expenditures or Investment Capital Expenditures. Expansion Capital Expenditures shall include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred to finance the construction of a Capital Improvement and paid in respect of the period beginning on
the date that a Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence construction of a Capital Improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such Capital Improvement Commences Commercial Service and the date that such Capital
Improvement is abandoned or disposed of. Debt incurred to fund such construction period interest payments or to fund distributions in respect of equity issued (including incremental Incentive Distributions related thereto) to fund the construction
of a Capital Improvement as described in clause (a)(iv) of the definition of Operating Surplus shall also be deemed to be debt incurred to finance the construction of a Capital Improvement. Where capital expenditures are made in part for
Expansion Capital Expenditures and in part for other purposes, the General Partner shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each.
“First Liquidation Target Amount” is defined in Section 6.1(c)(i)(D).
“First Target Distribution” means $0.503125 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to periods of less than a full fiscal
quarter, it means the product of such amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period, and the denominator is the total number of days in such fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with
Sections 5.10, 6.6 and 6.7.
“General Partner” means Sunoco GP LLC, a Texas limited liability company, and its
successors and permitted assigns that are admitted to the Partnership as general partner of the Partnership, in their capacities as general partner of the Partnership (except as the context otherwise requires).
“General Partner Interest” means the non-economic management interest of the
General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner and without reference to any Limited Partner Interest held by it) and includes any and all rights, powers and benefits to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in
this Agreement, together with all obligations of the General Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. The General Partner Interest does not include any rights to profits or losses or any rights to receive distributions from
operations or upon the liquidation or winding-up of the Partnership.
“Gross Liability
Value” means, with respect to any Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i), the amount of cash that a willing assignor would pay to a willing assignee to assume such Liability in an arm’s-length transaction.
“Group” means two or more Persons that with or
through any of their respective Affiliates or Associates have any contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in
response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons), exercising investment power or disposing of any Partnership Interests with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly
or indirectly, Partnership Interests.
12
“Group Member” means a member of the Partnership Group.
“Group Member Agreement” means the partnership agreement of any Group Member, other than the Partnership, that is a limited
or general partnership, the company agreement or limited liability company agreement of any Group Member that is a limited liability company, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or similar organizational documents of any Group Member that is
a corporation, the joint venture agreement or similar governing document of any Group Member that is a joint venture and the governing or organizational or similar documents of any other Group Member that is a Person other than a limited or general
partnership, limited liability company, corporation or joint venture, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
“H.15” means the daily statistical release designated as such, or any successor publication as determined by the
Calculation Agent in its sole discretion, published by the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System.
“Hedge
Contract” means any exchange, swap, forward, cap, floor, collar, option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of reducing the exposure of the Partnership Group to fluctuations in commodities, financial
instruments or other capital activity, in each case, other than for speculative purposes.
“Holder” as used in
Section 7.12, is defined in Section 7.12(a).
“IDR Reset Common Unit” is defined in Section 5.10(a).
“IDR Reset Election” is defined in Section 5.10(a).
“Incentive Distribution Right” means a Limited Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to
Incentive Distribution Rights in this Agreement.
“Incentive Distributions” means any amount of cash distributed to the
holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Section 6.4.
“Incremental Income Taxes” is defined in
Section 6.8.
“Indemnified Persons” is defined in Section 7.12(c).
“Indemnitee” means (a) any General Partner, (b) any Departing General Partner, (c) any Person who is or was
an Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of any Group Member, a General Partner, any
Departing General Partner or any of their respective Affiliates, (e) the Partnership Representative and the Designated Individual, (f) any Person who is or was serving at the request of a General Partner, any Departing General Partner or
any of their respective Affiliates as an officer, director,
13
manager, managing member, general partner, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another Person owing a fiduciary or similar duty to any Group Member; provided that a Person shall not be an
Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services, (g) any Person who controls a General Partner or Departing
General Partner and (h) any Person the General Partner designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement because such Person’s service, status or relationship exposes such Person to potential claims, demands,
actions, suits or proceedings relating to the Partnership Group’s business and affairs.
“Ineligible Holder” is
defined in Section 4.8(c).
“Initial Common Units” means the Common Units sold in the Initial Offering.
“Initial Limited Partners” means SHC (with respect to the Common Units and Incentive Distribution Rights received by it
pursuant to Section 5.2), Stripes LLC (with respect to the Common Units received by it pursuant to Section 5.2) and the Underwriters, in each case upon being admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 10.1.
“Initial Offering” means the initial offering and sale of Common Units to the public, as described in the Registration
Statement, including any offer and sale of Common Units pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.
“Initial Unit
Price” means (a) with respect to the Common Units, the initial public offering price per Common Unit at which the Underwriters first offered the Common Units to the public for sale as set forth on the cover page of the prospectus
included as part of the Registration Statement and first issued at or after the time the Registration Statement first became effective or (b) with respect to any other class or series of Units, the price per Unit at which such class or series
of Units is initially sold by the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner, in each case adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units.
“Interim Capital Transactions” means the following transactions if they occur prior to the Liquidation Date:
(a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness (other than Working Capital Borrowings and other than for items purchased on open account or for a deferred purchase price in the ordinary course of business) by any Group Member and
sales of debt securities of any Group Member; (b) sales of equity interests of any Group Member (including the Common Units sold to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement); (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary
dispositions of any assets of any Group Member other than (i) sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) sales or other dispositions of assets as part of
normal retirements or replacements and (d) Capital Contributions received by a Group Member.
“Investment Capital
Expenditures” means capital expenditures other than Maintenance Capital Expenditures and Expansion Capital Expenditures.
“Liability” means any liability or obligation of any nature, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise.
14
“Limited Partner” means, unless the context otherwise requires, each
Initial Limited Partner, each additional Person that becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and any Departing General Partner upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to
Section 11.3, in each case, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership.
“Limited Partner
Interest” means the ownership interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership, which may be evidenced by Common Units, Class C Units, Incentive Distribution Rights, Series A Preferred Units or other Partnership Interests or a
combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and all benefits to which such Limited Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this
Agreement.
“Liquidation Date” means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership
of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of the first sentence of Section 12.2, the date on which the applicable time period during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to continue the business of the
Partnership has expired without such an election being made, and (b) in the case of any other event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.
“Liquidator” means one or more Persons selected pursuant to Section 12.3 to perform the functions described in
Section 12.4 as liquidating trustee of the Partnership.
“LTIP” means the Long-Term Incentive Plan of the General
Partner, as may be amended, or any equity compensation plan successor thereto.
“Maintenance Capital Expenditures”
means cash expenditures (including expenditures for the addition or improvement to or replacement of the capital assets owned by any Group Member or for the acquisition of existing, or the construction or development of new, capital assets) if such
expenditures are made to maintain the long-term operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group.
“Merger
Agreement” is defined in Section 14.1.
“Minimum Quarterly Distribution” means $0.4375 per Unit per
Quarter (or with respect to periods of less than a full fiscal quarter, it means the product of such amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and the denominator is the total number of days in such
fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.10, 6.6 and 6.7.
“Moody’s” means
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.
“most recent H.15”
means the H.15 published closest in time but prior to the close of business on the applicable Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date.
15
“National Securities Exchange” means an exchange registered with the
Commission under Section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act (or any successor to such Section) and any other securities exchange (whether or not registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) (or successor to such Section) of the
Securities Exchange Act) that the General Partner shall designate as a National Securities Exchange for purposes of this Agreement.
“Net Agreed Value” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by
any Liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Partnership’s Carrying
Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(ii)) at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any Liabilities either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of
distribution.
“Net Income” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of
income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into
account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5 but shall not include any items
specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided, that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under
Section 6.1(d)(xii).
“Net Loss” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s
items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken
into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5 but shall not include any items
specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided, that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under
Section 6.1(d)(xii).
“Net Positive Adjustments” means, with respect to any Partner, the excess, if any, of the
total positive adjustments over the total negative adjustments made to the Capital Account of such Partner pursuant to Book-Up Events and Book-Down Events.
“Net Termination Gain” means, for any taxable period, the sum, if positive, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction
(determined in accordance with Section 5.5) that are (a) recognized (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a
whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group), or (b) deemed recognized by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d); provided, however, the
items included in the determination of Net Termination Gain shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).
16
“Net Termination Loss” means, for any taxable period, the sum, if
negative, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5) that are (a) recognized (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group), or (b) deemed recognized by the
Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d); provided, however, items included in the determination of Net Termination Loss shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).
“Nonrecourse Built-in Gain” means with respect to any Contributed Properties or
Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage or pledge securing a Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.2(b) if such properties were disposed of in a taxable
transaction in full satisfaction of such liabilities and for no other consideration.
“Nonrecourse Deductions” means
any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable to a
Nonrecourse Liability.
“Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2).
“Notice of Election to Purchase” is defined in
Section 15.1(b).
“Omnibus Agreement” means that certain Omnibus Agreement dated September 25, 2012, among
SHC, the General Partner and the Partnership, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
“Operating Expenditures” means all Partnership Group cash expenditures (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of
expenditures in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned), including taxes, reimbursements of expenses of the General Partner and its Affiliates, payments made in the ordinary course of business under any Hedge Contracts, officer
compensation, repayment of Working Capital Borrowings, debt service payments and capital expenditures, subject to the following:
(a)
repayments of Working Capital Borrowings deducted from Operating Surplus pursuant to clause (b)(iii) of the definition of “Operating Surplus” shall not constitute Operating Expenditures when actually repaid;
(b) payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other than Working Capital Borrowings
shall not constitute Operating Expenditures;
(c) Operating Expenditures shall not include (i) Expansion Capital Expenditures,
(ii) Investment Capital Expenditures, (iii) payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to Interim Capital Transactions, (iv) distributions to Partners, or (v) repurchases of Partnership Interests, other than
repurchases of Partnership Interests to satisfy obligations under employee benefit plans, or reimbursements of expenses of the General Partner for such purchases. Where capital expenditures are made in part for Maintenance Capital Expenditures and
in part for other purposes, the General Partner shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each; and
17
(d) (i) payments made in connection with the initial purchase of any Hedge Contract shall be
amortized over the life of such Hedge Contract and (ii) payments made in connection with the termination of any Hedge Contract prior to its stipulated settlement or termination date shall be included in equal quarterly installments over what
would have been the remaining scheduled term of such Hedge Contract had it not been so terminated.
“Operating Surplus”
means, with respect to any period ending prior to the Liquidation Date, on a cumulative basis and without duplication,
(a) the sum of (i)
$25 million, (ii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on
the last day of such period, but excluding cash receipts from Interim Capital Transactions and provided that cash receipts from the termination of any Hedge Contract prior to its stipulated settlement or termination date shall be included in equal
quarterly installments over what would have been the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract had it not been so terminated, (iii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash
receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Operating Surplus with respect to such period resulting from Working Capital Borrowings, and (iv) the
amount of cash distributions paid (including incremental Incentive Distributions) in respect of equity issued, other than equity issued in the Initial Offering, to finance all or a portion of the construction, acquisition or improvement of a Capital
Improvement and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date that the Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence the construction, acquisition or improvement of a Capital Improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the
date that such Capital Improvement or replacement capital asset Commences Commercial Service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of (equity issued, other than equity issued in the Initial Offering, to fund the construction period interest
payments on debt incurred, or construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance the construction, acquisition or improvement of a Capital Improvement shall also be deemed to be equity issued to finance the construction, acquisition or
improvement of a Capital Improvement for purposes of this clause (iv)), less
(b) the sum of (i) Operating Expenditures for the
period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period; (ii) the amount of cash reserves established by the General Partner (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries
that are not wholly owned) to provide funds for future Operating Expenditures; (iii) all Working Capital Borrowings not repaid within twelve (12) months after having been incurred and (iv) any cash loss realized on disposition of an
Investment Capital Expenditure;
provided, however, that the disbursements made (including contributions to a Group Member or
disbursements on behalf of a Group Member), cash received or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such period shall be deemed to
have been made, received, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Operating Surplus, within such period if the General Partner so determines.
18
Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Operating Surplus” with respect to the
Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero. Cash receipts from an Investment Capital Expenditure shall be treated as cash receipts only to the extent they are a return on principal, but in no event shall
a return of principal be treated as cash receipts.
“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be
regular counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) acceptable to the General Partner.
“Option
Closing Date” means the date or dates on which any Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.
“Organizational Limited Partner” means SHC, in its capacity as the historical organizational limited partner of the
Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.
“Outstanding” means, with respect to Partnership Interests, all Partnership
Interests that are issued by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding on the Partnership’s books and records as of the date of determination; provided, however, that if at any time any Person or Group (other than the General Partner
or its Affiliates) beneficially owns 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding, none of the Partnership Interests owned by such Person or Group shall be entitled to be voted on any matter or be considered to
be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement,
except that Partnership Interests so owned shall be considered to be Outstanding for purposes of Section 11.1(b) (such Partnership Interests shall not, however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership Interests for purposes of this
Agreement or the Texas Limited Partnership Law); provided, further, that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding
directly from the General Partner or its Affiliates (other than the Partnership), (ii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding directly or indirectly from a Person or Group
described in clause (i) provided that the General Partner shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply, (iii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Partnership Interests
issued by the Partnership provided that the General Partner shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply or (iv) to any Series A Holder in connection with any vote, consent or approval of the Series A
Holders pursuant to Section 5.11(b)(iii).
“Over-Allotment Option” means the over-allotment option granted to the
Underwriters by the Partnership pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.
“Parkland” means Parkland Corporation, an
Alberta corporation.
“Parkland Acquisition” means the acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding shares of
Parkland pursuant to the Arrangement Agreement.
19
“Partner Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).
“Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).
“Partner Nonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction or
expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i), are attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt.
“Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.
“Partnership” means Sunoco LP, a Texas limited partnership.
“Partnership Group” means, collectively, the Partnership and its Subsidiaries.
“Partnership Interest” means any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership, which shall include any General
Partner Interest and Limited Partner Interests, but shall exclude Derivative Instruments.
“Partnership Minimum Gain”
means that amount determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).
“Partnership Representative” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.3.
“Paying Agent” means the Transfer Agent, acting in its capacity as paying agent for the Series A Preferred Units and its
respective successors and assigns or any other paying agent appointed by the General Partner; provided, however, that if no Paying Agent is specifically designated for the Series A Preferred Units, the General Partner
shall act in such capacity.
“Per Unit Capital Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the Capital Account,
stated on a per Unit basis, underlying any class of Units held by a Person other than the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner who holds Units.
“Percentage Interest” means as of any date of determination (a) as to any Unitholder with respect to Units, the
quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of Units held by such Unitholder by (B) the total number of Outstanding Units. The Percentage Interest with respect to an Incentive Distribution Right shall be zero. The Percentage Interest with
respect to the General Partner Interest and a Series A Preferred Unit shall at all times be zero.
“Permitted Actions”
means the following arrangements with, actions taken by, or determinations made by, the General Partner:
(a) The General Partner’s
agreement with SHC on the reasonable allocation and other procedures to effect the reimbursement of all direct and indirect costs and expenses incurred by SHC or its Affiliates in connection with the provision of services to the Partnership Group
under the terms of the Omnibus Agreement; and
20
(b) the exercise of the Partnership’s Sale and Leaseback Option.
“Person” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust,
unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.
“Plan of
Conversion” means the Plan of Conversion of the Partnership as referenced in Section 2.1, as such Plan of Conversion may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
“Potential Affiliate Financial Support” means the provision by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates to any member
of the Partnership Group of any guaranties or trade credit support to support the ongoing operations of the Partnership Group; provided, that (i) the pricing of any such guaranties or trade credit support is no more than the cost to the
Partnership of issuing a comparable letter of credit under its Credit Agreement and (ii) any such guaranties or trade credit support are limited to ordinary course obligations of members of the Partnership Group and do not extend to
indebtedness for borrowed money or other obligations that could be characterized as debt.
“Pro Rata” means
(a) when used with respect to Units or any class thereof, apportioned equally among all designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (b) when used with respect to Partners or Record Holders, apportioned among
all Partners or Record Holders in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (c) when used with respect to holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, apportioned equally among all holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in accordance
with the relative number or percentage of Incentive Distribution Rights held by each such holder, and (d) solely when modifying Series A Holders, apportioned equally among all Series A Holders in accordance with the relative number or
percentage of Series A Preferred Units held by each such Series A Holder.
“Purchase Date” means the date determined by
the General Partner as the date for purchase of all Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of a certain class (other than Limited Partner Interests owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV.
“Qualified Owner” means any of (i) LE GP, LLC and Energy Transfer LP, (ii) any Person who Beneficially Owns more
than 50% of the voting securities of any entity specified in clause (i) above or who Beneficially Owns sufficient equity interests in such entity to elect a majority of its directors, managers, trustees or other persons serving in a similar
capacity for such entity and (iii) any subsidiary or affiliate of any entity specified in either clause (i) or clause (ii) above.
“Quarter” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, or, with respect to the fiscal
quarter of the Partnership in which the Closing Date occurs, the portion of such fiscal quarter after the Closing Date.
“Rate
Eligibility Trigger” is defined in Section 4.8(a)(i).
21
“Rating Agency” means any nationally recognized statistical rating
organization (within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the Securities Exchange Act) that publishes a rating for the Partnership.
“Ratings Decline” means a decrease in the rating of the Series A Preferred Units by both Moody’s and S&P
by one or more gradations (including gradations within rating categories as well as between rating categories); provided that Moody’s and S&P have confirmed that such decrease in the rating of the Series A Preferred Units is a
result of the Change of Control Trigger Event. In determining whether the rating of the Series A Preferred Units has decreased by one or more gradations, gradations within rating categories, namely + or - for S&P, and 1, 2, and 3 for
Moody’s, will be taken into account; for example, in the case of S&P, a rating decrease either from BB+ to BB or BB to BB- will constitute a decrease of one gradation.
“Recapture Income” means any gain recognized by the Partnership (computed without regard to any adjustment required by
Section 734 or Section 743 of the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income because it represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to
such property or asset.
“Record Date” means the date established by the General Partner or otherwise in accordance
with this Agreement for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Limited Partners or entitled to vote by ballot or give approval of Partnership action in writing without a meeting
or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Limited Partners or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.
“Record Holder” means (a) with respect to any class of Partnership Interests for which a Transfer Agent has been
appointed, the Person in whose name a Partnership Interest of such class is registered on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the closing of business on a particular Business Day, or (b) with respect to other classes of Partnership Interests,
the Person in whose name any such other Partnership Interest is registered on the books that the General Partner has caused to be kept as of the closing of business on such Business Day.
“Redeemable Interests” means any Partnership Interests for which a redemption notice has been given, and has not been
withdrawn, pursuant to Section 4.9(a).
“Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-182276) as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the
Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units in the Initial Offering.
“Related Arrangements”
has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
“Remaining Net Positive Adjustments” means as of the end of any
taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the Unitholders holding Common Units as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of those Partners’
Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for each prior taxable period and (ii) with respect to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the holders of Incentive Distribution
Rights as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights for each prior taxable period.
22
“Required Allocations” means any allocation of an item of income, gain,
loss or deduction pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i), Section 6.1(d)(ii), Section 6.1(d)(iv), Section 6.1(d)(v), Section 6.1(d)(vi), Section 6.1(d)(vii) or Section 6.1(d)(ix).
“Reset MQD” is defined in Section 5.10(a).
“Reset Notice” is defined in Section 5.10(b).
“Retail” means Sunoco Retail LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company, or any successor entity thereto.
“Retail Available Cash” means any and all cash or cash equivalents on hand derived from or attributable to (i) any
distribution or dividend received by the Partnership (directly or indirectly) from Retail or the proceeds of any sale of the membership interests of Retail received by the Partnership (directly or indirectly) or (ii) any interest or principal
payments received by the Partnership (directly or indirectly) with respect to indebtedness of Retail or its subsidiaries.
“Retail Items” means the income, gains, losses, deductions and credits which are attributable to the Partnership’s
ownership (directly or indirectly) of, or sale or other disposition of, the membership interests of Retail or the Partnership’s ownership (directly or indirectly) of any indebtedness of Retail or any of its subsidiaries, including any such
income, gains, losses and deductions included in Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss.
“S&P” means S&P
Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.
“Sale and Leaseback
Option” has the meaning set forth in the Omnibus Agreement.
“Second Liquidation Target Amount” is defined in
Section 6.1(c)(i)(E).
“Second Target Distribution” means $0.546875 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to
periods of less than a full fiscal quarter, it means the product of such amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period, and the denominator is the total number of days in such fiscal quarter), subject to
adjustment in accordance with Section 5.10, Section 6.6 and Section 6.7.
“Securities Act” means the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.
“Securities
Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.
“Series A Base Liquidation Preference” means a liquidation preference for each Series A Preferred Unit initially equal to
$1,000.00 per Series A Preferred Unit.
23
“Series A Current Criteria” means the Equity Credit criteria of a Rating
Agency for securities such as the Series A Preferred Units, as such criteria were in effect as of the Series A Original Issue Date.
“Series A Distribution Payment Date” means the 18th day of each March and September of each year (and that the Series A
Distribution Payment Date for the initial Series A Distribution Period shall be March 18, 2026); provided, however, that if any Series A Distribution Payment Date would otherwise occur on a day that is not a
Business Day, such Series A Distribution Payment Date shall instead be on the immediately succeeding Business Day.
“Series A
Distribution Period” means a period of time from and including the preceding Series A Distribution Payment Date (other than the initial Series A Distribution Period, which shall commence on and include the Series A Original Issue Date),
to, but excluding, the next Series A Distribution Payment Date for such Series A Distribution Period.
“Series A Distribution
Rate” means an initial distribution rate for the Series A Preferred Units from and including the Series A Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the Series A First Reset Date equal to 7.875% per annum of the $1,000.00 liquidation
preference per Series A Preferred Unit (equal to $78.75 per Series A Preferred Unit per annum). On and after the Series A First Reset Date, the distribution rate on the Series A Preferred Units for each Series A Reset Period will equal for each
Series A Preferred Unit a percentage of the $1,000.00 liquidation preference for such Series A Preferred Unit equal to the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate as of the most recent Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date plus a spread of
4.230% per annum; provided that the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate for each Series A Reset Period will not be lower than 1.00%.
“Series A Distribution Record Date” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(b)(ii)(B).
“Series A Distributions” means distributions with respect to Series A Preferred Units pursuant to Section 5.11(b)(ii).
“Series A First Reset Date” means September 18, 2030.
“Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate” means, as of any Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date, the arithmetic
mean of the yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity, for five-year maturities, for the five business days immediately preceding such Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date, appearing under
the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities” in the most recent H.15. If the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate cannot be determined pursuant to the method described above, the Calculation Agent, after consulting such sources as it
deems comparable to the foregoing calculations, or any such source as it deems reasonable from which to estimate the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate, will determine the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate in its sole
discretion, provided that if the Calculation Agent determines there is an industry-accepted successor Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate, then the Calculation Agent will use such successor rate. If the Calculation Agent has
determined a substitute or successor base rate in accordance with the foregoing, the Calculation Agent in its sole discretion may determine the
24
business day convention and the Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date to be used and any other relevant methodology for calculating such substitute or successor base rate, including any
adjustment factor needed to make such substitute or successor base rate comparable to the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate, in a manner that is consistent with industry-accepted practices for such substitute or successor base rate. If the
Calculation Agent is unwilling or unable to determine a successor Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, then the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate will be the same rate determined for the prior
Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date or, if this sentence is applicable with respect to the first Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date, the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate will be 3.645%.
“Series A Holder” means a Record Holder of Series A Preferred Units.
“Series A Junior Securities” means any class or series of Partnership Interests that, with respect to distributions on such
Partnership Interests and distributions upon liquidation of the Partnership, ranks junior to the Series A Preferred Units, including but not limited to Common Units and Class C Units, but excluding any Series A Parity Securities and Series A
Senior Securities.
“Series A Liquidation Preference” means a liquidation preference for each Series A Preferred Unit
initially equal to $1,000.00 per Series A Preferred Unit (subject to adjustment for any splits, combinations or similar adjustments to the Series A Preferred Units), which liquidation preference shall be subject to increase by the per Series A
Preferred Unit amount of any accumulated and unpaid Series A Distributions (whether or not such distributions shall have been declared).
“Series A Original Issue Date” means September 18, 2025.
“Series A Parity Securities” means any other class or series of Partnership Interests established after the Series A
Original Issue Date by the General Partner, the terms of which class or series expressly provide that it ranks on parity with the Series A Preferred Units as to distributions and amounts payable upon a dissolution or liquidation pursuant
to Article XII.
“Series A Preferred Units” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(a).
“Series A Rating Event” means a change by any Rating Agency to the Series A Current Criteria, which change results in
(a) any shortening of the length of time for which the Series A Current Criteria are scheduled to be in effect with respect to the Series A Preferred Units or (b) a lower Equity Credit being given to the Series A Preferred Units than the
Equity Credit that would have been assigned to the Series A Preferred Units by such Rating Agency pursuant to its Series A Current Criteria.
“Series A Redemption Date” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(b)(iv)(A).
“Series A Redemption Notice” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(b)(iv)(B).
“Series A Redemption Price” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(b)(iv)(A).
25
“Series A Reset Date” means the Series A First Reset Date and each date
falling on the fifth anniversary of the preceding Series A Reset Date.
“Series A Reset Distribution Determination
Date” means, in respect of any Series A Reset Period, the day falling two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Series A Reset Period.
“Series A Reset Period” means the period from and including the Series A First Reset Date to, but excluding, the next
following Series A Reset Date and thereafter each period from and including each Series A Reset Date to, but excluding, the next following Series A Reset Date, until such time as all of the Outstanding Series A Preferred Units are redeemed in
accordance with Section 5.11(b)(iv).
“Series A Senior Securities” means any class or series of Partnership
Interests established after the Series A Original Issue Date by the General Partner, the terms of which class or series expressly provide that it ranks senior to the Series A Preferred Units as to distributions and amounts payable upon a dissolution
or liquidation pursuant to Article XII.
“Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items” means in connection
with any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for any taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the
Unitholders’ Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such taxable period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time and (ii) with respect to the Partners holding Incentive Distribution Rights,
the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of the Partners holding the Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net
Positive Adjustments as of that time.
“SHC” means Susser Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
“Special Approval” means approval by a majority of the members of the Conflicts Committee.
“Special Committee” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
“Stripes LLC” means Stripes LLC, a Texas limited liability company.
“Subordinated Unit” means a Partnership Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Subordinated
Units in the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Sunoco LP (f/k/a Susser Petroleum Partners LP), dated February 12, 2025.
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares
entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general partner of such
26
partnership, but only if such Person, directly or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, controls such partnership at the date of determination, or (c) any
other Person in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct
the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.
“SunocoCorp” means SunocoCorp LLC,
a Texas limited liability company.
“SunocoCorp Common Unit” means a membership interest in SunocoCorp having the
rights and obligations specified with respect to a “Common Unit” as set forth in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of SunocoCorp LLC.
“SunocoCorp Omnibus Agreement” means the Omnibus Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date (as defined in the SunocoCorp
Omnibus Agreement), by and between the Partnership and SunocoCorp.
“Surviving Business Entity” is defined in
Section 14.2(b)(ii).
“Target Distribution” means each of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target
Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution.
“TBOC” means the provisions of the Texas
Business Organizations Code, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.
“Texas
Governing Instruments” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
“Texas Limited Partnership
Law” means the provisions of Chapters 151, 153 and 154 and the provisions of Title 1 and Chapter 152, to the extent applicable to limited partnerships, in each case of the TBOC.
“Third Target Distribution” means $0.65625 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to periods of less than a full fiscal
quarter, it means the product of such amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period, and the denominator is the total number of days in such fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with
Sections 5.10, 6.6 and 6.7.
“Trading Day” means, for the purpose of determining the Current Market Price of any
class of Limited Partner Interests, a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if Limited Partner Interests
of a class are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are open.
“Transaction Agreement” is defined in Section 5.13(b)(iii).
“transfer” is defined in Section 4.4(a).
27
“Transfer Agent” means such bank, trust company or other Person
(including the General Partner or one of its Affiliates) as may be appointed from time to time by the Partnership to act as registrar and transfer agent for any class or series of Partnership Interests; provided, that if no Transfer Agent is
specifically designated for any class of Partnership Interests, the General Partner shall act in such capacity.
“Underwriter” means each Person named as an underwriter in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement who purchases Common
Units pursuant thereto.
“Underwriting Agreement” means that certain Underwriting Agreement, dated as of
September 19, 2012, among the Underwriters, the Partnership, the General Partner, SHC and the other parties thereto, providing for the purchase of Common Units by the Underwriters.
“Unit” means a Partnership Interest that is designated as a “Unit” and shall include Common Units, Class C
Units and Series A Preferred Units but shall not include (i) the General Partner Interest or (ii) Incentive Distribution Rights.
“Unit Majority” means at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units.
“Unitholders” means the holders of Units.
“Unpaid MQD” is defined in Section 6.1(c)(i)(C).
“Unrealized Gain” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if
any, of (a) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d)
as of such date).
“Unrealized Loss” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of
determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair market value of such property as of such
date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)).
“Unrecovered Initial Unit Price” means at any time, with respect to a
Unit, the Initial Unit Price less the sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit and any distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any distributions in kind) in connection with
the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit, adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision, or combination of such Units.
“Unrestricted Person” means (a) each Indemnitee, (b) each Partner, (c) each Person who is or was a
member, partner, director, officer, employee or agent of any Group Member, a General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of any Group Member, a General Partner or any Departing General Partner and (d) any Person the
General Partner designates as an “Unrestricted Person” for purposes of this Agreement.
28
“U.S. GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles,
as in effect from time to time, consistently applied.
“Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel” is defined in
Section 11.1(b).
“Working Capital Borrowings” means borrowings used solely for working capital purposes or to pay
distributions to Partners, made pursuant to a credit facility, commercial paper facility or other similar financing arrangement; provided that when incurred it is the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings within 12 months from sources
other than additional Working Capital Borrowings.
Section 1.2 Construction. Unless the context requires otherwise:
(a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the terms “include”,
“includes”, “including” and words of like import shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and (d) the terms “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder”
refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be interpreted to include the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing, which as used herein means that (i) each
party to this Agreement shall not exercise its discretion under this Agreement arbitrarily, capriciously, or unreasonably in a manner that would deprive any other Person bound by the terms of this Agreement of the benefit of such other
Person’s contracted for rights and expectations under this Agreement and (ii) where the express terms of this Agreement (A) do not provide for a development that the parties to this Agreement could not have anticipated at the Time of
Contracting or (B) omit a term that would obviously be necessary to give efficacy to the other express terms of this Agreement in a manner consistent with the parties’ shared expectations at the Time of Contracting, then in the case of
either (A) or (B), this Agreement shall be interpreted to imply terms to the limited extent necessary to fill any gaps in this Agreement’s express terms so as to protect the parties’ shared expectations at the Time of Contracting.
For purposes of this Section 1.2, “Time of Contracting” means (i) the date the Delaware Partnership first sold limited partnership interests in a public offering or (ii) solely with respect to any provisions in this
Agreement (or prior to the Effective Time, the Delaware Partnership Agreement) that were not included in the Delaware Partnership Agreement as of the time in clause (i), the effective date of such provisions in this Agreement (or, prior to the
Effective Time, the Delaware Partnership Agreement) setting forth or amending provisions that may be relevant to application of the preceding sentence. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only,
and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
29
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION
Section 2.1 Formation. The General Partner formed the Partnership as a Texas limited partnership as of the Effective Time and
pursuant to the Plan of Conversion, the Certificate of Conversion and the Certificate of Formation converting the Partnership from a Delaware limited partnership to a Texas limited partnership pursuant to the Plan of Conversion, the Certificate of
Conversion, the Delaware Certificate of Conversion and the provisions of the Texas Limited Partnership Law and the Delaware Act. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties (including fiduciary duties),
liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Texas Limited Partnership Law, and the Partnership shall constitute a continuation of the existence of the
Delaware Partnership in the form of a Texas limited partnership and, for all purposes of the laws of the State of Texas, shall be deemed to be the same entity as the Delaware Partnership.
Section 2.2 Name. The name of the Partnership shall be “Sunoco LP”. The Partnership’s business may be conducted
under any other name or names as determined by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner. The words “Limited Partnership,” “L.P.,” “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the
Partnership’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited
Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.
Section 2.3 Registered Office;
Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices. Unless and until changed by the General Partner, the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Texas shall be located at 211 East
7th Street, Suite 620, Austin, Texas 78701, and the registered agent for service of process of the Partnership in the State of Texas at such registered office shall be Corporation Service Company
d/b/a CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at 8111 Westchester Drive, Suite 400, Dallas, Texas 75225, or such other place as the General Partner
may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Texas as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate. The address
of the General Partner shall be 8111 Westchester Drive, Suite 400, Dallas, Texas 75225, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.
Section 2.4 Purpose and Business. The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership shall be to
(a) engage directly in, or enter into or form, hold and dispose of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that is approved by the General
Partner, in its sole discretion, and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Texas Limited Partnership Law and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the
Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity, and (b) do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of capital contributions or loans to a Group Member; provided, however, that
the General Partner shall not cause the Partnership to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the General Partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a
corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve, and may, in its sole discretion, decline to
propose or approve, the conduct by the Partnership of any business.
30
Section 2.5 Powers. The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts
and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.
Section 2.6 Term. The term of the Partnership shall continue until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the
provisions of Article XII. The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until the filing of a certificate of termination as provided in the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
Section 2.7 Title to Partnership Assets. Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or
intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets
may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which
record title is held in the name of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect of which the General Partner determines that the expense and
difficulty of conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership or one or more of the Partnership’s designated Affiliates as soon as reasonably practicable; provided,
further, that, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any
such transfer, will provide for the use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to the General Partner. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record
title to such Partnership assets is held.
ARTICLE III
RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
Section 3.1 Limitation of Liability. The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly
provided in this Agreement or the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
Section 3.2 Management of Business. No Limited Partner, in
its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Texas Limited Partnership Law) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to
sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. All actions taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates,
or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall not be deemed to be participating in the control of the business of the Partnership by a limited partner of the
Partnership (within the meaning of Sections 153.103 and 153.104 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law) and shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners under this Agreement.
31
Section 3.3 Outside Activities of the Limited Partners. Subject to the
provisions of Section 7.6, which shall continue to be applicable to the Persons referred to therein, regardless of whether such Persons shall also be Limited Partners, each Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests
and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership Group. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners shall have any
rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner.
Section 3.4 Rights of Limited
Partners.
(a) Each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose that is reasonably related, as determined by the General
Partner, to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense, to obtain:
(i) true and full information regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Partnership (provided that the requirements
of this Section 3.4(a)(i) shall be satisfied if the Limited Partner is furnished the Partnership’s most recent annual report and any subsequent periodic reports required to be filed (or which would be required to be filed) with the
Commission pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act);
(ii) a current list of the name and last known business, residence
or mailing address of each Record Holder; and
(iii) a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Formation and all amendments thereto,
together with copies of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate of Formation and all amendments thereto have been executed.
(b) The rights to information granted to each of the Limited Partners pursuant to Section 3.4(a) replace in their entirety any rights to
information provided for in Section 153.552 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law and each of the Partners and each other Person or Group who acquires an interest in Partnership Interests hereby agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law that
they do not have any rights as Partners to receive any information either pursuant to Section 153.552 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law or otherwise except for the information identified in Section 3.4(a).
(c) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner deems reasonable,
(i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner believes (A) is not in the best interests of the Partnership
Group, (B) could damage the Partnership Group or its business or (C) that any Group Member is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership the primary
purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 3.4).
32
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or Section 153.552 of the
Texas Limited Partnership Law, each of the Partners, each other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and each other Person bound by this Agreement hereby agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law that they do not have rights
to receive information from the Partnership or any Indemnitee for the purpose of determining whether to pursue litigation or assist in pending litigation against the Partnership or any Indemnitee relating to the affairs of the Partnership except
pursuant to the applicable rules of discovery relating to litigation commenced by such Person.
ARTICLE IV
CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS;
REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
Section 4.1 Certificates. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise in
respect of some or all of any or all classes of Partnership Interests, Partnership Interests shall not be evidenced by certificates. Certificates that may be issued shall be executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chairman of the Board,
President, the Chief Executive Officer or any Senior Vice President or Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the General Partner. No Certificate for a class of Partnership Interests shall be
valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent for such class of Partnership Interests; provided, however, that if the General Partner elects to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests of such class
in global form, the Certificate shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from the Transfer Agent certifying that the Partnership Interests have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of the Partnership.
Section 4.2 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.
(a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the
Partnership shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership Interests as the Certificate so surrendered.
(b) The appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent shall
countersign, a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued, if the Record Holder of the Certificate:
(i) makes proof by
affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;
(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the General Partner has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for
value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;
33
(iii) if requested by the General Partner, delivers to the General Partner a bond, in form
and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the General Partner may direct to indemnify the Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer Agent against any claim that
may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and
(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements
imposed by the General Partner or the Transfer Agent.
If a Limited Partner fails to notify the General Partner within a reasonable period
of time after such Limited Partner has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General Partner or the
Transfer Agent receives such notification, the Limited Partner shall be precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate.
(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.2, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.
Section 4.3 Record Holders. The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the Partner with respect to any
Partnership Interest and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person, regardless of whether the Partnership shall have actual or other
notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Without limiting the
foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person in acquiring and/or holding
Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Persons on the other, such representative Person shall be (a) the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest and (b) bound by this Agreement and shall have
the rights and obligations of a Partner hereunder as, and to the extent, provided herein.
Section 4.4 Transfer Generally.
(a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall mean a transaction
(i) by which the General Partner assigns its General Partner Interest to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise or (ii) by
which the holder of a Limited Partner Interest assigns such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is or becomes a Limited Partner, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise, excluding a
pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage but including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage.
34
(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance
with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV. Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article IV shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, null and void.
(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent a disposition by any stockholder, member, partner or other owner of any
Partner of any or all of the shares of stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other ownership interests in such Partner and the term “transfer” shall not mean any such disposition.
Section 4.5 Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests.
(a) The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept on behalf of the Partnership a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations
as it may prescribe and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), the Partnership will provide for the registration and transfer of Limited Partner Interests.
(b) The Partnership shall not recognize any transfer of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates until the Certificates evidencing
such Limited Partner Interests are surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be imposed by the General Partner for such transfer; provided, that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this
Section 4.5, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto. Upon surrender of a Certificate for registration of transfer of any Limited
Partner Interests evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions hereof, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and in the case of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner
Interests, the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate
number and type of Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered.
(c) By acceptance of the transfer of any
Limited Partner Interests in accordance with this Section 4.5 and except as provided in Section 4.8, each transferee of a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner
Interests for the account of another Person) acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of Section 10.1(a).
(d) Subject to
(i) the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.5, (ii) Section 4.3, (iii) Section 4.7, (iv) with respect to any class or series of Limited Partner Interests, the provisions of any statement of designations or an amendment to this
Agreement establishing such class or series, (v) any contractual provisions binding on any Limited Partner and (vi) provisions of applicable law including the Securities Act, Limited Partner Interests shall be freely transferable.
(e) The General Partner and its Affiliates shall have the right at any time to transfer their Common Units and Incentive Distribution Rights to
one or more Persons.
35
Section 4.6 Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest.
(a) Subject to Section 4.6(b) below, the General Partner may at its option transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest
without approval from any other Partner.
(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by the General Partner of all or
any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement,
(ii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability under the Texas Limited Partnership Law of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association
taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed) and (iii) such transferee also agrees to purchase all (or the appropriate portion thereof, if
applicable) of the partnership or membership interest held by the General Partner as the general partner or managing member, if any, of each other Group Member. In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this Section 4.6, the
transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 10.2, be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner effective immediately prior to the transfer of the General Partner Interest, and the
business of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.
Section 4.7 Restrictions on Transfers.
(a) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, no transfer of any Partnership Interests shall be made if such transfer would
(i) violate the then applicable federal or state securities laws or rules and regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over such transfer, (ii) terminate the
existence or qualification of the Partnership under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, or (iii) cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal
income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).
(b) The General Partner may impose restrictions on the transfer of
Partnership Interests if it determines, with the advice of counsel, that such restrictions are necessary or advisable to (i) avoid a significant risk of the Partnership becoming taxable as a corporation or otherwise becoming taxable as an
entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (ii) preserve the uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may impose such restrictions by amending this Agreement; provided,
however, that any amendment that would result in the delisting or suspension of trading of any class of Limited Partner Interests on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is then listed or
admitted to trading must be approved, prior to such amendment being effected, by the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of such class.
(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement, other than Section 4.7(a), shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving
Partnership Interests entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.
36
(d) The transfer of an IDR Reset Common Unit that was issued in connection with an IDR Reset
Election pursuant to Section 5.10 shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.7.
Section 4.8 Eligibility
Certificates; Ineligible Holders.
(a) If at any time the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that:
(i) the U.S. federal income tax status (or lack of proof of the U.S. federal income tax status) of one or more Limited Partners or their
beneficial owners has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the rates that can be charged to customers by any Group Member with respect to assets that are subject to regulation by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission or
similar regulatory body (a “Rate Eligibility Trigger”); or
(ii) any Group Member is subject to any federal,
state or local law or regulation that would create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which the Group Member has an interest based on the nationality, citizenship or other related status of a Limited Partner (a
“Citizenship Eligibility Trigger”);
then, the General Partner may adopt such amendments to this Agreement as it determines to
be necessary or appropriate to (x) in the case of a Rate Eligibility Trigger, obtain such proof of the U.S. federal income tax status of the Limited Partners and, to the extent relevant, their beneficial owners, as the General Partner
determines to be necessary or appropriate to reduce risk of the occurrence of a material adverse effect on the rates that can be charged to customers by any Group Member or (y) in the case of a Citizenship Eligibility Trigger, obtain such proof
of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of the Limited Partner and, to the extent relevant, their beneficial owners as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to eliminate or mitigate a significant risk of
cancellation or forfeiture of any properties or interests therein of a Group Member.
(b) Such amendments may include provisions requiring
all Partners to certify as to their (and their beneficial owners’) status as Eligible Holders upon demand and on a regular basis, as determined by the General Partner, and may require transferees of Units to so certify prior to being admitted
to the Partnership as a Partner (any such required certificate, an “Eligibility Certificate”).
(c) Such
amendments may provide that any Partner who fails to furnish to the General Partner within a reasonable period requested proof of its (and its beneficial owners’) status as an Eligible Holder or if upon receipt of such Eligibility Certificate
or other requested information the General Partner determines that a Limited Partner (or its beneficial owner) is not an Eligible Holder (an “Ineligible Holder”), the Partnership Interests owned by such Limited Partner
shall be subject to redemption in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.9. In addition, the General Partner shall be substituted and treated as the owner of all Partnership Interests owned by an Ineligible Holder.
37
(d) The General Partner shall, in exercising voting rights in respect of Partnership
Interests held by it on behalf of Ineligible Holders, cast such votes in the same manner and in the same ratios as the votes of Partners (including the General Partner and its Affiliates) in respect of Partnership Interests other than those of
Ineligible Holders are cast.
(e) Upon dissolution of the Partnership, an Ineligible Holder shall have no right to receive a distribution
in kind pursuant to Section 12.4 but shall be entitled to the cash equivalent thereof, and the Partnership shall provide cash in exchange for an assignment of the Ineligible Holder’s share of any distribution in kind. Such payment and
assignment shall be treated for purposes hereof as a purchase by the Partnership from the Ineligible Holder of the portion of his Partnership Interest representing his right to receive his share of such distribution in kind.
(f) At any time after he can and does certify that he has become an Eligible Holder, an Ineligible Holder may, upon application to the General
Partner, request that with respect to any Partnership Interests of such Ineligible Holder not redeemed pursuant to Section 4.9, such Ineligible Holder be admitted as a Partner, and upon approval of the General Partner, such Ineligible Holder
shall be admitted as a Partner and shall no longer constitute an Ineligible Holder and the General Partner shall cease to be deemed to be the owner in respect of such Ineligible Holder’s Partnership Interests.
Section 4.9 Redemption of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders.
(a) If at any time a Partner falsely certifies its status as an Eligible Holder or fails to furnish an Eligibility Certificate or other
information requested within the period of time specified in amendments adopted pursuant to Section 4.8 or if upon receipt of such Eligibility Certificate, the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Partner is an
Ineligible Holder, the Partnership may, unless the Partner establishes to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such Partner is an Eligible Holder or has transferred his Limited Partner Interests to a Person who is an Eligible Holder and who
furnishes an Eligibility Certificate to the General Partner prior to the date fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem the Partnership Interest of such Partner as follows:
(i) The General Partner shall, not later than the 30th day before the date fixed for redemption, give notice of redemption to the Partner, at
his last address designated on the records of the Partnership or the Transfer Agent, as applicable, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. The notice shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed. The notice shall specify the
Redeemable Interests, the date fixed for redemption, the place of payment, that payment of the redemption price will be made upon redemption of the Redeemable Interests (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates,
upon surrender of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests) and that on and after the date fixed for redemption no further allocations or distributions to which the Partner would otherwise be entitled in respect of the Redeemable
Interests will accrue or be made.
(ii) The aggregate redemption price for Redeemable Interests shall be an amount equal to the Current
Market Price (the date of determination of which shall be the date fixed for redemption) of Partnership Interests of the class to be so redeemed multiplied by the number of Partnership Interests of each such class included among the Redeemable
Interests.
38
The redemption price shall be paid, as determined by the General Partner, in cash or by delivery of a promissory note of the Partnership in the principal amount of the redemption price, bearing
interest at the rate of 8% annually and payable in three equal annual installments of principal together with accrued interest, commencing one year after the redemption date.
(iii) The Partner or his duly authorized representative shall be entitled to receive the payment for the Redeemable Interests at the place of
payment specified in the notice of redemption on the redemption date (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender by or on behalf of the Partner at the place specified in the notice of redemption, of
the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by an assignment duly executed in blank).
(iv)
After the redemption date, Redeemable Interests shall no longer constitute issued and Outstanding Limited Partner Interests.
(b) The
provisions of this Section 4.9 shall also be applicable to Partnership Interests held by a Partner as nominee of a Person determined to be an Ineligible Holder.
(c) Nothing in this Section 4.9 shall prevent the recipient of a notice of redemption from transferring his Partnership Interest before
the redemption date if such transfer is otherwise permitted under this Agreement. Upon receipt of notice of such a transfer, the General Partner shall withdraw the notice of redemption, provided the transferee of such Partnership Interest certifies
to the satisfaction of the General Partner that he is an Eligible Holder. If the transferee fails to make such certification, such redemption will be effected from the transferee on the original redemption date.
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL
CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
Section 5.1 Organizational Contributions. Prior to the date hereof,
the General Partner was admitted as the General Partner of the Partnership and the Organizational Limited Partner made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $1,000.00 in exchange for a Limited Partner Interest equal to
a 100% Percentage Interest and was admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership. As of the Closing Date, and effective with the admission of another Limited Partner to the Partnership, the interests of the Organizational Limited Partner were
redeemed as provided in the Contribution Agreement and the initial Capital Contribution of the Organizational Limited Partner was refunded. One-hundred percent of any interest or other profit that may have
resulted from the investment or other use of such initial Capital Contribution was allocated and distributed to the Organizational Limited Partner.
Section 5.2 Contributions by the General Partner and its Affiliates. On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Contribution
Agreement, SHC and its subsidiaries contributed to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, the Susser Operating Interests (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) in exchange for 14,436 Common Units, 10,939,436 Subordinated Units, the
Incentive Distribution Rights and the right to receive the Deferred Issuance and Distribution.
39
Section 5.3 Contributions by Initial Limited Partners.
(a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, each Underwriter contributed cash to the Partnership in exchange for the
issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.
(b) Upon the exercise, if
any, of the Over-Allotment Option, each Underwriter contributed cash to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.
Section 5.4 Interest and Withdrawal. No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions. No Partner, including
any Partner deemed to withdraw under Section 11.4, shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, including under Section 153.111 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law, except to the extent, if any, that
distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon liquidation of the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner
shall have priority over any other Partner either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses, distributions or rights upon dissolution or liquidation of the Partnership. Any such return shall be a compromise to which all
Partners agree within the meaning of Section 153.203 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
Section 5.5 Capital Accounts.
(a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner (or a beneficial owner of Partnership Interests held by a nominee in any case in which
the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable to the General Partner) owning a Partnership Interest a separate Capital Account with respect
to such Partnership Interest in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made to the Partnership with respect to such
Partnership Interest and (ii) all items of Partnership income and gain (including income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to
Section 6.1, and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made with respect to such Partnership Interest (provided that the Capital Account of a Series A
Holder shall not be reduced by any Series A Distributions it receives) and (y) all items of Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to
Section 6.1.
(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction that is to be allocated pursuant
to Article VI and is to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for U.S. federal income tax
purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided, that:
40
(i) Solely for purposes of this Section 5.5, the Partnership shall be treated as owning
directly its proportionate share (as determined by the General Partner based upon the provisions of the applicable Group Member Agreement) of all property owned by (x) any other Group Member that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal
income tax purposes and (y) any other partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes of which a Group Member is, directly or indirectly, a
partner, member or other equity holder.
(ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell) a
Partnership Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred
and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1.
(iii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation
Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership and, as to those items described
in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To the extent an
adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital
Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or loss.
(iv) Any income, gain or loss
attributable to the taxable disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the property’s Carrying Value as of such date.
(v) Any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any Contributed Property or Adjusted Property shall be
determined under the rules prescribed by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d)(2) as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment.
(vi) The Gross Liability Value of each Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i) shall be
adjusted at such times as provided in this Agreement for an adjustment to Carrying Values. The amount of any such adjustment shall be treated for purposes hereof as an item of loss (if the adjustment increases the Carrying Value of such Liability of
the Partnership) or an item of gain (if the adjustment decreases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership).
(c) (i) Except
as otherwise provided in this Section 5.5(c), a transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Partnership Interest so transferred.
41
(ii) Subject to Section 6.7(b), immediately prior to the transfer of an IDR Reset
Common Unit by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this Section 5.5(c)(ii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its IDR Reset Common Units will
(A) first, be allocated to the IDR Reset Common Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such IDR Reset Common Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and
(B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any IDR Reset Common Units. Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any,
maintained with respect to the retained IDR Reset Common Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred IDR
Reset Common Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) above.
(d) (i) Consistent with Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for cash or Contributed Property, the issuance of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, or the conversion of the
Combined Interest to Common Units pursuant to Section 11.3(b), the Carrying Value of each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss
attributable to such Partnership property, and any such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss shall be treated, for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts, as if it had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property for an amount equal to
its fair market value immediately prior to such issuance and had been allocated among the Partners at such time pursuant to Section 6.1 in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized following an event giving rise to the
dissolution of the Partnership would have been allocated; provided, however, that in the event of an issuance of Partnership Interests for a de minimis amount of cash or Contributed Property, or in the event of an issuance of a de minimis
amount of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, the General Partner may determine that such adjustments are unnecessary for the proper administration of the Partnership. In determining such Unrealized Gain or
Unrealized Loss, the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Partnership Interests shall be determined by the General Partner using such method of
valuation as it may adopt. In making its determination of the fair market values of individual properties, the General Partner may determine that it is appropriate to first determine an aggregate value for the Partnership, based on the current
trading price of the Common Units, and taking fully into account the fair market value of the Partnership Interests of all Partners at such time, and then allocate such aggregate value among the individual properties of the Partnership (in such
manner as it determines appropriate).
(ii) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to
any actual or deemed distribution to a Partner of any Partnership property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Partnership Interest), the Carrying Value of all Partnership property shall be adjusted upward
or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, and any such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss shall be treated, for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts, as if it had been recognized on
an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such distribution for an amount equal to its fair market value, and had been allocated among the Partners, at such time, pursuant to Section 6.1 in the same manner as any item of gain or
loss actually recognized following an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership would
42
have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a
distribution shall (A) in the case of an actual or deemed distribution other than a distribution made pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined in the same manner as that provided in Section 5.5(d)(i) or (B) in the case of a
liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined by the Liquidator using such method of valuation as it may adopt.
Section 5.6 Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests.
(a) The Partnership may issue additional Partnership Interests and Derivative Instruments for any Partnership purpose at any time and from time
to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the General Partner shall determine, all without the approval of any Limited Partners.
(b) Each additional Partnership Interest authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.6(a) may be issued in one or
more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership Interests), as shall be fixed by the General Partner,
including (i) the right to share in Partnership profits and losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and
the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may or shall be required to redeem the Partnership Interest (including sinking fund provisions); (v) whether such Partnership Interest is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and,
if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each Partnership Interest will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the
Percentage Interest as to such Partnership Interest; and (viii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership Interest to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of such
Partnership Interest.
(c) The General Partner shall take all actions that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with
(i) each issuance of Partnership Interests and Derivative Instruments pursuant to this Section 5.6, (ii) the conversion of the Combined Interest into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the issuance of Common Units
pursuant to Section 5.10, (iv) reflecting admission of such additional Limited Partners in the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holders of such Limited Partner Interests and (v) all additional issuances of Partnership
Interests. The General Partner shall determine the relative rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other Partnership Interests being so issued. The General Partner shall do all things necessary to comply with the Texas Limited
Partnership Law and is authorized and directed to do all things that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with any future issuance of Partnership Interests or in connection with the conversion of the Combined Interest into
Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership
Interests are listed or admitted to trading.
(d) No fractional Units shall be issued by the Partnership.
43
Section 5.7 Limited Preemptive Right. Except as provided in this
Section 5.7 or as otherwise provided in a separate agreement by the Partnership, no Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to the issuance of any Partnership Interest, whether unissued, held in the
treasury or hereafter created. The General Partner shall have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates, to purchase Partnership Interests from the Partnership whenever, and on the same terms that,
the Partnership issues Partnership Interests to Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and its Affiliates equal to that which existed immediately
prior to the issuance of such Partnership Interests.
Section 5.8 Splits and Combinations.
(a) Subject to Section 5.8(d), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Interests to all Record Holders or may
effect a subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests so long as, after any such event, each Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis or stated as
a number of Units are proportionately adjusted retroactive to the beginning of the Partnership.
(b) Whenever such a distribution,
subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests is declared, the General Partner shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such
Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice. The General Partner also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Partnership Interests to be
held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The General Partner shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.
(c) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates to the Record Holders of
Partnership Interests as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Partnership Interests held by such Record Holders, or the General Partner may adopt such other procedures that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to
reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total number of Partnership Interests Outstanding, the Partnership shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of such new Certificate, the surrender of any
Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.
(d) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units upon
any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units but for the provisions of Section 5.6(d) and this Section 5.8(d), each
fractional Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit (and a 0.5 Unit shall be rounded to the next higher Unit).
44
Section 5.9 Fully Paid and Non-Assessable
Nature of Limited Partner Interests. All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited Partner
Interests in the Partnership, except as such non-assessability may be affected by Section 153.112 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
Section 5.10 Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights.
(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.10, the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder
of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right, at any time when the Partnership has made a distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(v) for each of the four
most recently completed Quarters and the amount of each such distribution did not exceed Adjusted Operating Surplus for such Quarter, to make an election (the “IDR Reset Election”) to cause the Target Distributions to be
reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive their respective proportionate share of a number of Common Units
(the “IDR Reset Common Units”) derived by dividing (i) the average amount of aggregate cash distributions made by the Partnership for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (as
defined in Section 5.10(b)) in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights by (ii) the average of the cash distributions made by the Partnership in respect of each Common Unit for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of
the Reset Notice (the “Reset MQD”) (the number of Common Units determined by such quotient is referred to herein as the “Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units”). The making of the IDR Reset
Election in the manner specified in Section 5.10(b) shall cause the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution
Rights will become entitled to receive Common Units on the basis specified above, without any further approval required by the General Partner or the Unitholders, at the time specified in Section 5.10(c) unless the IDR Reset Election is
rescinded pursuant to Section 5.10(d).
(b) To exercise the right specified in Section 5.10(a), the holder of the Incentive
Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall deliver a written notice (the “Reset Notice”)
to the Partnership. Within 10 Business Days after the receipt by the Partnership of such Reset Notice, the Partnership shall deliver a written notice to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights of the Partnership’s
determination of the aggregate number of Common Units that each holder of Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive.
(c)
The holder(s) of the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units on the fifteenth Business Day after receipt by the Partnership of the Reset Notice; provided, however, that
the issuance of Common Units to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall not occur prior to the approval of the listing or admission for trading of such Common Units by the principal National Securities Exchange upon which
the Common Units are then listed or admitted for trading if any such approval is required pursuant to the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange.
45
(d) If the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then
traded has not approved the listing or admission for trading of the Common Units to be issued pursuant to this Section 5.10 on or before the 30th calendar day following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice and such approval is
required by the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange, then the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the
Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right to either rescind the IDR Reset Election or elect to receive other Partnership Interests having such terms as the General Partner may approve, with the approval of the Conflicts Committee, that
will provide (i) the same economic value, in the aggregate, as the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units would have had at the time of the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice, as determined by the General Partner, and
(ii) for the subsequent conversion (on terms acceptable to the National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then traded) of such Partnership Interests into Common Units within not more than 12 months following the
Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice upon the satisfaction of one or more conditions that are reasonably acceptable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution
Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights).
(e) The Target Distributions shall be adjusted at the
time of the issuance of Common Units or other Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.10 such that (i) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution shall be reset to be equal to the Reset MQD, (ii) the First Target Distribution shall
be reset to equal 115% of the Reset MQD, (iii) the Second Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 125% of the Reset MQD and (iv) the Third Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 150% of the Reset MQD.
(f) Upon the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.10(a) (or other Partnership Interests as described in
Section 5.10(d)), the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights shall (A) first, be allocated to IDR Reset Common Units (or other Partnership Interests) in an amount equal to the product of (x) the
Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units (or other Partnership Interests) and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the holder of
the Incentive Distribution Rights. If there is not a sufficient Capital Account associated with the Incentive Distribution Rights to allocate the full Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit to the IDR Reset Common Units in accordance
with clause (A) of this Section 5.10(f), the IDR Reset Common Units shall be subject to Section 6.1(d)(x)(B) and (C).
Section 5.11 Establishment of Series A Preferred Units.
(a) General. The Partnership hereby designates and creates a class of Partnership Interests to be designated as “7.875% Series A
Fixed-Rate Reset Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Units” (the “Series A Preferred Units”), having the preferences, rights, powers, and duties set forth herein, including this Section 5.11. Each Series A
Preferred Unit shall be identical in all respects to every other Series A Preferred Unit, except as to the respective dates from which the Series A Liquidation Preference shall increase or from which Series A Distributions may begin accruing, to the
extent such dates may differ. The Series A Preferred Units represent perpetual equity interests in the Partnership and shall not give rise to a claim by the Partnership or a Series A Holder for conversion or, except as set forth in
Section 5.11(b)(iv), redemption thereof at a particular date.
46
(b) Rights of Series A Preferred Units. The Series A Preferred Units shall have the
following rights, preferences and privileges and shall be subject to the following duties and obligations:
(i) Series A Preferred
Units.
(A) The authorized number of Series A Preferred Units shall be unlimited.
(B) The Series A Preferred Units shall be represented by one or more global Certificates registered in the name of the Depositary or its
nominee, and no Series A Holder shall be entitled to receive a definitive Certificate evidencing its Series A Preferred Units, unless (1) requested by a Series A Holder and consented to by the General Partner in its sole discretion,
(2) otherwise required by law or (3) the Depositary gives notice of its intention to resign or is no longer eligible to act as such with respect to the Series A Preferred Units and the General Partner shall have not selected a substitute
Depositary within 60 calendar days thereafter. So long as the Depositary shall have been appointed and is serving with respect to the Series A Preferred Units, payments and communications made by the Partnership to Series A Holders shall be made by
making payments to, and communicating with, the Depositary.
(ii) Distributions.
(A) Distributions on each Outstanding Series A Preferred Unit shall be cumulative and shall accumulate at the applicable Series A Distribution
Rate from and including the Series A Original Issue Date (or, for any subsequently issued and newly Outstanding Series A Preferred Units, from and including the Series A Distribution Payment Date immediately preceding the issue date of such Series A
Preferred Units) until such time as the Partnership pays the Series A Distributions or redeems such Series A Preferred Unit in accordance with Section 5.11(b)(iv), whether or not such Series A Distributions shall have been declared. Series A
Holders shall be entitled to receive Series A Distributions from time to time out of any assets of the Partnership legally available for the payment of distributions at the Series A Distribution Rate per Series A Preferred Unit when, as, and, if
declared by the General Partner. Series A Distributions, to the extent declared by the General Partner to be paid by the Partnership in accordance with this Section 5.11(b)(ii), shall be paid, in arrears, on each Series A Distribution Payment
Date (and the initial Series A Distribution shall be paid on March 18, 2026). Series A Distributions shall accumulate in each Series A Distribution Period from and including the preceding Series A Distribution Payment Date (other than the
initial Series A Distribution Period, which shall commence on and include the Series A Original Issue Date), to, but excluding, the next Series A Distribution Payment Date for such Series A Distribution Period; provided that distributions
shall accrue on accumulated but unpaid Series A Distributions at the Series A Distribution Rate. If any Series A Distribution Payment Date otherwise would occur on a date that is not a Business Day, declared Series A Distributions shall be paid on
the immediately succeeding Business Day without the accumulation of additional distributions. All
47
Series A Distributions that are (1) accumulated and unpaid or (2) payable by the Partnership pursuant to this Section 5.11(b)(ii) shall be payable without regard to income of the
Partnership and shall be treated for federal income tax purposes as guaranteed payments for the use of capital under Section 707(c) of the Code. The guaranteed payment with respect to any Series A Distribution Period shall be for the account of
the holders of Series A Preferred Units as of the applicable Series A Distribution Record Date.
(B) Not later than 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on each Series A Distribution Payment Date, the Partnership shall pay those Series A Distributions, if any, that shall have been declared by the General Partner to Series A Holders on the Record Date for the applicable Series A
Distribution. The Record Date (the “Series A Distribution Record Date”) for the payment of any Series A Distributions shall be as of the close of business on the first Business Day of the month of the applicable Series A
Distribution Payment Date, except that in the case of payments of Series A Distributions in Arrears, the Series A Distribution Record Date with respect to a Series A Distribution Payment Date shall be such date as may be designated by the General
Partner in accordance with this Section 5.11. So long as any Series A Preferred Units are Outstanding, no distribution shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment on any Series A Junior Securities (other than a distribution payable
solely in Series A Junior Securities) unless full cumulative Series A Distributions have been or contemporaneously are being paid or set apart for payment on all Outstanding Series A Preferred Units (and distributions on any other Series A Parity
Securities) through the most recent Series A Distribution Payment Date (and distribution payment date with respect to such Series A Parity Securities, if any); provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Section 5.11(b)(ii)(B), if a distribution period with respect to a class of Series A Junior Securities or Series A Parity Securities is shorter than the Series A Distribution Period, the General Partner may declare and pay regular distributions
with respect to such Series A Junior Securities or Series A Parity Securities, so long as, at the time of declaration of such distribution, (i) there are no Series A Distributions in Arrears, and (ii) the General Partner expects to have
sufficient funds to pay the full distribution in respect of the Series A Preferred Units on the next Series A Distribution Payment Date. Accumulated Series A Distributions in Arrears for any past Series A Distribution Period may be declared by the
General Partner and paid on any date fixed by the General Partner, whether or not a Series A Distribution Payment Date, to Series A Holders on the Record Date for such payment, which may not be less than 10 calendar days before such payment date.
Subject to the next succeeding sentence, if all accumulated Series A Distributions in Arrears on all Outstanding Series A Preferred Units and all accumulated distributions in arrears on any Series A Parity Securities shall not have been declared and
paid, or if sufficient funds for the payment thereof shall not have been set apart, payment of accumulated distributions in Arrears on the Series A Preferred Units and accumulated distributions in arrears on any such Series A Parity Securities shall
be made in order of their respective distribution payment dates, commencing with the earliest distribution payment date. If less than all distributions payable with respect to all Series A Preferred Units and any other Series A Parity Securities are
paid, any partial payment shall be made Pro Rata with respect to the Series A Preferred Units and any such other Series A Parity Securities entitled to a distribution payment at such time in proportion to the aggregate distribution amounts remaining
due in respect of such Series A Preferred Units and such other Series A Parity Securities at such time. Subject to Section 12.4 and Section 5.11(b)(v), Series A Holders shall not be entitled to any distribution, whether payable in cash,
property or Partnership Interests, in excess of full cumulative Series A Distributions. Except insofar as distributions
48
accrue on the amount of any accumulated and unpaid distributions, no interest or sum of money in lieu of interest shall be payable in respect of any distribution payment which may be in Arrears
on the Series A Preferred Units. So long as the Series A Preferred Units are held of record by the Depositary or its nominee, declared Series A Distributions shall be paid to the Depositary in same-day funds
on each Series A Distribution Payment Date or other distribution payment date in the case of payments for Series A Distributions in Arrears.
(C) The Series A Distribution Rate for each Series A Reset Period will be determined by the Calculation Agent for the Series A Preferred Units
using the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate, as of the applicable Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date for such Series A Reset Period. The Calculation Agent for the Series A Preferred Units then will add the spread of 4.230% per annum
to the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate as determined by the Calculation Agent as of the applicable Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date for such Series A Reset Period. Promptly following such determination by the Calculation Agent
for the Series A Preferred Units, the Calculation Agent shall notify the Partnership of the Series A Distribution Rate for such Series A Reset Period. Such Calculation Agent’s determination of any Series A Distribution Rate for each Series A
Reset Period and its calculation of the amount of Series A Distributions for any Series A Reset Period will be (i) available on file at the principal offices of the Partnership beginning on or after the Series A First Reset Date, (ii) made
available to any Series A Holder upon request and (iii) final and binding on each Series A Holder in the absence of manifest error.
(D) The Partnership will provide notice of the relevant Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate as soon as practicable to the Transfer Agent and
the Series A Holders.
(E) Unless otherwise determined by the General Partner, Series A Distributions shall be deemed to have been paid
out of deductions from Available Cash with respect to the Quarter ended immediately preceding the Quarter in which the Series A Distribution is made.
(iii) Voting Rights.
(A)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Series A Preferred Units shall not have any voting rights or rights to consent or approve any action or matter, except as set forth in Section 13.3(c), this
Section 5.11(b)(iii) or as otherwise required by the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
(B) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
this Agreement, without the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Series A Preferred Units, voting as a separate class, the General Partner shall not adopt any amendment to this Agreement that the
General Partner determines would have a material adverse effect on the powers, preferences, duties, or special rights of the Series A Preferred Units; provided, however, that (i) subject to Section 5.11(b)(iii)(C), the
issuance of additional Partnership Interests (and any amendment to this Agreement in connection therewith) shall not be deemed to have such a material adverse effect for purposes of this Section 5.11(b)(iii)(B) and (ii) for purposes of
this Section 5.11(b)(iii)(B), no amendment of this Agreement in connection with a merger or other transaction in which the Partnership is the surviving entity and the Series A Preferred Units remain Outstanding with the terms thereof materially
unchanged in any respect adverse to the Series A Holders (as determined by the General Partner) shall be deemed to have such a material adverse effect.
49
(C) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, without the affirmative
vote or consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Series A Preferred Units, voting as a class together with holders of any other Series A Parity Securities upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable,
the Partnership shall not (x) create or issue any Series A Parity Securities (including any additional Series A Preferred Units) if the distributions payable on Outstanding Series A Preferred Units (or any Series A Parity Securities, if the
holders of such Series A Parity Securities vote as a class together with the Series A Holders pursuant to this Section 5.11(b)(iii)(C)) are in Arrears or (y) create or issue any Series A Senior Securities.
(D) For any matter described in this Section 5.11(b)(iii) in which the Series A Holders are entitled to vote as a class (whether
separately or together with the holders of any Series A Parity Securities), such Series A Holders shall be entitled to one vote per Series A Preferred Unit. Any Series A Preferred Units held by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries or their
controlled Affiliates shall not be entitled to vote.
(E) Notwithstanding Section 5.11(b)(iii)(B) and Section 5.11(b)(iii)(C),
no vote of the Series A Holders shall be required if, at or prior to the time when such action is to take effect, provision is made for the redemption of all Series A Preferred Units at the time Outstanding.
(iv) Optional Redemption; Series A Rating Event.
(A) The Partnership shall have the right (i) at any time on or after the Series A First Reset Date, (ii) at any time within 120
calendar days after the conclusion of any review or appeal process instituted by the Partnership following the occurrence of a Series A Rating Event or (iii) at any time within 120 days after the occurrence of a Change of Control Trigger Event,
in each case, to redeem the Series A Preferred Units, which redemption may be in whole or in part, on one or more occasions (except with respect to a redemption pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5.11(b)(iv)(A), which shall be in
whole but not in part), using any source of funds legally available for such purpose. Any such redemption shall occur on a date set by the General Partner (the “Series A Redemption Date”). The Partnership shall effect any
such redemption by paying cash for each Series A Preferred Unit to be redeemed equal to (x) 100% (in the case of a redemption described in clause (i) of this Section 5.11(b)(iv)(A)), (y) 102% (in the case of a redemption described in
clause (ii) of this Section 5.11(b)(iv)(A)) or (z) (1) 103% for a Change of Control Trigger Event that occurs before September 18, 2026, (2) 102% for a Change of Control Trigger Event that occurs on or after September 18, 2026
and before September 18, 2027, or (3) 101% for a Change of Control Trigger Event that occurs on or after September 18, 2027 and before September 18, 2030 (in each case, in the case of a redemption described in clause (iii) of
this Section 5.11(b)(iv)(A)), of the Series A Liquidation Preference for such Series A Preferred Unit on such Series A Redemption Date plus, in each case, an amount equal to all unpaid Series A Distributions thereon from the Series A Original
Issue Date to, but excluding, the Series A Redemption Date (whether or not such distributions
50
shall have been declared) (the “Series A Redemption Price”). So long as the Series A Preferred Units to be redeemed are held of record by the Depositary or the nominee
of the Depositary, the Series A Redemption Price shall be paid by the Paying Agent to the Depositary on the Series A Redemption Date. If the Partnership does not exercise its right to redeem all outstanding Series A Preferred Units within 120 days
following a Change of Control Trigger Event, then the then-applicable Series A Distribution Rate shall be increased by 5.00%.
(B) The
Partnership shall give notice of any redemption by mail, postage prepaid, not less than 10 calendar days and not more than 60 calendar days before the scheduled Series A Redemption Date to the Series A Holders (as of 5:00 p.m. New York City time on
the Business Day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of any Series A Preferred Units to be redeemed as such Series A Holders’ names appear on the books of the Transfer Agent and at the address of such Series A Holders shown
therein. Such notice (the “Series A Redemption Notice”) shall state, as applicable: (1) the Series A Redemption Date, (2) the number of Series A Preferred Units to be redeemed and, if less than all Outstanding
Series A Preferred Units are to be redeemed, the number (and in the case of Series A Preferred Units in certificated form, the identification) of Series A Preferred Units to be redeemed from such Series A Holder, (3) the Series A Redemption
Price, (4) the place where any Series A Preferred Units in certificated form are to be redeemed and shall be presented and surrendered for payment of the Series A Redemption Price therefor (which shall occur automatically if the Certificate
representing such Series A Preferred Units is issued in the name of the Depositary or its nominee), and (5) that distributions on the Series A Preferred Units to be redeemed shall cease to accumulate from and after such Series A Redemption
Date.
(C) If the Partnership elects to redeem less than all of the Outstanding Series A Preferred Units, the number of Series A Preferred
Units to be redeemed shall be determined by the General Partner, and such Series A Preferred Units shall be redeemed by such method of selection as the Depositary shall determine, either Pro Rata or by lot, with adjustments to avoid redemption of
fractional Series A Preferred Units. The aggregate Series A Redemption Price for any such partial redemption of the Outstanding Series A Preferred Units shall be allocated correspondingly among the redeemed Series A Preferred Units. The Series A
Preferred Units not redeemed shall remain Outstanding and entitled to all the rights, preferences and duties provided in this Section 5.11.
(D) If the Partnership gives or causes to be given a Series A Redemption Notice, the Partnership shall deposit with the Paying Agent funds
sufficient to redeem the Series A Preferred Units as to which such Series A Redemption Notice shall have been given, no later than 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the applicable Series A Redemption Date, and shall give the Paying Agent irrevocable
instructions and authority to pay the Series A Redemption Price to each Series A Holder whose Series A Preferred Units are to be redeemed upon surrender or deemed surrender (which shall occur automatically if the Certificate representing such Series
A Preferred Units is issued in the name of the Depositary or its nominee) of the Certificates therefor as set forth in the Series A Redemption Notice. If a Series A Redemption Notice shall have been given, from and after the Series A Redemption
Date, unless the Partnership defaults in providing funds sufficient for such redemption at the time and place specified for payment pursuant to the Series A Redemption Notice, all Series A Distributions on such Series A Preferred Units to be
redeemed shall cease to accumulate and all
51
rights of holders of such Series A Preferred Units as Limited Partners with respect to such Series A Preferred Units to be redeemed shall cease, except the right to receive the Series A
Redemption Price, and such Series A Preferred Units shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Transfer Agent or be deemed to be Outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. The Series A Holders shall have no claim to the interest income, if
any, earned on funds deposited with the Paying Agent. Any funds deposited with the Paying Agent hereunder by the Partnership for any reason, including redemption of Series A Preferred Units, that remain unclaimed or unpaid after one year after the
applicable Series A Redemption Date or other payment date, as applicable, shall be, to the extent permitted by law, repaid to the Partnership upon its written request, after which repayment the Series A Holders entitled to such redemption or other
payment shall have recourse only to the Partnership. Notwithstanding any Series A Redemption Notice, there shall be no redemption of any Series A Preferred Units called for redemption until funds sufficient to pay the full Series A Redemption Price
of such Series A Preferred Units shall have been deposited by the Partnership with the Paying Agent.
(E) Any Series A Preferred Units
that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Partnership shall be canceled. If only a portion of the Series A Preferred Units represented by a Certificate shall have been called for redemption, upon surrender of the Certificate to the Paying Agent
(which shall occur automatically if the Certificate representing such Series A Preferred Units is registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee), the Partnership shall issue and the Paying Agent shall deliver to the Series A Holders a new
Certificate (or adjust the applicable book-entry account) representing the number of Series A Preferred Units represented by the surrendered Certificate that have not been called for redemption.
(F) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.11, in the event that full cumulative distributions on the Series A
Preferred Units and any Series A Parity Securities shall not have been paid or declared and set aside for payment, the Partnership shall not be permitted to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, in whole or in part, any Series A Preferred Units
or Series A Parity Securities except pursuant to a purchase or exchange offer made on the same relative terms to all Series A Holders and holders of any Series A Parity Securities. Subject to Section 4.9, so long as any Series A Preferred Units
are Outstanding, the Partnership shall not be permitted to redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire any Common Units or any other Series A Junior Securities unless full cumulative distributions on the Series A Preferred Units and any Series A Parity
Securities for all prior and the then-ending Series A Distribution Periods, with respect to the Series A Preferred Units, and all prior and then ending distribution periods, with respect to any such Series A Parity Securities, shall have been paid
or declared and set aside for payment.
(v) Liquidation Rights. In the event of the dissolution and winding up of the Partnership
under Section 12.4 or a sale, exchange, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, either voluntary or involuntary, the Record Holders of the Series A Preferred Units shall be entitled to receive,
out of the assets of the Partnership available for distribution to the Partners or any transferees of such Partnership Interests in accordance with Section 4.5 hereof, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Partnership
to the Record Holders of any other class or series of Partnership Interests (other than Series A Senior Securities or Series A Parity Securities), (i) first, any accumulated and unpaid
52
distributions on the Series A Preferred Units (regardless of whether previously declared) and (ii) then, any positive value in each such holder’s Capital Account in respect of such
Series A Preferred Units. If in the year of such dissolution and winding up, or sale, exchange, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, any such Record Holder’s Capital Account in respect of such
Series A Preferred Units is less than the aggregate Series A Base Liquidation Preference of such Series A Preferred Units, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, and prior to any other allocation pursuant to this
Agreement for such year and any distribution pursuant to the preceding sentence (other than any allocations or distributions made with respect to any other Series A Parity Securities upon which like allocation and distribution rights have been
conferred), items of gross income and gain shall be allocated to all Unitholders then holding Series A Preferred Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Outstanding Series A Preferred Unit is equal to the Series A Base
Liquidation Preference (and no other allocation pursuant to this Agreement shall reverse the effect of such allocation); provided, however, that in the event that like allocation rights have been conferred upon other Series A Parity
Securities, then items of gross income and gain shall be allocated to all Unitholders then holding Series A Preferred Units and such Series A Parity Securities, in proportion to the deficit in each such Series A Preferred Unit or such Series A
Parity Securities’ Capital Account below the applicable liquidation preference, until the Capital Account in respect of each Outstanding Series A Preferred Unit and such Series A Parity Security is equal to the applicable liquidation
preference (and no other allocation pursuant to this Agreement shall reverse the effect of such allocation). If in the year of such dissolution and winding up any such Record Holder’s Capital Account in respect of such Series A Preferred Units
is less than the aggregate Series A Base Liquidation Preference of such Series A Preferred Units after the application of the preceding sentence, then to the extent permitted by applicable law, but otherwise notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Agreement, items of gross income and gain for any preceding taxable year(s) with respect to which IRS Form 1065 Schedules K-1 have not been filed by the Partnership shall be reallocated to all Unitholders then holding Series A
Preferred Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each such Outstanding Series A Preferred Unit after making allocations pursuant to this and the immediately preceding sentence is equal to the Series A Base Liquidation Preference
(and no other allocation pursuant to this Agreement shall reverse the effect of such allocation); provided, however, that in the event like allocation rights have been conferred upon other Series A Parity Securities, then any such
items of gross income and gain shall be reallocated to all Unitholders then holding Series A Preferred Units and such Series A Parity Securities, in proportion to the deficit in each such Series A Preferred Unit or such Series A Parity
Securities’ Capital Account below the applicable liquidation preference, until the Capital Account in respect of each Outstanding Series A Preferred Unit and such Series A Parity Security after making allocations pursuant to this and the
immediately preceding sentence is equal to the applicable liquidation preference (and no other allocation pursuant to this Agreement shall reverse the effect of such allocation). After such allocations have been made to the Outstanding Series A
Preferred Units and any Series A Parity Securities, as applicable, any remaining Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss shall be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1(c) or Section 6.1(d), as the case may be. At the time
of the dissolution of the Partnership, subject to Sections 11.053 and 153.210 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law, the Record Holders of the Series A Preferred Units shall become entitled to receive any distributions in respect of the Series A
Preferred Units that are accrued and unpaid as of the date of such distribution, and shall have the status of, and
53
shall be entitled to all remedies available to, a creditor of the Partnership, and such entitlement of the Record Holders of the Series A Preferred Units to such accrued and unpaid distributions
shall have priority over any entitlement of any other Partners or transferees of such Partnership Interests in accordance with Section 4.5 hereof (other than holders of any Series A Senior Securities or Series A Parity Securities) with
respect to any distributions by the Partnership to such other Partners or transferees of such Partnership Interests in accordance with Section 4.5 hereof; provided, however, that the General Partner, as such, will have no
liability for any obligations with respect to such distributions to any Record Holder(s) of Series A Preferred Units.
(vi) Rank.
The Series A Preferred Units shall each be deemed to rank as to distributions on such Partnership Interests and distributions upon liquidation of the Partnership:
(A) senior to any Series A Junior Securities;
(B) on a parity with any Series A Parity Securities;
(C) junior to any Series A Senior Securities; and
(D) junior to all existing and future indebtedness of the Partnership and other liabilities with respect to assets available to satisfy claims
against the Partnership.
(vii) No Sinking Fund. The Series A Preferred Units shall not have the benefit of any sinking fund.
(viii) Record Holders. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the General Partner, the Partnership, the Transfer Agent, and
the Paying Agent may deem and treat any Series A Holder as the true, lawful, and absolute owner of the applicable Series A Preferred Units for all purposes, and none of the General Partner, the Partnership, the Transfer Agent or the Paying Agent
shall be affected by any notice to the contrary, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Series A Preferred Units may be listed or admitted to
trading, if any.
(ix) Notices. All notices or other communications in respect of Series A Holders shall be sufficiently given
(i) if given in writing and either delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or (ii) if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Section 5.11, this Agreement or by applicable law.
(x) Other Rights; Fiduciary Duties. The Series A Preferred Units and the Series A Holders shall not have any designations, preferences,
rights, powers or duties, other than as set forth in this Agreement or as provided by applicable law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, neither the General Partner nor any other Indemnitee shall owe any duties, including fiduciary duties, or have any liabilities to Series A Holders, other than the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The
General Partner and other Indemnitees shall have no duties or obligations to the Series A Holders under Sections 152.205, 152.206 or 152.204(b) of the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
54
Section 5.12 Establishment of Class C Units.
(a) General. The General Partner previously designated and created a series of Units designated as “Class C
Units” that initially consisted of a total of 16,410,780 Class C Units. In accordance with Section 5.6, the General Partner shall have the power and authority to issue additional Class C Units from time to time following the
Class C Unit Effective Date.
(b) Rights of Class C Units. The Class C Units shall have the following
rights, preferences and privileges and shall be subject to the following duties and obligations (and such rights, preferences, privileges and duties shall continue, and the Class C Units shall continue to be deemed Outstanding to the extent of
such rights, preferences, privileges and duties, if and when such Class C Units are held by any Group Member, notwithstanding any provision in Section 7.11 to the contrary):
(i) Initial Capital Account. The initial Capital Account with respect to each Class C Unit will be equal the Class C Unit
Issue Price.
(ii) Voting Rights. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the holders of Class C Units shall
not have any voting, consent or approval rights with respect to such Class C Units, except as otherwise required by any non-waivable provision of law. With respect to any matter on which the holders of
Class C Units are entitled to vote, each Class C Unit will be entitled to one vote on such matter and shall vote together with the Common Units as a single class.
(iii) Redemption and Conversion Rights. The Class C Units shall be perpetual and shall not have any rights of redemption or
conversion.
(iv) Registrar and Transfer Agent. Unless and until the General Partner determines to assign the responsibility to
another Person, the General Partner shall act as the Transfer Agent for the Class C Units.
(v) Allocations.
(A) The holders of Class C Units shall not be entitled to receive (i) any allocations of Retail Items, and (ii) except as
otherwise provided in this Section 5.12(b)(v), allocations of (1) Net Income pursuant to Section 6.1(a), (2) Net Loss pursuant to Section 6.1(b), or (3) Net Termination Gains and Net Termination Losses pursuant to
Section 6.1(c).
(B) Items of Partnership depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions for the taxable period shall be
allocated to the holders of Class C Units to the extent such items would be allocated to the holders of Class C Units if each Class C Unit were treated as a Common Unit.
(C) For each taxable period, after the application of Section 6.1(c)(i)(B), but before the application of Section 6.1(c)(i)(C), Net
Termination Gain (other than from Retail Items) shall be allocated to the holders of the Class C Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account of each Class C Unit is equal to the Class C Unit Issue Price.
55
(D) For each taxable period, after the application of Section 6.1(c)(i)(C), but before
the application of Section 6.1(c)(i)(D), the holders of the Class C Units shall be allocated, Pro Rata, 1% of the remaining aggregate Net Termination Gain (other than from Retail Items), if any, that is to be allocated pursuant to
Sections 6.1(c)(i)(D)- (G); provided, however, that an allocation shall only be made to the holders of Class C Units pursuant to this Section 5.12(b)(v)(D) if the Capital Account of each Common Unit is equal to or greater
than the Class C Unit Issue Price immediately prior to making such allocation.
(E) For each taxable period, after the application of
Section 6.1(c)(ii)(A), but before the application of Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C), the holders of the Class C Units shall be allocated Net Termination Loss (other than from Retail Items) until the Capital Account in respect of each
Class C Unit has been reduced to zero.
(F) For the purposes of effectuating the intent of the foregoing allocation provisions, the
General Partner shall have the sole discretion to make special allocations of items of Partnership gross income, gain, loss or deductions among the Unitholders as it deems reasonable.
(G) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Retail (or a successor entity thereto that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax
purposes) is an asset of the Partnership in the year in which the Partnership is liquidated and the aggregate balance of the Capital Accounts of the Unitholders (other than the holders of the Class C Units) after the allocations under
Section 6.1(c) would be less than the Carrying Value of Retail, then Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss, as the case may be, or if necessary items thereof, shall be allocated among the Unitholders to the extent necessary to cause the
aggregate balance of the Capital Accounts of the Unitholders (other than the holders of the Class C Units) to equal the Carrying Value of Retail (or a successor as set forth above) after all allocations have been made.
(vi) Distributions. Commencing with the Class C Unit Effective Date, the holders of the Class C Units as of an applicable
Record Date shall be entitled to receive distributions (each, a “Class C Quarterly Distribution”) of the Partnership’s Available Cash other than Retail Available Cash, prior to any
other distributions made in respect of any other Partnership Interests pursuant to Section 6.3, Section 6.4 or Section 6.5, in cash in an amount equal to the Class C Distribution Rate on all Outstanding Class C Units.
Distributions shall be paid Quarterly within sixty (60) days following the end of each Quarter, commencing with the Quarter ending December 31, 2015. Each Record Date established for a Class C Quarterly Distribution in respect of any
Quarter shall be the same Record Date established for any distribution to be made by the Partnership in respect of other Partnership Interests pursuant to Section 6.3, Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 for such Quarter. Each Class C
Quarterly Distribution (or, if applicable, portion thereof) for any Quarter that is payable in cash shall be paid in cash unless either the Partnership’s Available Cash other than Retail Available Cash is insufficient to pay the Class C
Quarterly Distribution or such payment is prohibited by the terms of the Partnership’s material financing agreements, in which case (A) the amount of such accrued and unpaid distributions will accumulate until paid in full in cash, and
(B) the balance of such accrued and unpaid distributions shall increase at a rate of 1.5% per annum, compounded quarterly, from the date such distribution was due until the date it is paid. In no event will a
56
holder of Class C Units be entitled to receive any distributions of Retail Available Cash. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.12(b)(vi), Aloha, as a holder of
Class C Units, shall not receive distributions pursuant to this Section 5.12(b)(vi) with respect to the Quarter ending December 31, 2015. For the avoidance of doubt, holders of Class C Units (other than Aloha) shall be entitled
to receive distributions pursuant to this Section 5.12(b)(vi) with respect to the Quarter ending December 31, 2015.
(vii)
Certificates. The Class C Units shall be evidenced by certificates in such form as the General Partner may approve and, subject to the satisfaction of any applicable legal, regulatory and contractual requirements, may be assigned or
transferred in a manner identical to the assignment and transfer of other Common Units.
Section 5.13 Establishment of
Class D Common Units.
(a) General. The General Partner hereby designates and creates a class of Partnership Interests to
be designated as “Class D Common Units,” and fixes the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties of holders of the Class D Common Units. Upon their issuance, the
Class D Common Units will be fully paid.
(b) Rights of Class D Common Units. The Class D Common Units
shall have the following rights, preferences and privileges and shall be subject to the following duties and obligations:
(i) Voting
Rights. Except as may be required by law and in addition to the additional voting rights of the Class D Common Units set forth in Section 11.2 or elsewhere in this Agreement, the Class D Common Units will be entitled to vote
together as a single class with the Common Units on any matter for which the holders of Common Units are entitled to vote. Each reference in this Agreement to a vote of holders of Common Units shall be deemed to include the Class D Common
Units. Each Class D Common Unit shall be entitled to one vote.
(ii) Economic Interests. The Class D Common Units shall
represent Limited Partner Interests and Common Units in the Partnership, and shall be economically equivalent to other Common Units except for the limited purposes set forth in Section 5.13(b)(iii). In furtherance and not in limitation of the
foregoing, no distribution may be made in respect of the other Common Units unless an equal distribution is simultaneously made on the Class D Common Units.
(iii) Dividend Equalization Right. During the period beginning on the date of issuance of the Class D Common Units by the
Partnership to SunocoCorp pursuant to the Global Transaction Agreement #2, dated as of October 31, 2025, by and among the Partnership, the General Partner, SunocoCorp and the other parties thereto (the “Transaction
Agreement”), and ending on December 31, 2027 (the “Equalization Period”), the Partnership shall ensure that SunocoCorp shall have cash necessary and sufficient to pay distributions on each SunocoCorp
Common Unit for each Quarter during the Equalization Period in an amount equal to 100% of the distributions paid by the Partnership on each Common Unit during such Quarter (such distribution on each SunocoCorp Common Unit, the
“Corresponding Distribution”), as further
57
set forth in Section 4.18(d)(ii) of the Arrangement Agreement. In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions in Section 5.13(b)(ii) and the expense reimbursement and dividend
equalization obligations in the SunocoCorp Omnibus Agreement, with respect to any Quarter during the Equalization Period, SunocoCorp has insufficient cash to pay a Corresponding Distribution, the General Partner may, solely to the extent necessary
to satisfy the obligation of this Section 5.13(b)(iii), in its sole discretion, either (A) cause the Partnership to make additional distributions on the Class D Common Units held by SunocoCorp simultaneously with each distribution
under Section 5.13(b)(ii), (B) notwithstanding anything in Section 6.1 of this Agreement to the contrary, specially allocate partnership items, including, without limitation, items of income, gain, loss, or deduction that would
otherwise be allocated to the holders of Units (other than holders of the Class D Common Units), to the holders of the Class D Common Units, Pro Rata or (C) apply some combination of actions available under clauses (A) and (B).
In the discretion of the General Partner, the Partnership may also satisfy its obligations under Section 4.18(d)(ii) of the Arrangement Agreement other than as set forth in this Section 5.13(b)(iii).
(iv) Certificates; Book-Entry.
(A) Unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise, the Class D Common Units will not be evidenced by certificates. Any
certificates relating to the Class D Common Units that may be issued shall be in such form as the General Partner may approve. The Class D Common Units, subject to the satisfaction of any applicable legal, regulatory and contractual
requirements, may be assigned or transferred in a manner identical to the assignment and transfer of other Common Units; provided, however, that (I) the General Partner must be provided not less than 10 Business Days’ written
notice of such assignment or transfer and (II) unless approved in writing by the General Partner, as a condition to the assignment or transfer of any Class D Common Unit to any Person other than SunocoCorp, the Class D Common Units so
assigned shall be converted into Common Units and the General Partner shall cause to be reflected on the books and records of the Partnership and any applicable registrar and transfer agent the conversion of such Class D Common Unit into a
Common Unit. Any certificates evidencing Class D Common Units shall be separately identified and shall not bear the same CUSIP number as the certificates evidencing other Common Units.
(B) Any certificate(s) evidencing the Class D Common Units may be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:
“THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF
ANY STATE IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF SUNOCO LP, AS AMENDED.”
(v) Registrar and Transfer Agent. Unless and until the General Partner determines to assign the responsibility to another Person, the
General Partner will act as the registrar and transfer agent for the Class D Common Units.
58
(vi) Splits and Combinations. In the event the Partnership, while any Class D
Common Units are Outstanding, (A) makes a distribution on its Common Units in Common Units, (B) subdivides or splits its Common Units into a greater number of Common Units, or (C) combines or reclassifies its Common Units into a
smaller number of Common Units, a corresponding distribution, subdivision, split, combination or reclassification of the Class D Common Units shall automatically occur with respect to the Class D Common Units, or such other appropriate
adjustment to the Class D Common Units shall be made as determined by the General Partner, so that the number of Class D Common Units Outstanding immediately after such distribution, subdivision, split, combination or reclassification of
the Common Units equals the number determined by multiplying the number of Class D Common Units Outstanding immediately prior to such distribution, subdivision, split, combination or reclassification of the Common Units by a fraction,
(I) the numerator of which shall be the number of Common Units Outstanding immediately following such distribution, subdivision, split, combination or reclassification and (II) the denominator of which shall be the number of Common Units
Outstanding immediately prior to such distribution, subdivision, split, combination or reclassification.
ARTICLE VI
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 6.1 Allocations for Capital Account Purposes. Except as otherwise required pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(v), for
purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) for each taxable period
shall be allocated among the Partners as provided herein below.
(a) Net Income. Net Income for each taxable period (including a pro
rata part of each item of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Income for such taxable period) shall be allocated:
(i) First, to all Series A Holders in proportion to, and to the extent of the Net Loss allocated to such Series A Holders pursuant to
Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable years, until the aggregate amount of Net Income allocated to such Series A Holders pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(i) for the current and all previous taxable years is equal to the aggregate
amount of Net Loss allocated to such Series A Holders pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable years; provided that in no event shall Net Income be allocated to any such Series A Holder to cause its Capital Account in
respect of a Series A Preferred Unit to exceed the Series A Base Liquidation Preference in respect of such Series A Preferred Units;
(ii)
Second, to the Unitholders holding Common Units to which Net Loss has been allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(i), in proportion to the allocations of Net Loss pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(i) until the aggregate Net Income allocated
pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(ii) is equal to the aggregate Net Loss previously allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(b); and
(iii) Thereafter, to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata.
59
(b) Net Loss. Net Loss for each taxable period (including a pro rata part of each
item of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Loss for such taxable period) shall be allocated:
(i) First,
to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata; provided, that Net Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(i) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted
Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account) and such Net Loss shall instead be allocated to the Unitholders with positive Adjusted Capital Account balances in
proportion to such positive balances; and
(ii) Second, to all Series A Holders in proportion to their respective positive Adjusted Capital
Account balances, until the Adjusted Capital Account in respect of each Series A Preferred Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero.
(c) Net Termination Gains and Losses. Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss for each taxable period shall be allocated in the
manner set forth in this Section 6.1(c). All allocations under this Section 6.1(c) shall be made after Capital Account balances have been adjusted by all other allocations provided under this Section 6.1 and after all distributions of
cash and cash equivalents provided under Section 6.4 and Section 6.5 have been made; provided, however, that solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(c), Capital Accounts shall not be adjusted for distributions made pursuant to
Section 12.4.
(i) Net Termination Gain (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss, and deduction taken into
account in computing Net Termination Gain) shall be allocated:
(A) First, to the Unitholders allocated Net Termination Loss pursuant to
Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C), in proportion to the allocations of Net Termination Loss pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C), until the aggregate Net Termination Gain allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(i)(A) is equal to the aggregate Net
Termination Loss previously allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C);
(B) Second, to all Series A Holders, Pro Rata, until the
Capital Account in respect of each Outstanding Series A Preferred Unit equals the Series A Base Liquidation Preference;
(C) Third, to all
Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price and (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter
during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i) with respect to such Common Unit for such Quarter (the amount determined pursuant to this clause (2) is hereinafter referred to as the
“Unpaid MQD”);
(D) Fourth, to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in
respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Unpaid MQD and (3) the excess of (aa) the First Target Distribution less the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for each
Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of cash or cash equivalents that are deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(ii) (the sum of (1), (2) and
(3) is hereinafter referred to as the “First Liquidation Target Amount”);
60
(E) Fifth, 15.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and 85.0%
to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the First Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Second Target
Distribution less the First Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of cash or cash equivalents that are deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to
Section 6.4(a)(iii) (the sum of (1) and (2) is hereinafter referred to as the “Second Liquidation Target Amount”);
(F) Sixth, 25.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and 75% to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata,
until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the Second Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Third Target Distribution less the Second Target Distribution for
each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of cash or cash equivalents that are deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iv); and
(G) Seventh, 50.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and 50.0% to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata.
(ii) Net Termination Loss shall be allocated:
(A) First, to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until the Adjusted Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then
Outstanding has been reduced to zero;
(B) Second, to all Series A Holders, Pro Rata, in proportion to their Adjusted Capital Account
balances, until the Adjusted Capital Account in respect of each Series A Preferred Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero; and
(C) Third, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata; provided, however, that Net Termination Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this
Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C) to the extent such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account (or increase any existing deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account) and such Net Termination Loss shall
instead be allocated to the Unitholders with positive Adjusted Capital Account balances in proportion to such positive balances.
61
(d) Special Allocations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section 6.1, the following special allocations shall be made for each taxable period.
(i) Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, each Partner shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if
necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted
Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) with respect to such taxable period (other
than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii)). This Section 6.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall
be interpreted consistently therewith.
(ii) Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Notwithstanding the other
provisions of this Section 6.1 (other than Section 6.1(d)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period,
any Partner with a share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts
provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of
income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d), other than Section 6.1(d)(i) and other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and
Section 6.1(d)(vii), with respect to such taxable period. This Section 6.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted
consistently therewith.
(iii) Priority Allocations.
(A) If the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of any property distributed with respect to a Common Unit, other than a Class D Common
Unit, for a taxable period exceeds the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of property distributed with respect to another Common Unit, other than a Class D Common Unit, within the same taxable period (the amount of the excess, an
“Excess Distribution” and the Units with respect to which the greater distribution is paid, an “Excess Distribution Unit”), then there shall be allocated gross income and gain to each Unitholder
receiving an Excess Distribution with respect to the Excess Distribution Unit until the aggregate amount of such items allocated with respect to such Excess Distribution Unit pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A) for the current and all
previous taxable periods is equal to the amount of the Excess Distribution.
(B) After the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A), the
remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for the taxable period, if any, shall be allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of such items allocated to the holders of Incentive
Distribution Rights pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(B) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the cumulative amount of all Incentive Distributions made to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights
from the Closing Date to a date 45 days after the end of the current taxable period.
62
(C) After the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(B), all or any portion of the
remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain (other than Retail Items) for the taxable period shall be allocated (1) first, to the holders of the Class C Units (other than Aloha), Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of such items
allocated to the holders of Class C Units (other than Aloha) pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(C)(1) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the cumulative amount of all cash distributions made to the
holders of the Class C Units (other than Aloha) pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(vi) with respect to the Quarter ending December 31, 2015, and (2) then, to the holders of the Class C Units, Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of
such items allocated to the holders of Class C Units pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(C)(2) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the cumulative amount of all cash distributions made to the holders
of the Class C Units pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(vi) from the Class C Unit Effective Date to a date that is 60 days after the end of the current taxable year, other than distributions made to the holders of Class C Units (other
than Aloha) pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(vi) with respect the Quarter ending December 31, 2015.
(iv) Qualified Income
Offset. In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of
Partnership gross income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit
balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that
such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.1(d)(iv) were not in this Agreement.
(v) Gross Income Allocation. In the event any Partner has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any taxable period in
excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner is required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Partner is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and
1.704-2(i)(5), such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(v) shall be made only if and
to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if Section 6.1(d)(iv) and this Section 6.1(d)(v) were not
in this Agreement.
(vi) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partners in
accordance with their respective Percentage Interests. If the General Partner determines that the Partnership’s Nonrecourse Deductions should be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Treasury Regulations
promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the General Partner is authorized to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.
63
(vii) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable
period shall be allocated 100% to the Partner that bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation
Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Partner bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, the Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Partners in accordance
with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.
(viii) Nonrecourse Liabilities. For purposes of Treasury Regulation
Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Partnership in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of Nonrecourse
Built-in Gain shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
(ix) Code Section 754 Adjustments. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any
Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution to a
Partner in complete liquidation of such Partner’s interest in the Partnership, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the
adjustment decreases such basis) taken into account pursuant to Section 5.5, and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be
adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.
(x) Economic Uniformity; Changes in Law.
(A) With respect to an event triggering an adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership property pursuant to Section 5.5(d) during any
taxable period of the Partnership ending upon, or after, a distribution or allocation pursuant to Section 5.13(b)(iii) and beginning after December 31, 2027, any Unrealized Gains and Unrealized Losses shall be allocated among the Partners
in a manner that to the nearest extent possible results in the Per Unit Capital Amount for each Class D Common Unit equaling the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit.
(B) With respect to an event triggering an adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership property pursuant to Section 5.5(d) during any
taxable period of the Partnership ending upon, or after, the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.10, any Unrealized Gains and Unrealized Losses shall be allocated among the Partners in a manner that to the nearest extent
possible results in the Capital Accounts maintained with respect to such IDR Reset Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.10 equaling the product of (1) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and (2) the Per Unit Capital
Amount for an Initial Common Unit.
(C) With respect to any taxable period during which an IDR Reset Common Unit is transferred to any
Person who is not an Affiliate of the transferor, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the transferor Partner of such transferred IDR Reset Common Unit until
such transferor Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such transferred IDR Reset Common Unit to an amount equal to the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common
Unit.
64
(D) For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the preservation of uniformity
of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof), the General Partner shall (1) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (2) make
special allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction, Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss; and (3) amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under
Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may adopt such conventions, make such allocations
and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 6.1(d)(x)(D) only if such conventions, allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Outstanding
Limited Partner Interests or the Partnership.
(xi) Curative Allocation.
(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, other than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations shall be taken
into account in making the Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of items of gross income, gain, loss and deduction allocated to each Partner pursuant to the Required Allocations and the Agreed Allocations, together,
shall be equal to the net amount of such items that would have been allocated to each such Partner under the Agreed Allocations had the Required Allocations and the related Curative Allocation not otherwise been provided in this Section 6.1. In
exercising its discretion under this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A), the General Partner may take into account future Required Allocations that, although not yet made, are likely to offset other Required Allocations previously made. Allocations pursuant
to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall only be made with respect to Required Allocations to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations will otherwise be inconsistent with the economic agreement among the Partners.
(B) The General Partner shall, with respect to each taxable period, (1) apply the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) in whatever
order is most likely to minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise result from the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) among the Partners in a manner that is likely to minimize
such economic distortions.
(xii) Corrective and Other Allocations. In the event of any allocation of Additional Book Basis
Derivative Items or any Book-Down Event or any recognition of a Net Termination Loss, the following rules shall apply:
(A) Except as
provided in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B), in the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof), the General Partner shall allocate
such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to (1) the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights to the same extent that the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss giving rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was allocated to them
pursuant to Section 5.5(d) and (2) all Unitholders, Pro Rata, to the extent that the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss giving rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was allocated to any Unitholders pursuant to
Section 5.5(d).
65
(B) In the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an
allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof or an allocation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof) as a result of a sale or other taxable disposition of any
Partnership asset that is an Adjusted Property (“Disposed of Adjusted Property”), the General Partner shall allocate (1) additional items of gross income and gain (x) away from the holders of Incentive
Distribution Rights and (y) to the Unitholders, or (2) additional items of deduction and loss (x) away from the Unitholders and (y) to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, to the extent that the Additional Book Basis
Derivative Items allocated to the Unitholders exceed their Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to such Disposed of Adjusted Property. Any allocation made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B) shall be made after all
of the other Agreed Allocations have been made as if this Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this Agreement and, to the extent necessary, shall require the reallocation of items that have been allocated pursuant to such other Agreed Allocations.
(C) In the case of any negative adjustments to the Capital Accounts of the Partners resulting from a Book-Down Event or from the
recognition of a Net Termination Loss, such negative adjustment (1) shall first be allocated, to the extent of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments, in such a manner, as determined by the General Partner, that to the extent possible
the aggregate Capital Accounts of the Partners will equal the amount that would have been the Capital Account balances of the Partners if no prior Book-Up Events had occurred, and (2) any negative
adjustment in excess of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments shall be allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof.
(D)
For purposes of this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the Unitholders shall be treated as being allocated Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to the extent that such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items have reduced the amount of income that would
otherwise have been allocated to the Unitholders under this Agreement. In making the allocations required under this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the General Partner may apply whatever conventions or other methodology it determines will satisfy the
purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii). Without limiting the foregoing, if an Adjusted Property is contributed by the Partnership to another entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (the “lower tier
partnership”), the General Partner may make allocations similar to those described in Sections 6.1(d)(xii)(A)—(C) to the extent the General Partner determines such allocations are necessary to account for the
Partnership’s allocable share of income, gain, loss and deduction of the lower tier partnership that relate to the contributed Adjusted Property in a manner that is consistent with the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii).
(xiii) Special Allocation in Event of Section 482 Adjustment. If, and to the extent that, the
Partnership is deemed to recognize any item of income, gain, loss or deduction (or any adjustment to these items) pursuant to Section 482 of the Code or similar provision now or hereafter in effect and the Treasury Regulations promulgated
thereunder as a result of any transaction between a Partner and the Partnership, the General Partner shall allocate such items among the Partners in a manner that will, as nearly as possible, cause the Capital Account balance of each Partner (taking
into account any deemed contributions or distributions) to equal the amount it would have been had no adjustment under Section 482 or similar provision been made.
66
(xiv) Allocations of Retail Items. All Retail Items shall, to the maximum extent
possible, be allocated to the holders of the Common Units, Pro Rata.
(xv) Series A Preferred Unit Issuance Premium Allocation.
Income of the Partnership attributable to the issuance by the Partnership of a Series A Preferred Unit for an amount in excess of the Series A Liquidation Preference shall be allocated to the Unitholders (other than Series A Holders) Pro Rata.
Section 6.2 Allocations for Tax Purposes.
(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated
among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.
(b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted
Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for U.S. federal income tax purposes among the Partners in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code, and the Treasury
Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code, as determined appropriate by the General Partner (taking into account the General Partner’s discretion under Section 6.1(d)(x)(D)); provided, that the
General Partner shall apply the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) in all events.
(c) The General Partner may
determine to depreciate or amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code attributable to unrealized appreciation in any Adjusted Property (to the extent of the unamortized
Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity of such
property, despite any inconsistency of such approach with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-l(a)(6) or any successor regulations thereto. If the General Partner determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be taken, the General
Partner may adopt depreciation and amortization conventions under which all purchasers acquiring Limited Partner Interests in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had
purchased a direct interest in the Partnership’s property. If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such aggregate method, the General Partner may use any other depreciation and amortization conventions to preserve the uniformity of the
intrinsic tax characteristics of any Limited Partner Interests, so long as such conventions would not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners or the Record Holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests.
67
(d) In accordance with Treasury Regulation
Sections 1.1245-1(e) and 1.1250-1(f), any gain allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible, after taking into account other
required allocations of gain pursuant to this Section 6.2, be characterized as Recapture Income in the same proportions and to the same extent as such Partners (or their predecessors in interest) have been allocated any deductions directly or
indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gains as Recapture Income.
(e) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit
recognized by the Partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the
Partnership; provided, however, that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted (in the manner determined by the General Partner) to take into account those adjustments permitted or required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.
(f) Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction shall, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, be determined for each taxable
period and prorated on a monthly basis and shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of each month;
provided, however, such items for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the month in which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full or the expiration of the Over-Allotment Option occurs shall be
allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of the next succeeding month; provided, further, that gain or loss on a
sale or other disposition of any assets of the Partnership or any other extraordinary item of income, gain, loss or deduction as determined by the General Partner, shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities
Exchange on which Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of the month in which such item is recognized for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may revise, alter or otherwise modify such methods
of allocation to the extent permitted or required by Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.
(g) Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Limited Partner under the provisions of this Article VI shall instead be made to the
beneficial owner of Limited Partner Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method determined by the
General Partner.
Section 6.3 Requirements and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders.
(a) Within 60 days following the end of each Quarter commencing with the Quarter ending on September 30, 2012, an amount equal to 100% of
Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be distributed in accordance with this Section 6.3 by the Partnership to Partners as of the Record Date selected by the General Partner. All amounts of Available Cash distributed by the
Partnership on any date from any source shall be deemed to be Operating Surplus until the sum of all amounts of Available Cash theretofore distributed by the Partnership to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.4 equals the Operating Surplus from
the Closing Date through the close of the immediately preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on such date shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5, be deemed to be
“Capital Surplus.” All distributions required to be made under this Agreement or otherwise made by the Partnership shall be made subject to Section 153.210 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
68
(b) Notwithstanding Section 6.3(a), in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of
the Partnership, all Partnership assets shall be applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 12.4.
(c) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through any Transfer Agent or through
any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such
payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.
Section 6.4 Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus.
(a) Subject to Section 5.12(b)(vi) and except as otherwise contemplated by Section 5.6(b) in respect of additional Partnership
Interests issued pursuant thereto, Available Cash with respect to any Quarter that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or Section 6.5 shall be distributed as follows:
(i) First, to all the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then
Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
(ii) Second, to all the Unitholders holding Common
Units, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
(iii) Third, (A) 15.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (B) 85.0% to all Unitholders holding Common Units,
Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;
(iv) Fourth, (A) 25.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (B) 75.0% to all Unitholders holding Common Units,
Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and
(v) Thereafter, (A) 50.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (B) 50.0% to all Unitholders holding Common Units,
Pro Rata;
provided, however, if the Target Distributions have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the
distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(a)(v).
69
Section 6.5 Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus. Subject to
Section 5.12(b)(vi) and unless the provisions of Section 6.3 require otherwise, Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3(a) shall be distributed:
(a) First, 100% to all the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until the Minimum Quarterly Distribution has been reduced to zero
pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a); and
(b) Thereafter, all Available Cash shall be distributed as if it were
Operating Surplus and shall be distributed in accordance with Section 6.4(a).
Section 6.6 Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly
Distribution and Target Distribution Levels.
(a) The Target Distributions shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any
distribution, combination or subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Interests. In the event of a distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be from Capital Surplus, the then
applicable Target Distributions shall be reduced in the same proportion that the distribution had to the fair market value of the Common Units immediately prior to the announcement of the distribution. If the Common Units are publicly traded on a
National Securities Exchange, the fair market value will be the Current Market Price before the ex-dividend date. If the Common Units are not publicly traded, the fair market value will be determined by the
Board of Directors.
(b) The Target Distributions shall also be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5.10 and Section 6.7.
Section 6.7 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of IDR Reset Common Units.
(a) A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer an IDR Reset Common Unit (other than a transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance
in the transferring Unitholder’s Capital Account with respect to the retained IDR Reset Common Units would be negative after giving effect to the allocation under Section 5.5(c)(ii).
(b) A Unitholder holding an IDR Reset Common Unit shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an Affiliate of
the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that upon transfer each such Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and U.S. federal income tax characteristics to the
transferee, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and U.S. federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit to such transferee. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.7(b), the General Partner may
apply Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x) and 6.7(a) or, to the extent not resulting in a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units, take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to such Common Units in
preparation for a transfer of such IDR Reset Common Units.
70
Section 6.8 Entity-Level Taxation. If legislation is enacted or the official
interpretation of existing legislation is modified by a governmental authority, which after giving effect to such enactment or modification, results in a Group Member becoming subject to federal, state or local or
non-U.S. income or withholding taxes in excess of the amount of such taxes due from the Group Member prior to such enactment or modification (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any increase in the rate of
such taxation applicable to the Group Member), then the General Partner may, in its sole discretion, reduce the Target Distributions by the amount of income or withholding taxes that are payable by reason of any such new legislation or
interpretation (the “Incremental Income Taxes”), or any portion thereof selected by the General Partner, in the manner provided in this Section 6.8. If the General Partner elects to reduce the Target Distributions for
any Quarter with respect to all or a portion of any Incremental Income Taxes, the General Partner shall estimate for such Quarter the Partnership Group’s aggregate liability (the “Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax
Amount”) for all (or the relevant portion of) such Incremental Income Taxes; provided that any difference between such estimate and the actual liability for Incremental Income Taxes (or the relevant portion thereof) for such Quarter
may, to the extent determined by the General Partner, be taken into account in determining the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount with respect to each Quarter in which any such difference can be determined. For each such Quarter, the Target
Distributions, shall be the product obtained by multiplying (a) the amounts therefor that are set out herein prior to the application of this Section 6.8 times (b) the quotient obtained by dividing (i) Available Cash with respect
to such Quarter by (ii) the sum of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter and the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for such Quarter, as determined by the General Partner. For purposes of the foregoing, Available Cash with respect
to a Quarter will be deemed reduced by the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for that Quarter.
Section 6.9 Special
Provisions Relating to Preferred Unitholders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the holders of the Series A Preferred Units (a) shall (i) possess the rights and obligations provided in this Agreement
with respect to a Limited Partner pursuant to Article III and Article VII and (ii) have a Capital Account as a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5 and all other provisions related thereto and (b) shall not (i) be entitled to vote on
any matters requiring the approval or vote of the holders of Outstanding Units, except as provided in Section 5.11(b)(iii), or as required by applicable law, or (ii) be entitled to any distributions other than as provided in
Section 5.11(b)(ii) or Section 12.4(c).
ARTICLE VII
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
Section 7.1 Management.
(a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Agreement, but without limitation on the ability of the General Partner to delegate its rights and power to other Persons, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and
no other Partner shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted to a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or that are granted to the
General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to Section 7.4, shall have full power and authority to do all things and on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct the
business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 2.5 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.4, including the following:
71
(i) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or
guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible or exchangeable into Partnership Interests, and the incurring of any other obligations;
(ii) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having
jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;
(iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance,
hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another Person (the matters described in this clause (iii) being subject, however, to any prior approval
that may be required by Section 7.4 or Article XIV);
(iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including cash on hand) for any
purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership Group; the lending of funds to other Persons (including other Group Members); the repayment or guarantee of obligations
of any Group Member; and the making of capital contributions to any Group Member;
(v) the negotiation, execution and performance of any
contracts, conveyances or other instruments (including instruments that limit the liability of the Partnership under contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the Partnership, with the other party to the contract to have no recourse
against the General Partner or its assets other than its interest in the Partnership, even if the same results in the terms of the transaction being less favorable to the Partnership than would otherwise be the case);
(vi) the distribution of cash or cash equivalents by the Partnership;
(vii) the selection, employment, retention and dismissal of employees (including employees having titles such as “president,”
“vice president,” “secretary” and “treasurer”) and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors of the General Partner or the Partnership Group and the determination of their compensation
and other terms of employment or hiring;
(viii) the maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the Partnership Group, the Partners and
Indemnitees;
(ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any
further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other Persons (including the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, any Group Member from time to time);
72
(x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership,
including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;
(xi) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;
(xii) the entering into of listing agreements with any National Securities Exchange and the delisting of some or all of the Limited Partner
Interests from, or requesting that trading be suspended on, any such exchange;
(xiii) the purchase, sale or other acquisition or
disposition of Partnership Interests, or the issuance of Derivative Instruments;
(xiv) the undertaking of any action in connection with
the Partnership’s participation in the management of any Group Member; and
(xv) the entering into of agreements with any of its
Affiliates to render services to a Group Member or to itself in the discharge of its duties as General Partner of the Partnership.
(b)
Each of the Partners and each other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and each other Person who is otherwise bound by this Agreement hereby (i) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by
the parties thereto of this Agreement, the Underwriting Agreement, the Contribution Agreement and the other agreements described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are related to the transactions contemplated by the
Registration Statement (in the case of each agreement other than this Agreement, without giving effect to any amendments, supplements or restatements after the date hereof); (ii) agrees that the General Partner (on its own behalf or on behalf of the
Partnership) is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in clause (b) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement on behalf
of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners, the other Persons who acquire a Partnership Interest and the Persons who are otherwise bound by this Agreement; and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or
performance by the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any of them of this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General
Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article XV) shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any fiduciary or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise that the General Partner may owe the Partnership, the Limited
Partners, the other Persons who acquire a Partnership Interest or the Persons who are otherwise bound by this Agreement.
(c) As used in
the following provisions of this Article VII other than Section 7.12, the term Partnership Interest shall include any Derivative Instruments.
73
Section 7.2 Replacement of Fiduciary Duties.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement purports or is interpreted
(a) to have the effect of replacing, restricting or eliminating the duties that might otherwise, as a result of Texas or other applicable law, be owed by the General Partner or any other Indemnitee to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, any
other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement, or (b) to constitute a waiver or consent by the Partnership, the Limited Partners, any other Person who acquires an interest in
a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement to any such replacement or restriction, such provision shall be deemed to have been approved by the Partnership, all the Partners, each other Person who acquires an interest
in a Partnership Interest and each other Person who is bound by this Agreement. The General Partner and other Indemnitees shall have no duties or obligations under Sections 152.205, 152.206 or 152.204(b) of the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
Section 7.3 Certificate of Formation. The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Formation to be filed with the Secretary
of State of the State of Texas as required by the Texas Limited Partnership Law. The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that the General Partner determines to be necessary or
appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Texas or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to
do business or own property. To the extent the General Partner determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Formation and do all things to maintain the
Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Texas or of any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own
property. Subject to the terms of Section 3.4(a), the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Formation, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Partner.
Section 7.4 Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority. Except as provided in Article XII and Article XIV, the
General Partner may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions without the approval of a Unit Majority;
provided, however, that this provision shall not preclude or limit the General Partner’s ability to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group and shall
not apply to any forced sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership Group pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance.
Section 7.5 Reimbursement of the General Partner.
(a) The General Partner shall be reimbursed by the Partnership Group on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may
determine, for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership Group (including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person (including Affiliates of the General
Partner) to perform services for the Partnership Group or for the General Partner in the
74
discharge of its duties to the Partnership Group), and (ii) all other expenses allocable to the Partnership Group or otherwise incurred by the General Partner in connection with operating
the Partnership Group’s business (including expenses allocated to the General Partner by its Affiliates). The General Partner shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the General Partner or any member of the Partnership Group.
Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 7.5 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7. The General Partner and its Affiliates may charge any member of the
Partnership Group a management fee to the extent necessary to allow the Partnership Group to reduce the amount of any state franchise or income tax or any tax based upon revenues or gross margin of any member of the Partnership Group if the tax
benefit produced by the payment for such management fee exceeds the amount of such fee.
(b) The General Partner, without the approval of
the Limited Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership benefit plans, programs and practices (including plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Partnership
Interests), or cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests in connection with, or pursuant to, any benefit plan, program or practice maintained or sponsored by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in each case for the benefit of
employees, officers, consultants and directors of the General Partner or its Affiliates, in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. The Partnership agrees to issue and sell to the General
Partner or any of its Affiliates any Partnership Interests that the General Partner or such Affiliates are obligated to provide to any employees, officers, consultants and directors pursuant to any such benefit plans, programs or practices. Expenses
incurred by the General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs and practices (including the net cost to the General Partner or such Affiliates of Partnership Interests purchased by the General Partner or such Affiliates, from the
Partnership or otherwise, to fulfill awards under such plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with Section 7.5(a). Any and all obligations of the General Partner under any benefit plans, programs or practices adopted
by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.5(b) shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the
transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6.
Section 7.6
Outside Activities.
(a) The General Partner, for so long as it is the General Partner of the Partnership, shall not engage in any
business or activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A) its performance as general partner or managing member, if any, of one or more Group Members or as described in or contemplated by the
Registration Statement, (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt securities or equity interests in any Group Member or (C) the direct or indirect provision of management, advisory, and administrative services to its Affiliates or to
other Persons.
75
(b) Except to the extent otherwise set forth in the Omnibus Agreement, each Unrestricted
Person (other than the General Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or
description, whether in businesses engaged in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member, independently or with others, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the business and activities of any Group Member.
No such business interest or activity shall constitute a breach of this Agreement, any fiduciary or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise, or obligation of any type whatsoever to the Partnership or other Group Member, any Partner, any
Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any Person who is otherwise bound by this Agreement.
(c) Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to any Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner). Except to the extent otherwise set forth in the Omnibus
Agreement, no Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Partnership, shall have any duty to communicate or offer
such opportunity to any Group Member, and such Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) shall not be liable to the Partnership or any other Group Member, any Partner any person who acquires a Partnership Interest or any other Person who
is otherwise bound by this Agreement for breach of any fiduciary or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise by reason of the fact that such Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) pursues or acquires such opportunity for
itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to any Group Member.
(d) The
General Partner and each of its Affiliates may acquire Units or other Partnership Interests in addition to those acquired on the Closing Date and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise, at their
option, all rights relating to all Units or other Partnership Interests acquired by them. The term “Affiliates” when used in this Section 7.6(d) with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group Member.
Section 7.7 Indemnification.
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and
all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all threatened pending or completed claims, demands,
actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal and including appeals, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by
reason of its status as an Indemnitee and acting (or refraining to act) in such capacity; provided, that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless if there has been a final and
non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnitee
acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; provided, further that no indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall
be available to the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any other Indemnitee (other than a Group Member) with respect to its obligations pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement or the Omnibus Agreement. Any indemnification pursuant to this
Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to
the Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.
76
(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses)
incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.7(a) in appearing at, participating in or defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Indemnitee
is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by
this Section 7.7.
(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an
Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests, as a matter of law, in equity or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as
to actions in any other capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee. To the fullest extent permitted
by applicable law, Chapter 8 of the TBOC shall not apply to the Partnership, the Partners or any Indemnitee.
(d) The Partnership may
purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of an Indemnitee and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or
expense that may be incurred by, such Indemnitee in connection with the Partnership’s activities or such Indemnitee’s activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such
Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
(e) For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall
be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or
beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 7.7(a); and action taken or omitted by an
Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in
the best interests of the Partnership.
(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of
the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.
(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part
under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
77
(h) The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees and their
heirs, successors, assigns, executors and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.
(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the
right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.7 as in effect
immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be
asserted.
Section 7.8 Liability of Indemnitees.
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the
Partnership, the Partners or any other Persons who have acquired interests in a Partnership Interest or is otherwise bound by this Agreement, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless
there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud,
willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal. In the case where an Indemnitee is liable for damages, those damages shall only be direct damages and shall not include
punitive damages, consequential damages or lost profits.
(b) The General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this
Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the General
Partner in good faith.
(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities
relating thereto to the Partnership, the Partners, any Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or is otherwise bound by this Agreement, the General Partner and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the Partnership’s
business or affairs shall not be liable, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to the Partnership, the Partners, any Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or is otherwise bound by this Agreement, for its reliance on the
provisions of this Agreement.
(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be
prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating
to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.
78
Section 7.9 Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties.
(a) Whenever the General Partner, the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors (including the Conflicts Committee), makes
a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any Affiliates of the General Partner cause the General Partner to do so, in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership as opposed to in its individual capacity, whether
under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then, unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner, the Board of Directors, such committee or such
Affiliates causing the General Partner to do so, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any higher standard contemplated hereby or under the Texas Limited Partnership Law
or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. A determination, other action or failure to act by the General Partner, the Board of Directors of the General Partner or any committee thereof (including the Conflicts Committee) will be deemed to
be in good faith unless the General Partner, the Board of Directors of the General Partner or any committee thereof (including the Conflicts Committee) believed such determination, other action or failure to act was adverse to the interests of the
Partnership. In any proceeding brought by the Partnership, any Limited Partner, or any Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement challenging such action, determination or failure to
act, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of proving that such determination, action or failure to act was not in good faith.
(b) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do
so, in its individual capacity as opposed to in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, whether under this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to
do so, are entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any fiduciary duty or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise or obligation whatsoever to the
Partnership, any Limited Partner, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who otherwise is bound by this Agreement, and the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall not, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Texas Limited Partnership Law or any other law, rule or regulation
or at equity. By way of illustration and not of limitation, whenever the phrases, “at the option of the General Partner,” “in its sole discretion” or some variation of those phrases, are used in this Agreement, it indicates
that the General Partner is acting in its individual capacity. For the avoidance of doubt, whenever the General Partner votes or transfers its Partnership Interests, or refrains from voting or transferring its Partnership Interests, it shall be
acting in its individual capacity.
(c) Whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any
Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group Member or any Partner, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement on the other hand, the General Partner may in
its discretion submit any resolution or course of action with respect to such conflict of interest for (i) Special
79
Approval or (ii) approval by the vote of a majority of the Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates). If such course of action or resolution
receives Special Approval or approval of a majority of the Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), then such course of action or resolution shall be conclusively deemed approved by the Partnership, all
the Partners, each Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and each other Person who is bound by this Agreement, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of any Group Member Agreement, of any agreement contemplated
herein or therein, or of any fiduciary or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise or obligation of any type whatsoever. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or equity, the
existence of the conflicts of interest described in the Registration Statement and any actions of the General Partner taken in connection therewith, including any conflicts of interest arising from the provision of Potential Affiliate Financial
Support or other Permitted Actions, are hereby approved by all Partners and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or of any duty hereunder or existing at law, in equity or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, any potential conflict of
interest that exists or arises between the General Partner or any Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group Member or any Partner, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound
by this Agreement on the other hand may be resolved as provided in this Section 7.9(c)(i) and (ii) or as directed by the Board of Directors of the General Partner, provided that the Board of Directors of the General Partner takes or
declines to take any action to resolve the conflict in accordance with the standard of care set forth in Section 7.9(a).
(d)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates or any other Indemnitee shall have no duty or obligation, express or implied, to (i) sell or otherwise dispose of any asset of the Partnership
Group other than in the ordinary course of business or (ii) permit any Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically
dealing with such use. Any determination by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates to enter into such contracts shall be in its sole discretion.
(e) Section 153.163 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law shall not apply to any “managerial official” (as defined in the TBOC).
(f) The Partners, each Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or is otherwise bound by this Agreement hereby authorize
the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership as a partner or member of a Group Member, to approve actions by the general partner or managing member of such Group Member similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the General Partner
pursuant to this Section 7.9.
Section 7.10 Other Matters Concerning the General Partner and Indemnitees.
(a) The General Partner and any other Indemnitee may rely upon, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
80
(b) The General Partner and any other Indemnitee may consult with legal counsel,
accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted in reliance upon the advice or opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as to
matters that the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.
(c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly
authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of any Group Member.
Section 7.11 Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests. The General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise
acquire Partnership Interests. As long as Partnership Interests are held by any Group Member, such Partnership Interests shall not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General Partner or any Affiliate
of the General Partner may also purchase or otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of Partnership Interests for its own account, subject to the provisions of Article IV and Article XV.
Section 7.12 Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates.
(a) If (i) the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner (including for purposes of this Section 7.12, any Person that
is an Affiliate of the General Partner at the date hereof notwithstanding that it may later cease to be an Affiliate of the General Partner) holds Partnership Interests that it desires to sell and (ii) Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or any
successor rule or regulation to Rule 144) or another exemption from registration is not available to enable such holder of Partnership Interests (the “Holder”) to dispose of the number of Partnership Interests it desires to
sell at the time it desires to do so without registration under the Securities Act, then at the option and upon the request of the Holder, the Partnership shall file with the Commission as promptly as practicable after receiving such request, and
use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective and remain effective for a period of not less than six months following its effective date or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Partnership Interests covered by such
registration statement have been sold, a registration statement under the Securities Act registering the offering and sale of the number of Partnership Interests specified by the Holder; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be
required to effect more than three registrations pursuant to this Section 7.12(a); provided further, however, that if the General Partner determines that a postponement of the requested registration would be in the best interests of the
Partnership and its Partners due to a pending transaction, investigation or other event, the filing of such registration statement or the effectiveness thereof may be deferred for up to six months, but not thereafter. In connection with any
registration pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the Partnership shall (i) promptly prepare and file (A) such documents as may be necessary to register or qualify the securities subject to such registration under the securities
laws of such states as the Holder shall reasonably request; provided, however, that no such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Partnership would become subject to general service of process or
to taxation or qualification to do business as a foreign corporation or partnership doing business in such
81
jurisdiction solely as a result of such registration, and (B) such documents as may be necessary to apply for listing or to list the Partnership Interests subject to such registration on
such National Securities Exchange as the Holder shall reasonably request, and (ii) do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Holder to consummate a public sale of such Partnership Interests in such
states. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(c), all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.
(b) If the Partnership shall at any time propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for an offering of Partnership
Interests for cash (other than an offering relating solely to a benefit plan), the Partnership shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to include such number or amount of Partnership Interests held by any Holder in such registration statement
as the Holder shall request; provided, that the Partnership is not required to make any effort or take any action to so include the Partnership Interests of the Holder once the registration statement becomes or is declared effective by the
Commission, including any registration statement providing for the offering from time to time of Partnership Interests pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act. If the proposed offering pursuant to this Section 7.12(b) shall be an
underwritten offering, then, in the event that the managing underwriter or managing underwriters of such offering advise the Partnership and the Holder that in their opinion the inclusion of all or some of the Holder’s Partnership Interests
would adversely and materially affect the timing or success of the offering, the Partnership shall include in such offering only that number or amount, if any, of Partnership Interests held by the Holder that, in the opinion of the managing
underwriter or managing underwriters, will not so adversely and materially affect the offering. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(c), all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and
commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.
(c) If underwriters are engaged in connection with any
registration referred to in this Section 7.12, the Partnership shall provide indemnification, representations, covenants, opinions and other assurance to the underwriters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such underwriters.
Further, in addition to and not in limitation of the Partnership’s obligation under Section 7.7, the Partnership shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless the Holder, its officers and directors and each
Person who controls the Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any agent thereof (collectively, “Indemnified Persons”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several,
expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in
which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (hereinafter referred to in this Section 7.12(c) as a “claim” and in the plural as
“claims”) based upon, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which any Partnership Interests were registered under the
Securities Act or any state securities or Blue Sky laws, in any preliminary prospectus (if used prior to the effective date of such registration statement), or in any summary or final prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus or in any amendment
or supplement thereto (if used during the period the Partnership is required to keep the registration statement current), or arising out of, based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
82
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be liable to any Indemnified
Person to the extent that any such claim arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, such preliminary, summary or final prospectus
or free writing prospectus or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.
(d) The provisions of Section 7.12(a) and Section 7.12(b) shall continue to be applicable with respect to the General Partner (and
any of the General Partner’s Affiliates) after it ceases to be a general partner of the Partnership, during a period of two years subsequent to the effective date of such cessation and for so long thereafter as is required for the Holder to
sell all of the Partnership Interests with respect to which it has requested during such two-year period inclusion in a registration statement otherwise filed or that a registration statement be filed;
provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be required to file successive registration statements covering the same Partnership Interests for which registration was demanded during such two-year
period. The provisions of Section 7.12(c) shall continue in effect thereafter.
(e) The rights to cause the Partnership to register
Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 7.12 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such Partnership Interests, provided (i) the Partnership is, within a reasonable time
after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the Partnership Interests with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and (ii) such transferee or assignee
agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms set forth in this Section 7.12.
(f) Any request to register Partnership
Interests pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall (i) specify the Partnership Interests intended to be offered and sold by the Person making the request, (ii) express such Person’s present intent to offer such Partnership Interests
for distribution, (iii) describe the nature or method of the proposed offer and sale of Partnership Interests, and (iv) contain the undertaking of such Person to provide all such information and materials and take all action as may be
required in order to permit the Partnership to comply with all applicable requirements in connection with the registration of such Partnership Interests.
Section 7.13 Reliance by Third Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the
Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner and any officer of the General Partner authorized by the General Partner to act on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or
otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner or any such officer as if it were the
Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest,
negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner or any such officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that
the terms of this Agreement have been complied
83
with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other
instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and
delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of
the Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.
ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS,
RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
Section 8.1 Records and Accounting. The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at
the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to
Section 3.4(a). Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business, including the record of the Record Holders of Units or other Partnership Interests, books of account and records of
Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided, that the books and records so maintained are convertible into
clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Partnership shall not be required to keep
books maintained on a cash basis and the General Partner shall be permitted to calculate cash-based measures, including Operating Surplus and Adjusted Operating Surplus, by making such adjustments to its accrual basis books to account for non-cash items and other adjustments as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.
Section 8.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending December 31.
Section 8.3 Reports.
(a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 105 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner
shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means, to each Record Holder of a Unit or other Partnership Interest as of a date selected by the General Partner, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership for
such fiscal year of the Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a firm of independent public accountants
selected by the General Partner, and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as the General Partner determines to be
necessary or appropriate.
84
(b) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 50 days after the close of each
Quarter except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means to each Record Holder of a Unit or other Partnership Interest, as of a date selected by the General Partner,
a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as
the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.
(c) The General Partner shall be deemed to have made a report available to
each Record Holder as required by this Section 8.3 if it has either (i) filed such report with the Commission via its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system and such report is publicly available on
such system or (ii) made such report available on any publicly available website maintained by the Partnership.
ARTICLE IX
TAX MATTERS
Section 9.1 Tax Returns and Information. The Partnership shall timely file all returns of the Partnership that are required for
federal, state and local income tax purposes on the basis of the accrual method and the taxable period or year that it is required by law to adopt, from time to time, as determined by the General Partner. In the event the Partnership is required to
use a taxable period other than a year ending on December 31, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to change the taxable period of the Partnership to a year ending on December 31. The tax information reasonably required by Record
Holders for federal, state and local income tax reporting purposes with respect to a taxable period shall be furnished to them within 90 days of the close of the calendar year in which the Partnership’s taxable period ends. The classification,
realization and recognition of income, gain, losses and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Section 9.2 Tax Elections.
(a) The Partnership shall make the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder, subject to
the reservation of the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the General Partner’s determination that such revocation is in the best interests of the Limited Partners. Notwithstanding any other provision herein contained, for the
purposes of computing the adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, the General Partner shall be authorized (but not required) to adopt a convention whereby the price paid by a transferee of a Limited Partner Interest will be deemed to be
the lowest quoted closing price of the Limited Partner Interests on any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading during the calendar month in which such transfer is deemed to occur
pursuant to Section 6.2(f) without regard to the actual price paid by such transferee.
(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, the
General Partner shall determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted by the Code.
85
Section 9.3 Tax Controversies.
The General Partner shall designate the Organizational Limited Partner, or such other Partner as the General Partner shall designate, as the
“partnership representative” in accordance with the rules prescribed pursuant to Section 6223 of the Code (the “Partnership Representative”). The Partnership Representative shall have the authority to
designate from time to time a “Designated Individual” to act on behalf of the Partnership Representative, and such Designated Individual shall be subject to replacement by the Partnership Representative in accordance with Treasury
Regulations Section 301.6223-1. The Partnership Representative, or the Designated Individual, as applicable, shall have the sole authority to act on behalf of the Partnership in connection with all
examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. The Partnership Representative
or the Designated Individual, as applicable, shall exercise in its sole discretion, any and all authority of the Partnership Representative under the Code, including, without limitation, (i) binding the Partnership and its Partners with respect
to tax matters and (ii) determining whether to make any available election under Section 6226 of the Code. Any reasonable, documented cost or expense that the Partnership Representative or the Designated Individual, as applicable, incurs
in connection with its duties, including the preparation for or pursuance of administrative or judicial proceedings, shall be paid by the Partnership. Neither the Partnership Representative nor the Designated Individual shall be liable to the
Partnership or to its partners for acts or omissions taken or suffered by it in its capacity as either Partnership Representative or Designated Individual, as the case may be, in good faith; provided that such act or omission is not in willful
violation of this Agreement and does not constitute fraud or a willful violation of law. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by the General Partner in
connection with any examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities.
The General Partner shall amend the provisions of
this Agreement as appropriate in accordance with Article XIII to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations implementing the partnership audit, assessment and collection rules adopted by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, including
any amendments to those rules.
Section 9.4 Withholding; Tax Payments.
(a) The General Partner may treat taxes paid by the Partnership on behalf of, all or less than all of the Partners, either as a distribution of
cash to such Partners or as a general expense of the Partnership, as determined appropriate under the circumstances by the General Partner.
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that may be required to cause
the Partnership and other Group Members to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the extent that the
Partnership is required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income or from a distribution to any Partner (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), the
General Partner may treat the amount withheld as a distribution of cash pursuant to Section 6.3 in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.
86
ARTICLE X
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
Section 10.1 Admission of Limited Partners.
(a) A Person shall be admitted as a Limited Partner and shall become bound by the terms of this Agreement if such Person purchases or otherwise
lawfully acquires any Limited Partner Interest and becomes the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interests in accordance with the provisions of Article IV or Article V hereof. Upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units and Incentive
Distribution Rights to the General Partner, the Organizational Limited Partner and the Underwriters as described in Article V in connection with the Initial Offering, such parties will be automatically admitted to the Partnership as Initial Limited
Partners in respect of the Common Units or Incentive Distribution Rights issued to them.
(b) By acceptance of the transfer of any Limited
Partner Interests in accordance with Article IV or the acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to Article V or pursuant to a merger or consolidation or conversion pursuant to Article XIV, and except as provided in
Section 4.8, each transferee of, or other such Person acquiring, a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person) (i) shall
be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred or issued to such Person when any such transfer or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership and such Limited
Partner becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee or other
recipient has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, (iv) makes the consents, acknowledgements and waivers contained in this Agreement and (v) shall be deemed to certify that the transferee is not an Ineligible
Holder, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement. A Person may become a Limited
Partner or Record Holder of a Limited Partner Interest without the consent or approval of any of the Partners. A Person may not become a Limited Partner without acquiring a Limited Partner Interest and until such Person is reflected in the books and
records of the Partnership as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interest. The rights and obligations of a Person who is an Ineligible Holder shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.8.
(c) The name and mailing address of each Record Holder shall be listed on the books and records of the Partnership maintained for such purpose
by the Partnership or the Transfer Agent. The General Partner shall update the books and records of the Partnership from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer Agent to do so, as
applicable). A Limited Partner Interest may be represented by a Certificate, as provided in Section 4.1.
87
(d) Any transfer of a Limited Partner Interest shall not entitle the transferee to share in
the profits and losses, to receive distributions, to receive allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit or any similar item or to any other rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee becomes a Limited Partner
pursuant to Section 10.1(b).
Section 10.2 Admission of Successor General Partner. A successor General Partner approved
pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the
Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General Partner, pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transfer of the General Partner Interest pursuant to
Section 4.6, provided, however, that no such successor shall be admitted to the Partnership until compliance with the terms of Section 4.6 has occurred and such successor has executed and delivered such other documents or
instruments as may be required to effect such admission. Any such successor shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.
Section 10.3 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Formation. To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the
General Partner shall take all steps necessary or appropriate under the Texas Limited Partnership Law to amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this
Agreement and, if required by law, the General Partner shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of Formation.
ARTICLE XI
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
Section 11.1 Withdrawal of the General Partner.
(a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each
such event herein referred to as an “Event of Withdrawal”);
(i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from
the Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners;
(ii) The General Partner transfers all of its General Partner Interest
pursuant to Section 4.6;
(iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2;
(iv) The General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition for
relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; (C) files a petition or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an answer or other pleading
admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A)-(C) of this Section 11.1(a)(iv); or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in
the appointment of a trustee (but not a debtor-in-possession), receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;
88
(v) A final and non-appealable order of relief under
Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code is entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary petition by or against the General Partner; or
(vi) (A) if the General Partner is a corporation, a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed for the General Partner, or 90 days
expire after the date of notice to the General Partner of revocation of its charter without a reinstatement of its charter, under the laws of its state of incorporation; (B) if the General Partner is a partnership or a limited liability
company, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) if the General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) if the General Partner is a
natural person, his death or adjudication of incompetency; and (E) otherwise upon the termination of the General Partner.
If an
Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi)(A), (B), (C) or (D) occurs, the withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree that
only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership.
(b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this
Agreement under the following circumstances: (i) at any time during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at 11:59 pm, prevailing Central Time, on September 30, 2022, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at
least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners; provided, that prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at least a majority of the Outstanding Common
Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel (“Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel”) that such withdrawal (following the
selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Texas Limited Partnership Law of any Limited Partner or cause any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or
otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed); (ii) at any time after 11:59 pm, prevailing Central Time, on September 30, 2022, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws
by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice to the Unitholders, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice; (iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner pursuant to
Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to Section 11.2; or (iv) notwithstanding clause (b) of this sentence, at any time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its
intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially
or of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or
managing member, if any, to the extent applicable, of the other Group
89
Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), a Unit Majority, may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a successor General
Partner. The Person so elected as successor General Partner shall automatically become the successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a
managing member. If, prior to the effective date of the General Partner’s withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), a successor is not selected by the Unitholders as provided herein or the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal
Opinion of Counsel, the Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with Section 12.1 unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this
Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3.
Section 11.2 Removal of the General Partner. The
General Partner may be removed if such removal is approved by (i) the Unitholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates but excluding Class D Common Units) and
(ii) the Unitholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Class D Common Units. Any such action by such holders for removal of the General Partner must also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by (i) the
Unitholders holding a majority of the Outstanding Common Units, voting as a class (including, in each case, Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates but excluding Class D Common Units) and (ii) the Unitholders holding at least
66 2/3% of the Outstanding Class D Common Units. Such removal shall be effective immediately following the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 10.2. The removal of the General Partner shall also automatically
constitute the removal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If a Person is elected as a successor
General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2, such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.2, automatically become a successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other
Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an opinion opining
as to the matters covered by a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.
Section 11.3 Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner.
(a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or
(ii) removal of the General Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist, if the successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, the
Departing General Partner shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner, to require its successor to purchase its General Partner Interest and its or its
Affiliates’ general partner interest (or equivalent interest), if any, in the other Group Members and all of its or its Affiliates’ Incentive Distribution Rights (collectively, the “Combined Interest”) in
exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of its withdrawal or removal. If the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders
90
under circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates this Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in
accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner), such successor shall have the
option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner (or, in the event the business of the Partnership is continued, prior to the date the business of the Partnership is continued), to
purchase the Combined Interest for such fair market value of such Combined Interest. In either event, the Departing General Partner shall be entitled to receive all reimbursements due such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 7.5,
including any employee-related liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in connection with the termination of any employees employed by the Departing General Partner or its Affiliates (other than any Group Member) for the benefit of
the Partnership or the other Group Members.
For purposes of this Section 11.3(a), the fair market value of the Combined Interest
shall be determined by agreement between the Departing General Partner and its successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date of such Departing General Partner’s withdrawal or removal, by an independent investment
banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing General Partner and its successor, which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon
one independent investment banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days after the effective date of such withdrawal or removal, then the Departing General Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent
expert, the Departing General Partner’s successor shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, and such firms or experts shall mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or independent
expert, which third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined Interest. In making its determination, such third independent investment banking firm or other independent
expert may consider the value of the Units, including the then current trading price of Units on any National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed or admitted to trading, the value of the Partnership’s assets, the rights and
obligations of the Departing General Partner, the value of the Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner Interest and other factors it may deem relevant.
(b) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in Section 11.3(a), the Departing General Partner (and its
Affiliates, if applicable) shall become a Limited Partner and the Combined Interest shall be converted into Common Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected pursuant to
Section 11.3(a), without reduction in such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall indemnify the Departing General Partner as to all debts and
liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on which the Departing General Partner becomes a Limited Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the Combined Interest to Common Units will be characterized as if the
Departing General Partner (and its Affiliates, if applicable) contributed the Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.
91
(c) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of
Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner) and the option described in Section 11.3(a) is not
exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to the product of (x) the quotient obtained by
dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner and
(y) the Net Agreed Value of the Partnership’s assets on such date. In such event, such successor General Partner shall, subject to the following sentence, be entitled to its Percentage Interest of all Partnership allocations and
distributions to which the Departing General Partner was entitled. In addition, the successor General Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to reflect that, from and after the date of such successor General Partner’s admission, the
successor General Partner’s interest in all Partnership distributions and allocations shall be its Percentage Interest.
Section 11.4 Withdrawal of Limited Partners. No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership;
provided, however, that when a transferee of a Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest becomes a Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred, such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with
respect to the Limited Partner Interest so transferred. For the avoidance of doubt, Section 152.601 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law shall not apply to any such cessation.
ARTICLE XII
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
Section 12.1 Dissolution. The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Limited Partners or by the
admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner is elected pursuant to Section 11.1, 11.2 or 12.2, the Partnership
shall not be dissolved and such successor General Partner is hereby authorized to, and shall, continue the business of the Partnership. Subject to Section 12.2, the Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon:
(a) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii)), unless a successor
is elected and such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement;
(b) an election to dissolve the Partnership by
the General Partner that is approved by a Unit Majority;
(c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to
the provisions of the Texas Limited Partnership Law; or
(d) at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the Partnership is continued
without dissolution in accordance with the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
92
Section 12.2 Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution.
Upon (a) an Event of Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a)(i) or (iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a successor to such Departing General Partner pursuant to
Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, then within 90 days thereafter, or (b) an event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi), then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 180 days
thereafter, a Unit Majority may elect to continue the business of the Partnership on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by appointing as a successor General Partner a Person approved by a Unit Majority. Unless such an election
is made within the applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:
(i) the Partnership shall continue without dissolution unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XII;
(ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated in
the manner provided in Section 11.3; and
(iii) the successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as General Partner,
effective as of the Event of Withdrawal, by agreeing in writing to be bound by this Agreement; provided, that the right of a Unit Majority to approve a successor General Partner and to continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist
and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that (x) the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability under the Texas Limited Partnership Law of any Limited Partner and
(y) neither the Partnership nor any Group Member would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right to continue (to the extent
not already so treated or taxed).
Section 12.3 Liquidator. Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the business of the
Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2, the General Partner shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as
may be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or
without cause, by notice of removal approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all
rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided
herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XII, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may
exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise,
upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in Section 7.4) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the
winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.
93
Section 12.4 Liquidation. The Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets
of the Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidator, subject to Sections 11.053 and 153.210 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law and the following:
(a) The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms as the Liquidator
and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value; and contemporaneously
therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Partners. The Liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all
or some of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidator may distribute the Partnership’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or
would cause undue loss to the Partners.
(b) Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to the Liquidator as compensation for
serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 12.3) and amounts to Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article VI. With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is
otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall
be distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.
(c) All property and all cash in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as
provided in Section 12.4(b) and that required to satisfy the Series A Liquidation Preference provided for under Section 5.11(b)(iv) shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with, and to the extent of, the positive balances in
their respective Capital Accounts, as determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments (other than those made by reason of distributions pursuant to this Section 12.4(c)) for the taxable period of the Partnership during
which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs (with such date of occurrence being determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)), and such distribution shall be made by the end of such taxable period (or, if later,
within 90 days after said date of such occurrence).
Section 12.5 Termination. Upon the completion of the distribution of
Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, the Partnership shall file a certificate of termination as provided in the Texas Limited Partnership Law, all qualifications of the
Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Texas shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.
94
Section 12.6 Return of Contributions. The General Partner shall not be
personally liable for, and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof,
it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.
Section 12.7 Waiver of
Partition. To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.
Section 12.8 Capital Account Restoration. No Limited Partner shall have any obligation to restore any negative balance in its
Capital Account upon liquidation of the Partnership. The General Partner shall be obligated to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of its interest in the Partnership by the end of the taxable period of the
Partnership during which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within 90 days after the date of such liquidation.
ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE
Section 13.1 Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner. Each Partner agrees that the General Partner, without the
approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:
(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the
Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;
(b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with
this Agreement;
(c) a change that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification
of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that the Group Members will not be treated as associations taxable as corporations or
otherwise taxed as entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
(d) a change that the General Partner determines (i) does not
adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class or series of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes or series of Partnership Interests) in any material respect (except as permitted by subsection (g) hereof),
(ii) to be necessary or appropriate to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or
state statute (including the Texas Limited Partnership Law) or (B) facilitate the trading of the Units (including the division of any class or classes of Outstanding Units into different classes or series to facilitate uniformity of tax
consequences within such classes or series of Units) or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are or will be listed or admitted to trading, (iii) to be necessary or
appropriate in connection with action taken by the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.8 or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in the Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise
contemplated by this Agreement;
95
(e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable period of the Partnership and any other changes
that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable period of the Partnership including, if the General Partner shall so determine, a change in the definition of
“Quarter” and the dates on which distributions (other than Series A Distributions) are to be made by the Partnership;
(f) an
amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, or the General Partner or its directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan asset
regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;
(g) an amendment that the General Partner determines
to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of any class or series of Partnership Interests or Derivative Instruments pursuant to Section 5.6;
(h) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the General Partner acting alone;
(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger Agreement approved in accordance with Section 14.3;
(j) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the Partnership
of, or investment by the Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.4 or
Section 7.1(a);
(k) a merger, conveyance or conversion pursuant to Section 14.3(d); or
(l) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.
Section 13.2 Amendment Procedures. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by the General Partner. To the fullest extent
permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve any amendment to this Agreement and may decline to do so in its sole discretion, and, in declining to propose or approve an amendment, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Texas Limited Partnership Law or any other
law, rule or regulation or at equity. An amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the General Partner and, except as otherwise provided by Section 13.1 or 13.3, a Unit Majority, unless a greater or different percentage is required
under this Agreement or by Texas law. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of a specified percentage of
96
Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written approval of the
requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The General Partner shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any amendments. The General Partner shall be
deemed to have notified all Record Holders as required by this Section 13.2 if it has either (i) filed such amendment with the Commission via its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system and such amendment is publicly
available on such system or (ii) made such amendment available on any publicly available website maintained by the Partnership.
Section 13.3 Amendment Requirements.
(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no provision of this Agreement (other than Sections 11.2 or
13.4) that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner) or requires a vote or approval of Partners (or a subset of Partners) holding a specified Percentage Interest required to take any action
shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of reducing or increasing such percentage, unless such amendment is approved by the written consent or the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding
Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced or increased, as applicable, or the affirmative vote of Partners whose aggregate Percentage Interests constitute not less than the voting
requirement sought to be reduced, as applicable.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no
amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of (including requiring any holder of a class of Partnership Interests to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership) any Limited Partner without its consent, unless such
shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 13.3(c), or (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict, change or modify in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts
distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or withheld at its option.
(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3 or Section 13.1, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or
preferences of any class of Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of the class affected. If the General
Partner determines an amendment does not satisfy the requirements of Section 13.1(d) because it adversely affects one or more classes of Partnership Interests, as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests, in any material respect, such
amendment shall only be required to be approved by the adversely affected class or classes.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, except for amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except as otherwise provided by Section 14.3(b), no amendments shall become effective without the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Percentage Interests of all
Limited Partners voting as a single class unless the Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner under applicable partnership law of the state under whose
laws the Partnership is organized.
97
(e) Except as provided in Section 13.1, this Section 13.3 shall only be amended
with the approval of Partners (including the General Partner and its Affiliates) holding at least 90% of the Percentage Interests of all Limited Partners.
Section 13.4 Special Meetings. All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken in the manner
provided in this Article XIII. Special meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner or by Limited Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners
shall call a special meeting by delivering to the General Partner one or more requests in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and indicating the general or specific purposes for which the special meeting
is to be called. Within 60 days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing agreements or similar
requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the General Partner shall send a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners either directly or indirectly through the Transfer Agent. A
meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the General Partner on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the time notice of the meeting is given as provided in Section 16.1. Limited Partners shall not vote on
matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Texas Limited
Partnership Law or the law of any other state in which the Partnership is qualified to do business.
Section 13.5 Notice of a
Meeting. Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 13.4 shall be given to the Record Holders of the class or classes of Units for which a meeting is proposed in writing by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with
Section 16.1. The notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.
Section 13.6 Record Date. For purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the
Limited Partners or to give approvals without a meeting as provided in Section 13.11 the General Partner may set a Record Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such
requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading or U.S. federal securities laws, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or
requirement of such National Securities Exchange or U.S. federal securities laws shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which Limited Partners are requested in writing by the General Partner
to give such approvals. If the General Partner does not set a Record Date, then (a) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners shall be the close of business on the
day next preceding the day on which notice is given, and (b) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to give approvals without a meeting shall be the date the first written approval is deposited with the Partnership in
care of the General Partner in accordance with Section 13.11.
98
Section 13.7 Adjournment. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place,
notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the
adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned
meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XIII.
Section 13.8 Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval
of Minutes. The transaction of business at any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present
either in person or by proxy. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting,
to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove the consideration of matters required to be included in the notice of the
meeting, but not so included, if the disapproval is expressly made at the meeting.
Section 13.9 Quorum and Voting. The
holders of a majority, by Percentage Interest, of Partnership Interests of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Partnership Interests deemed owned by the General Partner) represented in person or by proxy shall
constitute a quorum at a meeting of Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the Partners requires approval by holders of a greater Percentage Interest, in which case the quorum shall be such greater Percentage Interest. At any
meeting of the Partners duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of Partners holding Partnership Interests that, in the aggregate, represent a majority of the Percentage Interest of those present
in person or by proxy at such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Partners, unless a greater or different percentage is required with respect to such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of the
Partners holding Partnership Interests that in the aggregate represent at least such greater or different percentage shall be required; provided, however, that if, as a matter of law or amendment to this Agreement, approval by plurality vote
of Partners (or any class thereof) is required to approve any action, no minimum quorum shall be required. The Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment,
notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by Partners holding the required Percentage Interest specified in this Agreement. In the absence of a quorum any
meeting of Partners may be adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of Partners with at least a majority, by Percentage Interest, of the Partnership Interests entitled to vote at such meeting (including Partnership Interests deemed owned
by the General Partner) represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in Section 13.7.
Section 13.10 Conduct of a Meeting. The General Partner shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting
any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.4, the conduct of
99
voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The General Partner
shall designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the General Partner. The General
Partner may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard
to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote, and the revocation of approvals in writing.
Section 13.11 Action Without a Meeting. If authorized by the General Partner, any action that may be taken at a meeting of the
Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting, without a vote and without prior notice, if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum percentage, by Percentage Interest,
of the Partnership Interests of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Partnership Interests deemed owned by the General Partner), as the case may be, that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting
at which all the Limited Partners entitled to vote at such meeting were present and voted (unless such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or
admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not
approved in writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall be not less
than 20 days, specified by the General Partner. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Units held by the Limited Partners, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Units that were not
voted. If approval of the taking of any action by the Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the General Partner, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) they are deposited
with the Partnership in care of the General Partner and (b) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the General Partner to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter
(i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise
permissible under the state statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners. Nothing contained in this Section 13.11 shall be deemed to require the General Partner to solicit all Limited Partners
in connection with a matter approved by the holders of the requisite percentage of Units acting by written consent without a meeting.
Section 13.12 Right to Vote and Related Matters.
(a) Only those Record Holders of the Outstanding Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 shall be entitled to notice of, and
to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Units have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the
Outstanding Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Units.
100
(b) With respect to Units that are held for a Person’s account by another Person (such
as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), in whose name such Units are registered, such other Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units on any matter, and
unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of, and at the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume it is so acting without further inquiry.
The provisions of this Section 13.12(b) (as well as all other provisions of this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.
Section 13.13 Voting of Incentive Distribution Rights.
(a) For so long as a majority of the Incentive Distribution Rights are held by the General Partner and its Affiliates, the holders of the
Incentive Distribution Rights shall not be entitled to vote such Incentive Distribution Rights on any Partnership matter except as may otherwise be required by law and the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, in their capacity as such,
shall be deemed to have approved any matter approved by the General Partner.
(b) If less than a majority of the Incentive Distribution
Rights are held by the General Partner and its Affiliates, the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote of Unitholders, other than amendments and other matters that the General Partner determines do
not adversely affect the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights as a whole in any material respect. On any matter in which the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights are entitled to vote, such holders will vote together with the Common Units
as a single class except as otherwise required by Section 13.3(c), and such Incentive Distribution Rights shall be treated in all respects as Common Units when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless
otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement. The relative voting power of the Incentive Distribution Rights and the Common Units will be set in the
same proportion as cumulative cash distributions, if any, in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights for the four consecutive Quarters prior to the record date for the vote bears to the cumulative cash distributions in respect of such class of
Units for such four Quarters.
(c) In connection with any equity financing, or anticipated equity financing, by the Partnership of an
Expansion Capital Expenditure, the General Partner may, without the approval of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, temporarily or permanently reduce the amount of Incentive Distributions that would otherwise be distributed to such
holders, provided that in the judgment of the General Partner, such reduction will be in the long-term best interest of such holders.
101
ARTICLE XIV
MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
Section 14.1 Authority. The Partnership may merge or consolidate with or into one or more corporations, limited liability
companies, statutory trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership (whether general or limited (including a limited liability partnership)) or convert into any such
entity, whether such entity is formed under the laws of the State of Texas or any other state of the United States of America, pursuant to a written plan of merger or consolidation (“Merger Agreement”) in accordance with
this Article XIV.
Section 14.2 Procedure for Merger or Consolidation.
(a) Merger or consolidation of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV requires the prior consent of the General Partner, provided,
however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger or consolidation of the Partnership and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever
to the Partnership, any Limited Partner and, in declining to consent to a merger or consolidation, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or
under the Texas Limited Partnership Law or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity.
(b) If the General Partner shall determine to
consent to the merger or consolidation, the General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:
(i) the name and
jurisdiction of formation or organization of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;
(ii) the name and
jurisdiction of formation or organization of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the “Surviving Business Entity”);
(iii) the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;
(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity interests of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or
interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (i) if any interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or
interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, then the cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company,
unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and
(ii) in the case of equity interests represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited
partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;
102
(v) a statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new
constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership, certificate of formation or company agreement or other similar charter or governing
document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;
(vi) the effective time of the merger, which
may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement (provided, that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the
date of the filing of such certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain and stated in the certificate of merger); and
(vii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation that the General Partner determines to be necessary or
appropriate.
Section 14.3 Approval by Limited Partners.
(a) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), the General Partner, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement shall direct that the Merger
Agreement and the merger or consolidation contemplated thereby, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by written consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of Article XIII. A copy
or a summary of the Merger Agreement, as the case may be, shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent.
(b) Except as provided in Sections 14.3(d) and 14.3(e), the Merger Agreement shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or
consent of the holders of a Unit Majority unless the Merger Agreement contains any provision that, if contained in an amendment to this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement or the Texas Limited Partnership Law would require for its approval
the vote or consent of a greater percentage of the Outstanding Units or of any class of Limited Partners, in which case such greater percentage vote or consent shall be required for approval of the Merger Agreement.
(c) Except as provided in Sections 14.3(d) and 14.3(e), after such approval by vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time
prior to the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4, the merger or consolidation may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement.
(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner
approval, to convert the Partnership or any Group Member into a new limited liability entity, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or convey all of the Partnership’s assets to, another limited liability entity that shall be newly
formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the Partnership or other Group Member if (i) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the
merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Texas Limited Partnership Law of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership or any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a
corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income
103
tax purposes (to the extent not already treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose of such merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited
liability entity and (iii) the governing instruments of the new entity provide the Limited Partners and the General Partner with substantially the same rights and obligations as are herein contained.
(e) Additionally, notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without
Limited Partner approval, to merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into another entity if (A) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or consolidation, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of
the limited liability under the Texas Limited Partnership Law of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership or any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income
tax purposes (to the extent not already treated as such), (B) the merger or consolidation would not result in an amendment to this Agreement, other than any amendments that could be adopted pursuant to Section 13.1, (C) the Partnership is the
Surviving Business Entity in such merger or consolidation, (D) each Partnership Interest outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation is to be an identical Partnership Interest of the Partnership after the
effective date of the merger or consolidation, and (E) the number of Partnership Interests to be issued by the Partnership in such merger or consolidation does not exceed 20% of the Partnership Interests (other than Incentive Distribution
Rights) Outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation.
(f) Pursuant to Section 10.004(a)(1) of
the Texas Limited Partnership Law, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved in accordance with this Article XIV may (a) effect any amendment to this Agreement or (b) effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for the
Partnership if it is the Surviving Business Entity. Any such amendment or adoption made pursuant to this Section 14.3 shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger or consolidation.
Section 14.4 Certificate of Merger. Upon the required approval by the General Partner and the Unitholders of a Merger Agreement, a
certificate of merger shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas in conformity with the requirements of the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
Section 14.5 Effect of Merger or Consolidation.
(a) At the effective time of the certificate of merger:
(i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal
and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation shall be
the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business entity;
104
(ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of those constituent
business entities shall not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;
(iii) all rights of creditors
and all liens on or security interests in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and
(iv)
all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.
ARTICLE XV
RIGHT
TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
Section 15.1 Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time the General Partner and its Affiliates hold more than 80% of the
total Limited Partner Interests of any class then Outstanding, the General Partner shall then have the right, which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to the Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner, exercisable in its
sole discretion, to purchase all, but not less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class then Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current Market Price as of
the date three days prior to the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed and (y) the highest price paid by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of such class purchased
during the 90-day period preceding the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed.
(b) If the General Partner, any
Affiliate of the General Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to Section 15.1(a), the General Partner shall deliver to the Transfer Agent notice of such election to
purchase (the “Notice of Election to Purchase”) and shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such Notice of Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner Interests of such class (as of a Record Date
selected by the General Partner) at least 10, but not more than 60, days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall also be published for a period of at least three consecutive days in at least two daily newspapers of
general circulation printed in the English language and published in the Borough of Manhattan, New York. The Notice of Election to Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) at which
Limited Partner Interests will be purchased and state that the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner
Interests in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, in exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent as the Transfer Agent may specify, or as may be required by any National Securities Exchange on
which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the records of the Transfer
105
Agent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of whether the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, the General Partner, its Affiliate or the
Partnership, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Transfer Agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner Interests to be purchased in accordance with this Section 15.1. If the Notice
of Election to Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of
Limited Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase Date, notwithstanding that any Certificate shall not have been surrendered for purchase, all rights of the holders of such Limited Partner Interests
shall thereupon cease, except the right to receive the purchase price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) for Limited Partner Interests therefor, without interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent of the Certificates
representing such Limited Partner Interests in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, and such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership,
as the case may be, on the record books of the Transfer Agent and the Partnership, and the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the owner of all such Limited Partner
Interests from and after the Purchase Date and shall have all rights as the owner of such Limited Partner Interests.
(c) In the case of
Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, at any time from and after the Purchase Date, a holder of an Outstanding Limited Partner Interest subject to purchase as provided in this Section 15.1 may surrender his Certificate evidencing
such Limited Partner Interest to the Transfer Agent in exchange for payment of the amount described in Section 15.1(a), therefor, without interest thereon.
ARTICLE XVI
GENERAL
PROVISIONS
Section 16.1 Addresses and Notices; Written Communications.
(a) Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be
in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner at the address described below. Any notice, payment or report to be given
or made to a Partner hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice,
payment or report to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interests at his address as shown on the records of the Transfer Agent or as otherwise shown on the records of the Partnership, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest
in such Partnership Interests by reason of any assignment or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) a Partner shall consent to receiving notices, demands, requests, reports or proxy materials via electronic mail or by the Internet or
(ii) the rules of the Commission shall permit any report or proxy materials to be delivered electronically or made available via the Internet, any such notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials shall be deemed given or made when
delivered or made available via
106
such mode of delivery. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by the General Partner, the
Transfer Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report given or made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 is
returned marked to indicate that such notice, payment or report was unable to be delivered, such notice, payment or report and, in the case of notices, payments or reports returned by the United States Postal Service (or other physical mail delivery
mail service outside the United States of America), any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer
Agent or the Partnership of a change in his address) or other delivery if they are available for the Partner at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report
to the other Partners. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3. The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in
relying on any notice or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.
(b) The terms “in
writing”, “written communications,” “written notice” and words of similar import shall be deemed satisfied under this Agreement by use of e-mail and other forms of electronic
communication.
Section 16.2 Further Action. The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and
take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
Section 16.3
Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.
Section 16.4 Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject
matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.
Section 16.5 Creditors. None of the
provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.
Section 16.6
Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such
breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
Section 16.7 Third-Party Beneficiaries. Each Partner agrees that
(a) any Indemnitee shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Indemnitee and (b) any
Unrestricted Person shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Unrestricted Person.
107
Section 16.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all
of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon
affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Limited Partner Interest, pursuant to Section 10.1(a) without execution hereof.
Section 16.9 Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial by Jury.
(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to the principles of
conflicts of law.
(b) Each of the Partners and each Person holding any beneficial interest in the Partnership (whether through a broker,
dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise):
(i) irrevocably agrees that any
claims, suits, actions or proceedings (A) arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of this Agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities
among Partners or of Partners to the Partnership, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the Partners or the Partnership), (B) brought in a derivative manner on behalf of the Partnership, (C) asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary
duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the Partnership or the General Partner, or owed by the General Partner, to the Partnership or the Partners, (D) asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Texas Limited
Partnership Law or (E) asserting a claim for any other internal entity claim (as defined in Section 2.115 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law) shall be exclusively brought in the Business Court in the First Business Court Division of the
State of Texas (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court located in the State of Texas with subject matter jurisdiction), in each case regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound
in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims;
(ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Business Court in the First Business Court Division of the State of Texas (or, if
such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court located in the State of Texas with subject matter jurisdiction) in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding;
(iii) agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not personally subject
to the jurisdiction of the Business Court in the First Business Court Division of the State of Texas or of any other court to which proceedings in the State of Texas may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an
inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper;
(iv) expressly waives any requirement for
the posting of a bond by a party bringing such claim, suit, action or proceeding;
108
(v) consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by
mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such services shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided,
nothing in clause (v) hereof shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law; and
(vi)
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUCH CLAIM, SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. Each Partner shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Section 16.9(b)(vi).
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Partners and each Person holding any beneficial interest in the Partnership (whether through a
broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise) agrees that any action, suit or proceeding for enforcement (or remedy in lieu of enforcement) of any obligation of the Partnership (or of
the General Partner when acting on behalf of the Partnership) arising while the Partnership was a limited partnership of the State of Delaware may be brought in accordance with, and if so brought shall be subject in all respects to, the provisions
of Section 16.9 of the Delaware Partnership Agreement.
Section 16.10 Invalidity of Provisions. If any provision or part
of a provision of this Agreement is or becomes for any reason, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions and/or parts thereof contained herein shall not be affected
thereby and this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reformed and construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of a provision, had never been contained herein, and such provision or part reformed
so that it would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent possible.
Section 16.11 Consent of Partners. Each
Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Partners, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less
than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound by the results of such action.
Section 16.12 Facsimile Signatures.
The use of facsimile signatures affixed in the name and on behalf of the transfer agent and registrar of the Partnership on Certificates representing Units is expressly permitted by this Agreement.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]
109
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first
written above.
GENERAL PARTNER:
SUNOCO GP LLC
By:
Name:
Dylan A. Bramhall
Title:
Chief Financial Officer
[Signature Page to Agreement of Limited Partnership]
EX-3.1
EX-3.1
Filename: d35531dex31.htm · Sequence: 3
EX-3.1
Exhibit 3.1
Form 207
Certificate of Formation
Limited Partnership
This space reserved for
office use.
(Revised 12/21)
Submit in duplicate
to:
Secretary of State
P.O. Box 13697
Austin, TX 78711-3697
512 463-5555
Filing Fee: $750
Article 1 – Entity Name and Type
The filing entity being formed is a limited partnership. The name of the entity is:
Sunoco LP
The name must contain the words “limited,” “limited partnership,” or an abbreviation of that word or phrase. The name of a limited
partnership that is also a limited liability partnership must also contain the phrase “limited liability partnership” or “limited liability limited partnership” or an abbreviation of one of those phrases.
Article 2 – Registered Agent and Registered Office
(Select and complete either A or B and complete C)
☒
A. The initial registered agent is an organization (cannot be entity named above) by the name of:
Corporation Service Company d/b/a CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service
OR
☐
B. The initial registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is set forth below:
First Name
M.I.
Last Name
Suffix
C. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is:
211 East 7th Street, Suite 620
Austin
TX
78701
Street Address
City
State
Zip Code
Article 3—Governing Authority
(Provide the name and address of each general partner.)
The name and address of each general partner are set forth below:
GENERAL PARTNER 1
NAME (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)
IF INDIVIDUAL
First Name
M.I.
Last Name
Suffix
OR
IF ORGANIZATION
Sunoco GP LLC
Organization Name
ADDRESS
8111 Westchester Drive, Suite 400
Dallas
TX
USA
75225
Street or Mailing Address
City
State
Country
Zip Code
Form 207
1
GENERAL PARTNER 2
NAME (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)
IF INDIVIDUAL
First Name
M.I.
Last Name
Suffix
OR
IF ORGANIZATION
Organization Name
ADDRESS
Street or Mailing Address
City
State
Country
Zip Code
GENERAL PARTNER 3
NAME (Enter the name of either an individual or an organization, but not both.)
IF INDIVIDUAL
First Name
M.I.
Last Name
Suffix
OR
IF ORGANIZATION
Organization Name
ADDRESS
Street or Mailing Address
City
State
Country
Zip Code
Article 4—Principal Office
The address of the principal office of the limited partnership in the United States where records are to be kept or made available under section 153.551 of the Texas Business Organizations Code
is:
8111 Westchester Drive, Suite 400
Dallas
TX
USA
75225
Street or Mailing Address
City
State
Country
Zip Code
Initial Mailing Address
(Provide the mailing address to which state franchise tax correspondence should be sent.)
8111 Westchester Drive, Suite 400
Dallas
TX
75225
USA
Mailing Address
City
State
Zip Code
Country
Supplemental Provisions/Information
Text Area: [The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference.]
Sunoco
LP is being formed under a Plan of Conversion pursuant to Section 10.102 of the Texas Business Organizations Code. The name of the converting entity is “Sunoco LP”, a Delaware limited partnership formed on June 11, 2012. The
address of the converting entity is 8111 Westchester Drive, Suite 400, Dallas, Texas 75225.
Form 207
2
Effectiveness of Filing (Select either A, B, or C.)
A. ☐ This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.
B. ☒ This document becomes effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of signing. The delayed effective date
is: 12:01 a.m. Central Time on July 6, 2026
C. ☐ This document takes effect upon the occurrence of the future event or fact, other than
the passage of time. The 90th day after the date of signing is:
The following event or fact will cause the document to take effect in the manner described below:
Execution
The undersigned general partner affirms that the person designated as registered agent has consented to the appointment. The undersigned also affirms
that, to the best knowledge of the undersigned, the name provided as the name of the filing entity does not falsely imply an affiliation with a governmental entity. The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the
submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument and certifies under penalty of perjury that the undersigned is authorized to execute the filing instrument.
Date: 7/2/2026
Signature for each general partner:
Sunoco GP LLC
/s/ Joseph Kim
Joseph Kim, President and Chief Executive Officer
Form 207
3
EX-3.2
EX-3.2
Filename: d35531dex32.htm · Sequence: 4
EX-3.2
Exhibit 3.2
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
SUNOCO LP
(a Texas Limited Partnership)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1
Definitions
2
Section 1.2
Construction
29
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION
Section 2.1
Formation
29
Section 2.2
Name
30
Section 2.3
Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices
30
Section 2.4
Purpose and Business
30
Section 2.5
Powers
31
Section 2.6
Term
31
Section 2.7
Title to Partnership Assets
31
ARTICLE III
RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
Section 3.1
Limitation of Liability
31
Section 3.2
Management of Business
31
Section 3.3
Outside Activities of the Limited Partners
32
Section 3.4
Rights of Limited Partners
32
ARTICLE IV
CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
Section 4.1
Certificates
33
Section 4.2
Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates
33
Section 4.3
Record Holders
34
Section 4.4
Transfer Generally
34
Section 4.5
Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests
35
Section 4.6
Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest
36
i
Section 4.7
Restrictions on Transfers
36
Section 4.8
Eligibility Certificates; Ineligible Holders
37
Section 4.9
Redemption of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders
38
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
Section 5.1
Organizational Contributions
39
Section 5.2
Contributions by the General Partner and its Affiliates
39
Section 5.3
Contributions by Initial Limited Partners
40
Section 5.4
Interest and Withdrawal
40
Section 5.5
Capital Accounts
40
Section 5.6
Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests
43
Section 5.7
Limited Preemptive Right
44
Section 5.8
Splits and Combinations
44
Section 5.9
Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner
Interests
45
Section 5.10
Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights
45
Section 5.11
Establishment of Series A Preferred Units.
46
Section 5.12
Establishment of Class C Units
55
Section 5.13
Establishment of Class D Common Units.
57
ARTICLE VI
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 6.1
Allocations for Capital Account Purposes
59
Section 6.2
Allocations for Tax Purposes
67
Section 6.3
Requirements and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders
68
Section 6.4
Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus
69
Section 6.5
Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus
70
Section 6.6
Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels
70
Section 6.7
Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of IDR Reset Common Units
70
Section 6.8
Entity-Level Taxation
71
Section 6.9
Special Provisions Relating to Preferred Unitholders
71
ii
ARTICLE VII
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
Section 7.1
Management
71
Section 7.2
Replacement of Fiduciary Duties
74
Section 7.3
Certificate of Formation
74
Section 7.4
Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority
74
Section 7.5
Reimbursement of the General Partner
74
Section 7.6
Outside Activities
75
Section 7.7
Indemnification
76
Section 7.8
Liability of Indemnitees
78
Section 7.9
Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties
79
Section 7.10
Other Matters Concerning the General Partner and Indemnitees
80
Section 7.11
Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests
81
Section 7.12
Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates
81
Section 7.13
Reliance by Third Parties
83
ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
Section 8.1
Records and Accounting
84
Section 8.2
Fiscal Year
84
Section 8.3
Reports
84
ARTICLE IX
TAX MATTERS
Section 9.1
Tax Returns and Information
85
Section 9.2
Tax Elections
85
Section 9.3
Tax Controversies
86
Section 9.4
Withholding; Tax Payments
86
iii
ARTICLE X
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
Section 10.1
Admission of Limited Partners
87
Section 10.2
Admission of Successor General Partner
88
Section 10.3
Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Formation
88
ARTICLE XI
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
Section 11.1
Withdrawal of the General Partner
88
Section 11.2
Removal of the General Partner
90
Section 11.3
Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner
90
Section 11.4
Withdrawal of Limited Partners
92
ARTICLE XII
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
Section 12.1
Dissolution
92
Section 12.2
Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution
93
Section 12.3
Liquidator
93
Section 12.4
Liquidation
94
Section 12.5
Termination
94
Section 12.6
Return of Contributions
95
Section 12.7
Waiver of Partition
95
Section 12.8
Capital Account Restoration
95
ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE
Section 13.1
Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner
95
Section 13.2
Amendment Procedures
96
Section 13.3
Amendment Requirements
97
Section 13.4
Special Meetings
98
Section 13.5
Notice of a Meeting
98
Section 13.6
Record Date
98
iv
Section 13.7
Adjournment
99
Section 13.8
Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes
99
Section 13.9
Quorum and Voting
99
Section 13.10
Conduct of a Meeting
99
Section 13.11
Action Without a Meeting
100
Section 13.12
Right to Vote and Related Matters
100
Section 13.13
Voting of Incentive Distribution Rights
101
ARTICLE XIV
MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
Section 14.1
Authority
102
Section 14.2
Procedure for Merger or Consolidation
102
Section 14.3
Approval by Limited Partners
103
Section 14.4
Certificate of Merger
104
Section 14.5
Effect of Merger or Consolidation
104
ARTICLE XV
RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
Section 15.1
Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests
105
ARTICLE XVI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 16.1
Addresses and Notices; Written Communications
106
Section 16.2
Further Action
107
Section 16.3
Binding Effect
107
Section 16.4
Integration
107
Section 16.5
Creditors
107
Section 16.6
Waiver
107
Section 16.7
Third-Party Beneficiaries
107
Section 16.8
Counterparts
108
Section 16.9
Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial by Jury
108
Section 16.10
Invalidity of Provisions
109
Section 16.11
Consent of Partners
109
Section 16.12
Facsimile Signatures
109
v
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF SUNOCO LP
THIS AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF SUNOCO LP, dated as of July 6, 2026, is entered into by and between Sunoco GP LLC, a Texas
limited liability company, as the General Partner, together with any other Persons who are or become Partners in the Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein.
WHEREAS, the Partnership previously operated as a Delaware limited partnership named Sunoco LP (f/k/a Susser Petroleum Partners LP) (the
“Delaware Partnership”), operating pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Sunoco LP, dated September 18, 2025, as amended by the Amendment No. 1 to the Third Amended and
Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Sunoco LP, dated as of October 31, 2025 (collectively, the “Delaware Partnership Agreement”);
WHEREAS, the General Partner, without the approval of any Limited Partner, was permitted to convert the Partnership into a new limited
liability entity pursuant to Section 14.3(d) of the Delaware Partnership Agreement if (i) the General Partner received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited
liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership or any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent
not already treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose of such merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited liability entity and (iii) the governing instruments of the new entity provide
the Limited Partners and the General Partner with substantially the same rights and obligations as were contained in the Delaware Partnership Agreement;
WHEREAS, a special committee of the Board of Directors (the “Special Committee”) has, by unanimous vote, in good
faith (as such term is defined in Section 7.9(a) of the Delaware Partnership Agreement) (a) determined that the conversion of the Partnership from a Delaware limited partnership to a Texas limited partnership (the
“Conversion”) and this Agreement, the Plan of Conversion, the Delaware Certificate of Conversion, the Certificate of Conversion and the Certificate of Formation (the Certificate of Formation and this Agreement, the
“Texas Governing Instruments” and the Texas Governing Instruments, together with the Delaware Certificate of Conversion, the Certificate of Conversion and the Plan of Conversion, the “Related
Arrangements”) are in the best interests of the Partnership and the holders of common units of the Partnership (other than the General Partner and its controlling affiliates), (b) subject to receipt by the General Partner of the
Opinion of Counsel, approved the Conversion and Related Arrangements on the terms contemplated by the Related Arrangements, and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Plan of Conversion, the Delaware Certificate of Conversion, the
Certificate of Conversion, the Certificate of Formation and the Texas Governing Instruments and (c) recommended that the Board of Directors approve the Conversion and Related Arrangements on the terms contemplated by the Related Arrangements,
and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Plan of Conversion, the Delaware Certificate of Conversion, the Certificate of Conversion, the Certificate of Formation and the Texas Governing Instruments;
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has, by unanimous vote and in reliance in part on the
recommendation and approval of the Special Committee, in good faith (a) determined that the conversion of the Partnership from a Delaware limited partnership to a Texas limited partnership governed by the Certificate of Formation and this
Agreement is in the best interests of the Partnership and (b) approved the Plan of Conversion and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Certificate of Conversion, the Delaware Certificate of Conversion, the Certificate of
Formation and this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the filing of the Certificate of Conversion, the Delaware Certificate of Conversion and the Certificate of Formation and the adoption of this Agreement;
WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 17-219 of the Delaware Act, in the Delaware Certificate of
Conversion, the Partnership will agree that it may be served with process in the State of Delaware in any action, suit or proceeding for enforcement of any obligation of the limited partnership arising while it was a limited partnership of the State
of Delaware, and that it irrevocably appoints the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as its agent to accept service of process in any such action, suit or proceeding; and
WHEREAS, the requirements of Section 14.3(d) of the Delaware Partnership Agreement were, based upon the terms and conditions of the Plan
of Conversion and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the Certificate of Conversion, the Delaware Certificate of Conversion, the Certificate of Formation and this Agreement, and the receipt of the requisite Opinion of Counsel, satisfied
and the Partnership converted as of the date hereof to a Texas limited partnership in accordance with the terms of the Delaware Partnership Agreement, the Delaware Act and the Texas Limited Partnership Law, by filing the Delaware Certificate of
Conversion with the State of Delaware and the Certificate of Conversion and the Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas.
In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 Definitions. The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the
contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.
“Additional Book Basis” means the portion of any remaining
Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property that is attributable to positive adjustments made to such Carrying Value as a result of Book-Up Events. For purposes of determining the extent that Carrying Value
constitutes Additional Book Basis:
(a) Any negative adjustment made to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property as a result of either a
Book-Down Event or a Book-Up Event shall first be deemed to offset or decrease that portion of the Carrying Value of such Adjusted Property that is attributable to any prior positive adjustments made thereto
pursuant to a Book-Up Event or Book-Down Event.
(b) If Carrying Value that constitutes Additional
Book Basis is reduced as a result of a Book-Down Event and the Carrying Value of other property is increased as a result of such Book-Down Event, an allocable portion of any such increase in Carrying Value shall be treated
2
as Additional Book Basis; provided, that the amount treated as Additional Book Basis pursuant hereto as a result of such Book-Down Event shall not exceed the amount by which the Aggregate
Remaining Net Positive Adjustments after such Book-Down Event exceeds the remaining Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property after such Book-Down Event (determined without regard to the application of
this clause (b) to such Book-Down Event).
“Additional Book Basis Derivative Items” means any Book Basis
Derivative Items that are computed with reference to Additional Book Basis. To the extent that the Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property as of the beginning of any taxable period exceeds the Aggregate
Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the beginning of such period (the “Excess Additional Book Basis”), the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for such period shall be reduced by the amount that bears the same ratio
to the amount of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items determined without regard to this sentence as the Excess Additional Book Basis bears to the Additional Book Basis as of the beginning of such period. With respect to a Disposed of Adjusted
Property, the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items shall be the amount of Additional Book Basis taken into account in computing gain or loss from the disposition of such Disposed of Adjusted Property.
“Adjusted Capital Account” means the Capital Account maintained for each Partner as of the end of each taxable period of
the Partnership, (a) increased by any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore under the standards set by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury Regulation Sections
1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b) decreased by (i) the amount of all losses and deductions that, as of the end of such taxable period, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Partner in subsequent taxable periods under Sections
704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the end of such taxable period, are reasonably expected to be made to such Partner in subsequent
taxable periods in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Partner’s Capital Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the taxable period in which
such distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i) or 6.1(d)(ii)). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with
the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The “Adjusted Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that
such Adjusted Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first issued.
“Adjusted Operating Surplus” means, with respect to any period, (a) Operating Surplus generated with respect to such
period; less (b)(i) the amount of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) with respect to
that period; and (ii) the amount of any net decrease in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for Operating Expenditures with
respect to such period not relating to an Operating Expenditure made with respect to such period; and plus (c)(i) the amount of any net
3
decrease in Working Capital Borrowings (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned)
with respect to that period; (ii) the amount of any net increase in cash reserves (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of any net increase in cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for Operating
Expenditures with respect to such period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium; and (iii) the amount of any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures
initially established with respect to such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction in Adjusted Operating Surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to clause (b)(ii). Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of
Operating Surplus included in clause (a)(i) of the definition of Operating Surplus.
“Adjusted Property” means any
property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d).
“Affiliate” means, with
respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means
the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
“Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units” is defined in Section 5.10(a).
“Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments” means, as of the end of any taxable period, the sum of the Remaining Net
Positive Adjustments of all the Partners.
“Agreed Allocation” means any allocation, other than a Required Allocation,
of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1, including a Curative Allocation (if appropriate to the context in which the term “Agreed Allocation” is used).
“Agreed Value” of any Contributed Property means the fair market value of such property at the time of contribution and in
the case of an Adjusted Property, the fair market value of such Adjusted Property on the date of the revaluation event as described in Section 5.5(d), in both cases as determined by the General Partner.
“Agreement” means this Agreement of Limited Partnership of Sunoco LP, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from
time to time.
“Aloha” means Aloha Petroleum, Ltd., a Hawaiian corporation.
“Arrangement Agreement” means the Arrangement Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2025, by and among NuStar GP Holdings, LLC
(n/k/a SunocoCorp LLC), 2709716 Alberta Ltd., Sunoco LP and Parkland Corporation, as amended by that certain Amending Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2025 and that certain Second Amending Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2025.
“Arrears” means the full cumulative Series A Distributions through the most recent Series A Distribution Payment Date that
have not been paid on all Outstanding Series A Preferred Units.
4
“Associate” means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person,
(a) any corporation or organization of which such Person is a director, officer, manager, general partner or managing member or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock or other voting interest;
(b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of
such spouse, who has the same principal residence as such Person.
“Available Cash” means, with respect to any Quarter
ending prior to the Liquidation Date:
(a) the sum of (i) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the
Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) on hand at the end of such Quarter, and (ii) if the General Partner so determines, all or any portion of any additional
cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash and cash equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) on hand immediately prior to the date of distribution of Available
Cash with respect to such Quarter (including any Working Capital Borrowings made subsequent to the end of such Quarter), less
(b) the
amount of any cash reserves established by the General Partner (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) to (i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the
Partnership Group (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs of the Partnership Group) subsequent to such Quarter, (ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement,
mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which any Group Member is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject, (iii) provide funds for distributions under Sections 6.4 or 6.5 in respect of any one or
more of the next four Quarters or (iv) provide funds for Series A Distributions; provided, however, that the disbursements made (including contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on behalf of a Group Member), cash received or
cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such period but on or before the date of distribution of Available Cash with respect to such period shall be deemed to have been made, received, established, increased or reduced, for
purposes of determining Available Cash, within such Quarter if the General Partner so determines.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,
“Available Cash” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.
“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act, except that, in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act),
such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is
exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. For purposes of this definition, a person shall be deemed not to Beneficially Own
securities that are the subject of a stock purchase agreement, merger agreement, amalgamation agreement, arrangement agreement or similar agreement until consummation of the transactions or, as applicable, series of related transactions contemplated
thereby.
5
“Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the General Partner.
“Book Basis Derivative Items” means any item of income, deduction, gain or loss that is computed with reference to the
Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property (e.g., depreciation, depletion, or gain or loss with respect to an Adjusted Property).
“Book-Down Event” means an event that triggers a negative adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to
Section 5.5(d).
“Book-Tax Disparity” means with respect to any item of
Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for U.S. federal income tax purposes as of
such date. A Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s
Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 and the hypothetical balance of such Partner’s Capital Account computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with U.S. federal income tax accounting principles.
“Book-Up Event” means an event that triggers a positive adjustment to the
Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).
“Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each
week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of Texas shall not be regarded as a Business Day.
“Calculation Agent” means the financial institution that will be appointed by the General Partner prior to the
Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date preceding the Series A First Reset Date to act as calculation agent for the Series A Preferred Units and its successors and assigns or any other calculation agent appointed by the General Partner. The
Partnership and its Affiliates shall not be appointed by the General Partner to act as calculation agent for the Series A Preferred Units.
“Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5. The “Capital
Account” of a Partner in respect of any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on
which such Partnership Interest was first issued.
“Capital Contribution” means any cash, cash equivalents or the Net
Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the Partnership or that is contributed or deemed contributed to the Partnership on behalf of a Partner (including, in the case of an underwritten offering of Units, the amount of any
underwriting discounts or commissions).
6
“Capital Improvement” means any (a) addition or improvement to the
capital assets owned by any Group Member, (b) acquisition (through an asset acquisition, merger, stock acquisition or other form of investment) of existing, or the construction of new, capital assets by any Group Member, or (c) capital
contribution by a Group Member to a Person that is not a Subsidiary, in which a Group Member has, or after such capital contribution will have an equity interest, to fund the Group Member’s pro rata share of the cost of the acquisition of
existing or the construction of new or the improvement of existing, capital assets, in each case if such addition, improvement, acquisition or construction is made to increase the long-term operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership
Group from the long-term operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), or such Person, in the case of clause (c), from that existing immediately prior to such addition, improvement,
acquisition or construction.
“Capital Stock” means (a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock, (b) in
the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership
interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests, and (d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person,
but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.
“Capital Surplus” means Available Cash distributed by the Partnership in excess of Operating Surplus, as described in
Section 6.3(a).
“Carrying Value” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property or an Adjusted Property,
the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in respect of such property, and (b) with respect to any other
Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such property for U.S. federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination. The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 5.5(d) and to
reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.
“Cause” means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable
judgment finding the General Partner is liable to the Partnership or any Limited Partner for actual fraud or willful misconduct in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership.
“Certificate” means a certificate in such form (including in global form if permitted by applicable rules and regulations
of the Depository Trust Company and its permitted successors and assigns) as may be adopted by the General Partner, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more Partnership Interests.
“Certificate of Conversion” means the Certificate of Conversion of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the
State of Texas as referenced in Section 2.1, as such Certificate of Conversion may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
7
“Certificate of Formation” means the Certificate of Formation of the
Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas as referenced in Section 2.1 and Section 7.3, as such Certificate of Formation may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
“Change of Control Trigger Event” means the occurrence of any of the following:
(a) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a
series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act), other
than a Qualified Owner, which occurrence is followed by a Ratings Decline within 60 days; or
(b) the adoption of a plan relating to the
liquidation or dissolution of the Partnership or the removal of the General Partner by Limited Partners; or
(c) the consummation of any
transaction (including any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act), other than a Qualified Owner, becomes the Beneficial Owner,
directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting securities of the General Partner or of the Partnership, measured by voting power rather than number of shares, which occurrence is followed by a Ratings Decline within 60 days.
Notwithstanding the preceding, a conversion of the Partnership from a limited partnership to a corporation, limited liability company or other
form of entity or an exchange of all of the outstanding limited partnership interests for capital stock in a corporation, for member interests in a limited liability company or for equity interests in such other form of entity shall not constitute a
Change of Control Trigger Event, so long as immediately following such conversion or exchange either (i) the “persons” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act) who immediately prior to such
transactions Beneficially Owned the Capital Stock of the Partnership immediately after the transactions continue to Beneficially Own in the aggregate more than 50% of the voting securities of such entity, or continue to Beneficially Own sufficient
equity interests in such entity to elect a majority of its directors, managers, trustees or other persons serving in a similar capacity for such entity, and, in either case no “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of
the Securities Exchange Act), excluding any Qualified Owner, Beneficially Owns more than 50% of the voting securities of such entity or (ii) one or more Qualified Owners in the aggregate own more than 50% of the voting securities of such
entity.
“Citizenship Eligibility Trigger” is defined in Section 4.8(a)(ii).
“claim” (as used in Section 7.12(c)) is defined in Section 7.12(c).
“Class C Distribution Rate” means an amount per Class C Unit equal to 9.0% per annum (2.25%
per quarter), of the Class C Unit Issue Price.
“Class C Quarterly Distribution” has the
meaning set forth in Section 5.12(b)(vi).
8
“Class C Unit” means a Partnership Interest having the
rights and obligations specified with respect to Class C Units in this Agreement.
“Class C Unit
Effective Date” means January 1, 2016.
“Class C Unit Issue Price” means $38.5856.
“Class D Common Unit” means a Partnership Interest having the rights and obligations specified with
respect to Class D Common Units in this Agreement.
“Closing Date” means the first date on which Common Units were
issued and delivered by the Partnership to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.
“Closing
Price” means, in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of determination, the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked
prices on such day, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such Limited
Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, the last quoted price on such day or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid
and low asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the primary reporting system then in use in relation to such Limited Partner Interests of
such class, or, if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such
Limited Partner Interests of such class selected by the General Partner, or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class, the fair value of such Limited Partner Interests on such day as
determined by the General Partner.
“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from
time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.
“Combined Interest” is defined in Section 11.3(a).
“Commences Commercial Service” means the date a Capital Improvement is first put into or commences commercial service by a
Group Member following, if applicable, completion of construction, acquisition, development or testing, as applicable.
“Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Common Unit” means a Partnership Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this
Agreement. The term “Common Unit” does not refer to or include any Class C Unit or Series A Preferred Unit. The term “Common Unit” includes a Class D Common Unit except for references in Sections
5.12(b)(v)(D), 5.13(b)(i), (iii), (iv) and (vi).
9
“Conflicts Committee” means a committee of the Board of Directors
composed entirely of one or more directors, each of whom (a) is not an officer or employee of the General Partner, (b) is not an officer or employee of any Affiliate of the General Partner or a director of any Affiliate of the General
Partner (other than any Group Member), (c) is not a holder of any ownership interest in the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, including any Group Member, other than Common Units and awards that are granted to such director under the LTIP;
provided that a director that is a member of the Conflicts Committee may beneficially own equity securities of one or more publicly traded Affiliates of the General Partner (other than Common Units and any awards referenced above) with an aggregate
value of up to one percent (1%) of such director’s net worth as of the date of determination, and (d) is determined by the Board of Directors of the General Partner to be independent under the independence standards required for directors
who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National Securities Exchange on which any class of Partnership Interests is
listed or admitted to trading.
“Contributed Property” means each property or asset, in such form as may be permitted
by the Texas Limited Partnership Law, but excluding cash, contributed to the Partnership. Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d), such property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property,
but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.
“Contribution Agreement” means that certain Contribution, Conveyance and
Assumption Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2012, among the General Partner, the Partnership, SHC and certain other parties, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder, as such
may be amended from time to time.
“Conversion” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
“Corresponding Distribution” is defined in Section 5.13(b)(iii).
“Curative Allocation” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit pursuant to the provisions
of Section 6.1(d)(xi).
“Current Market Price” means, in respect of any class of Limited Partner Interests, as of
the date of determination, the average of the daily Closing Prices per Limited Partner Interest of such class for the 20 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date.
“Deferred Issuance and Distribution” means both (a) the issuance by the Partnership of a number of additional Common
Units that is equal to the excess, if any, of (x) 1,425,000 over (y) the aggregate number, if any, of Common Units actually purchased by and issued to the Underwriters pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option on the Option Closing Date(s),
and (b) distribution(s) of cash contributed by the Underwriters to the Partnership on or in connection with any Option Closing Date with respect to Common Units issued by the Partnership upon the applicable exercise of the Over-Allotment Option
as described in Section 5.3(b), if any.
“Delaware Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership
Act, 6 Del. C. Section 17-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.
10
“Delaware Certificate of Conversion” means the Certificate of Conversion
of the Partnership to a non-Delaware entity to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as referenced in Section 2.1.
“Delaware Partnership” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
“Delaware Partnership Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
“Departing General Partner” means a former General Partner from and after the effective date of any withdrawal or removal
of such former General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2.
“Depositary” means, with respect to any Units
issued in global form, The Depository Trust Company and its successors and permitted assigns.
“Derivative Instruments”
means options, rights, warrants, appreciation rights, tracking, profit and phantom interests and other derivative instruments relating to, convertible into or exchangeable for Partnership Interests.
“Designated Individual” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.3.
“Disposed of Adjusted Property” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B).
“Economic Risk of Loss” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation
Section 1.752-2(a).
“Effective Time” means 12:01 a.m. Central Time on
July 6, 2026.
“Eligibility Certificate” is defined in Section 4.8(b).
“Eligible Holder” means a Limited Partner whose (a) U.S. federal income tax status would not, in the determination of
the General Partner, have the material adverse effect described in Section 4.8(a)(i) or (b) nationality, citizenship or other related status would not, in the determination of the General Partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation
or forfeiture as described in Section 4.8(a)(ii).
“Equalization Period” is defined in Section 5.13(b)(iii).
“Equity Credit” means the dollar amount or percentage in relation to the stated liquidation preference amount of
$1,000.00 per Series A Preferred Unit assigned to the Series A Preferred Units as equity, rather than debt, by a Rating Agency in evaluating the capital structure of the Partnership.
“Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount” is defined in Section 6.8.
“Event of Withdrawal” is defined in Section 11.1(a).
“Excess Additional Book Basis” is defined in the definition of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items.
11
“Excess Distribution” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).
“Excess Distribution Unit” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).
“Expansion Capital Expenditures” means cash expenditures for Capital Improvements, and shall not include Maintenance
Capital Expenditures or Investment Capital Expenditures. Expansion Capital Expenditures shall include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred to finance the construction of a Capital Improvement and paid in respect of the period beginning on
the date that a Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence construction of a Capital Improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such Capital Improvement Commences Commercial Service and the date that such Capital
Improvement is abandoned or disposed of. Debt incurred to fund such construction period interest payments or to fund distributions in respect of equity issued (including incremental Incentive Distributions related thereto) to fund the construction
of a Capital Improvement as described in clause (a)(iv) of the definition of Operating Surplus shall also be deemed to be debt incurred to finance the construction of a Capital Improvement. Where capital expenditures are made in part for
Expansion Capital Expenditures and in part for other purposes, the General Partner shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each.
“First Liquidation Target Amount” is defined in Section 6.1(c)(i)(D).
“First Target Distribution” means $0.503125 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to periods of less than a full fiscal
quarter, it means the product of such amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period, and the denominator is the total number of days in such fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with
Sections 5.10, 6.6 and 6.7.
“General Partner” means Sunoco GP LLC, a Texas limited liability company, and its
successors and permitted assigns that are admitted to the Partnership as general partner of the Partnership, in their capacities as general partner of the Partnership (except as the context otherwise requires).
“General Partner Interest” means the non-economic management interest of the
General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner and without reference to any Limited Partner Interest held by it) and includes any and all rights, powers and benefits to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in
this Agreement, together with all obligations of the General Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. The General Partner Interest does not include any rights to profits or losses or any rights to receive distributions from
operations or upon the liquidation or winding-up of the Partnership.
“Gross Liability
Value” means, with respect to any Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i), the amount of cash that a willing assignor would pay to a willing assignee to assume such Liability in an arm’s-length transaction.
“Group” means two or more Persons that with or
through any of their respective Affiliates or Associates have any contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in
response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons), exercising investment power or disposing of any Partnership Interests with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly
or indirectly, Partnership Interests.
12
“Group Member” means a member of the Partnership Group.
“Group Member Agreement” means the partnership agreement of any Group Member, other than the Partnership, that is a limited
or general partnership, the company agreement or limited liability company agreement of any Group Member that is a limited liability company, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or similar organizational documents of any Group Member that is
a corporation, the joint venture agreement or similar governing document of any Group Member that is a joint venture and the governing or organizational or similar documents of any other Group Member that is a Person other than a limited or general
partnership, limited liability company, corporation or joint venture, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
“H.15” means the daily statistical release designated as such, or any successor publication as determined by the
Calculation Agent in its sole discretion, published by the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System.
“Hedge
Contract” means any exchange, swap, forward, cap, floor, collar, option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of reducing the exposure of the Partnership Group to fluctuations in commodities, financial
instruments or other capital activity, in each case, other than for speculative purposes.
“Holder” as used in
Section 7.12, is defined in Section 7.12(a).
“IDR Reset Common Unit” is defined in Section 5.10(a).
“IDR Reset Election” is defined in Section 5.10(a).
“Incentive Distribution Right” means a Limited Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to
Incentive Distribution Rights in this Agreement.
“Incentive Distributions” means any amount of cash distributed to the
holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Section 6.4.
“Incremental Income Taxes” is defined in
Section 6.8.
“Indemnified Persons” is defined in Section 7.12(c).
“Indemnitee” means (a) any General Partner, (b) any Departing General Partner, (c) any Person who is or was
an Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing General Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of any Group Member, a General Partner, any
Departing General Partner or any of their respective Affiliates, (e) the Partnership Representative and the Designated Individual, (f) any Person who is or was serving at the request of a General Partner, any Departing General Partner or
any of their respective Affiliates as an officer, director,
13
manager, managing member, general partner, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another Person owing a fiduciary or similar duty to any Group Member; provided that a Person shall not be an
Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services, (g) any Person who controls a General Partner or Departing
General Partner and (h) any Person the General Partner designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement because such Person’s service, status or relationship exposes such Person to potential claims, demands,
actions, suits or proceedings relating to the Partnership Group’s business and affairs.
“Ineligible Holder” is
defined in Section 4.8(c).
“Initial Common Units” means the Common Units sold in the Initial Offering.
“Initial Limited Partners” means SHC (with respect to the Common Units and Incentive Distribution Rights received by it
pursuant to Section 5.2), Stripes LLC (with respect to the Common Units received by it pursuant to Section 5.2) and the Underwriters, in each case upon being admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 10.1.
“Initial Offering” means the initial offering and sale of Common Units to the public, as described in the Registration
Statement, including any offer and sale of Common Units pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.
“Initial Unit
Price” means (a) with respect to the Common Units, the initial public offering price per Common Unit at which the Underwriters first offered the Common Units to the public for sale as set forth on the cover page of the prospectus
included as part of the Registration Statement and first issued at or after the time the Registration Statement first became effective or (b) with respect to any other class or series of Units, the price per Unit at which such class or series
of Units is initially sold by the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner, in each case adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units.
“Interim Capital Transactions” means the following transactions if they occur prior to the Liquidation Date:
(a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness (other than Working Capital Borrowings and other than for items purchased on open account or for a deferred purchase price in the ordinary course of business) by any Group Member and
sales of debt securities of any Group Member; (b) sales of equity interests of any Group Member (including the Common Units sold to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement); (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary
dispositions of any assets of any Group Member other than (i) sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) sales or other dispositions of assets as part of
normal retirements or replacements and (d) Capital Contributions received by a Group Member.
“Investment Capital
Expenditures” means capital expenditures other than Maintenance Capital Expenditures and Expansion Capital Expenditures.
“Liability” means any liability or obligation of any nature, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise.
14
“Limited Partner” means, unless the context otherwise requires, each
Initial Limited Partner, each additional Person that becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and any Departing General Partner upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to
Section 11.3, in each case, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership.
“Limited Partner
Interest” means the ownership interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership, which may be evidenced by Common Units, Class C Units, Incentive Distribution Rights, Series A Preferred Units or other Partnership Interests or a
combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and all benefits to which such Limited Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this
Agreement.
“Liquidation Date” means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership
of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of the first sentence of Section 12.2, the date on which the applicable time period during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to continue the business of the
Partnership has expired without such an election being made, and (b) in the case of any other event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.
“Liquidator” means one or more Persons selected pursuant to Section 12.3 to perform the functions described in
Section 12.4 as liquidating trustee of the Partnership.
“LTIP” means the Long-Term Incentive Plan of the General
Partner, as may be amended, or any equity compensation plan successor thereto.
“Maintenance Capital Expenditures”
means cash expenditures (including expenditures for the addition or improvement to or replacement of the capital assets owned by any Group Member or for the acquisition of existing, or the construction or development of new, capital assets) if such
expenditures are made to maintain the long-term operating capacity or operating income of the Partnership Group.
“Merger
Agreement” is defined in Section 14.1.
“Minimum Quarterly Distribution” means $0.4375 per Unit per
Quarter (or with respect to periods of less than a full fiscal quarter, it means the product of such amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and the denominator is the total number of days in such
fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 5.10, 6.6 and 6.7.
“Moody’s” means
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.
“most recent H.15”
means the H.15 published closest in time but prior to the close of business on the applicable Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date.
15
“National Securities Exchange” means an exchange registered with the
Commission under Section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act (or any successor to such Section) and any other securities exchange (whether or not registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) (or successor to such Section) of the
Securities Exchange Act) that the General Partner shall designate as a National Securities Exchange for purposes of this Agreement.
“Net Agreed Value” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by
any Liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Partnership’s Carrying
Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(ii)) at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any Liabilities either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of
distribution.
“Net Income” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of
income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into
account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5 but shall not include any items
specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided, that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under
Section 6.1(d)(xii).
“Net Loss” means, for any taxable period, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s
items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period over the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken
into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5 but shall not include any items
specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided, that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal of such items under
Section 6.1(d)(xii).
“Net Positive Adjustments” means, with respect to any Partner, the excess, if any, of the
total positive adjustments over the total negative adjustments made to the Capital Account of such Partner pursuant to Book-Up Events and Book-Down Events.
“Net Termination Gain” means, for any taxable period, the sum, if positive, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction
(determined in accordance with Section 5.5) that are (a) recognized (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a
whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group), or (b) deemed recognized by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d); provided, however, the
items included in the determination of Net Termination Gain shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).
16
“Net Termination Loss” means, for any taxable period, the sum, if
negative, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5) that are (a) recognized (i) after the Liquidation Date or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group), or (b) deemed recognized by the
Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d); provided, however, items included in the determination of Net Termination Loss shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).
“Nonrecourse Built-in Gain” means with respect to any Contributed Properties or
Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage or pledge securing a Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.2(b) if such properties were disposed of in a taxable
transaction in full satisfaction of such liabilities and for no other consideration.
“Nonrecourse Deductions” means
any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable to a
Nonrecourse Liability.
“Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2).
“Notice of Election to Purchase” is defined in
Section 15.1(b).
“Omnibus Agreement” means that certain Omnibus Agreement dated September 25, 2012, among
SHC, the General Partner and the Partnership, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
“Operating Expenditures” means all Partnership Group cash expenditures (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of
expenditures in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned), including taxes, reimbursements of expenses of the General Partner and its Affiliates, payments made in the ordinary course of business under any Hedge Contracts, officer
compensation, repayment of Working Capital Borrowings, debt service payments and capital expenditures, subject to the following:
(a)
repayments of Working Capital Borrowings deducted from Operating Surplus pursuant to clause (b)(iii) of the definition of “Operating Surplus” shall not constitute Operating Expenditures when actually repaid;
(b) payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other than Working Capital
Borrowings shall not constitute Operating Expenditures;
(c) Operating Expenditures shall not include (i) Expansion Capital
Expenditures, (ii) Investment Capital Expenditures, (iii) payment of transaction expenses (including taxes) relating to Interim Capital Transactions, (iv) distributions to Partners, or (v) repurchases of Partnership Interests,
other than repurchases of Partnership Interests to satisfy obligations under employee benefit plans, or reimbursements of expenses of the General Partner for such purchases. Where capital expenditures are made in part for Maintenance Capital
Expenditures and in part for other purposes, the General Partner shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each; and
17
(d) (i) payments made in connection with the initial purchase of any Hedge Contract
shall be amortized over the life of such Hedge Contract and (ii) payments made in connection with the termination of any Hedge Contract prior to its stipulated settlement or termination date shall be included in equal quarterly installments
over what would have been the remaining scheduled term of such Hedge Contract had it not been so terminated.
“Operating
Surplus” means, with respect to any period ending prior to the Liquidation Date, on a cumulative basis and without duplication,
(a) the sum of (i) $25 million, (ii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of
cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, but excluding cash receipts from Interim Capital Transactions and provided that cash
receipts from the termination of any Hedge Contract prior to its stipulated settlement or termination date shall be included in equal quarterly installments over what would have been the remaining scheduled life of such Hedge Contract had it not
been so terminated, (iii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) after the end of such period but on or before the date
of determination of Operating Surplus with respect to such period resulting from Working Capital Borrowings, and (iv) the amount of cash distributions paid (including incremental Incentive Distributions) in respect of equity issued, other than
equity issued in the Initial Offering, to finance all or a portion of the construction, acquisition or improvement of a Capital Improvement and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date that the Group Member enters into a binding
obligation to commence the construction, acquisition or improvement of a Capital Improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that such Capital Improvement or replacement capital asset Commences Commercial Service and the date that it
is abandoned or disposed of (equity issued, other than equity issued in the Initial Offering, to fund the construction period interest payments on debt incurred, or construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance the construction,
acquisition or improvement of a Capital Improvement shall also be deemed to be equity issued to finance the construction, acquisition or improvement of a Capital Improvement for purposes of this clause (iv)), less
(b) the sum of (i) Operating Expenditures for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period;
(ii) the amount of cash reserves established by the General Partner (or the Partnership’s proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) to provide funds for future Operating Expenditures;
(iii) all Working Capital Borrowings not repaid within twelve (12) months after having been incurred and (iv) any cash loss realized on disposition of an Investment Capital Expenditure;
provided, however, that the disbursements made (including contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on behalf of a Group
Member), cash received or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such period shall be deemed to have been made, received, established,
increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Operating Surplus, within such period if the General Partner so determines.
18
Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Operating Surplus” with respect to the
Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero. Cash receipts from an Investment Capital Expenditure shall be treated as cash receipts only to the extent they are a return on principal, but in no event shall
a return of principal be treated as cash receipts.
“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be
regular counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) acceptable to the General Partner.
“Option
Closing Date” means the date or dates on which any Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.
“Organizational Limited Partner” means SHC, in its capacity as the historical organizational limited partner of the
Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.
“Outstanding” means, with respect to Partnership Interests, all Partnership
Interests that are issued by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding on the Partnership’s books and records as of the date of determination; provided, however, that if at any time any Person or Group (other than the General Partner
or its Affiliates) beneficially owns 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding, none of the Partnership Interests owned by such Person or Group shall be entitled to be voted on any matter or be considered to
be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement,
except that Partnership Interests so owned shall be considered to be Outstanding for purposes of Section 11.1(b) (such Partnership Interests shall not, however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership Interests for purposes of this
Agreement or the Texas Limited Partnership Law); provided, further, that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding
directly from the General Partner or its Affiliates (other than the Partnership), (ii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding directly or indirectly from a Person or Group
described in clause (i) provided that the General Partner shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply, (iii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Partnership Interests
issued by the Partnership provided that the General Partner shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply or (iv) to any Series A Holder in connection with any vote, consent or approval of the Series A
Holders pursuant to Section 5.11(b)(iii).
“Over-Allotment Option” means the over-allotment option granted to the
Underwriters by the Partnership pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.
“Parkland” means Parkland Corporation, an
Alberta corporation.
“Parkland Acquisition” means the acquisition of all of the issued and outstanding shares of
Parkland pursuant to the Arrangement Agreement.
19
“Partner Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).
“Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).
“Partner Nonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction or
expenditure (including any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i), are attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt.
“Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.
“Partnership” means Sunoco LP, a Texas limited partnership.
“Partnership Group” means, collectively, the Partnership and its Subsidiaries.
“Partnership Interest” means any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership, which shall include any General
Partner Interest and Limited Partner Interests, but shall exclude Derivative Instruments.
“Partnership Minimum Gain”
means that amount determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).
“Partnership Representative” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.3.
“Paying Agent” means the Transfer Agent, acting in its capacity as paying agent for the Series A Preferred Units and its
respective successors and assigns or any other paying agent appointed by the General Partner; provided, however, that if no Paying Agent is specifically designated for the Series A Preferred Units, the General Partner
shall act in such capacity.
“Per Unit Capital Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the Capital Account,
stated on a per Unit basis, underlying any class of Units held by a Person other than the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner who holds Units.
“Percentage Interest” means as of any date of determination (a) as to any Unitholder with respect to Units, the
quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of Units held by such Unitholder by (B) the total number of Outstanding Units. The Percentage Interest with respect to an Incentive Distribution Right shall be zero. The Percentage Interest with
respect to the General Partner Interest and a Series A Preferred Unit shall at all times be zero.
“Permitted Actions”
means the following arrangements with, actions taken by, or determinations made by, the General Partner:
(a) The General Partner’s
agreement with SHC on the reasonable allocation and other procedures to effect the reimbursement of all direct and indirect costs and expenses incurred by SHC or its Affiliates in connection with the provision of services to the Partnership Group
under the terms of the Omnibus Agreement; and
20
(b) the exercise of the Partnership’s Sale and Leaseback Option.
“Person” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust,
unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.
“Plan of
Conversion” means the Plan of Conversion of the Partnership as referenced in Section 2.1, as such Plan of Conversion may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
“Potential Affiliate Financial Support” means the provision by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates to any member
of the Partnership Group of any guaranties or trade credit support to support the ongoing operations of the Partnership Group; provided, that (i) the pricing of any such guaranties or trade credit support is no more than the cost to the
Partnership of issuing a comparable letter of credit under its Credit Agreement and (ii) any such guaranties or trade credit support are limited to ordinary course obligations of members of the Partnership Group and do not extend to
indebtedness for borrowed money or other obligations that could be characterized as debt.
“Pro Rata” means
(a) when used with respect to Units or any class thereof, apportioned equally among all designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (b) when used with respect to Partners or Record Holders, apportioned among
all Partners or Record Holders in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (c) when used with respect to holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, apportioned equally among all holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in accordance
with the relative number or percentage of Incentive Distribution Rights held by each such holder, and (d) solely when modifying Series A Holders, apportioned equally among all Series A Holders in accordance with the relative number or
percentage of Series A Preferred Units held by each such Series A Holder.
“Purchase Date” means the date determined by
the General Partner as the date for purchase of all Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of a certain class (other than Limited Partner Interests owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV.
“Qualified Owner” means any of (i) LE GP, LLC and Energy Transfer LP, (ii) any Person who Beneficially Owns more
than 50% of the voting securities of any entity specified in clause (i) above or who Beneficially Owns sufficient equity interests in such entity to elect a majority of its directors, managers, trustees or other persons serving in a similar
capacity for such entity and (iii) any subsidiary or affiliate of any entity specified in either clause (i) or clause (ii) above.
“Quarter” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, or, with respect to the fiscal
quarter of the Partnership in which the Closing Date occurs, the portion of such fiscal quarter after the Closing Date.
“Rate
Eligibility Trigger” is defined in Section 4.8(a)(i).
21
“Rating Agency” means any nationally recognized statistical rating
organization (within the meaning of Section 3(a)(62) of the Securities Exchange Act) that publishes a rating for the Partnership.
“Ratings Decline” means a decrease in the rating of the Series A Preferred Units by both Moody’s and S&P
by one or more gradations (including gradations within rating categories as well as between rating categories); provided that Moody’s and S&P have confirmed that such decrease in the rating of the Series A Preferred Units is a
result of the Change of Control Trigger Event. In determining whether the rating of the Series A Preferred Units has decreased by one or more gradations, gradations within rating categories, namely + or - for S&P, and 1, 2, and 3 for
Moody’s, will be taken into account; for example, in the case of S&P, a rating decrease either from BB+ to BB or BB to BB- will constitute a decrease of one gradation.
“Recapture Income” means any gain recognized by the Partnership (computed without regard to any adjustment required by
Section 734 or Section 743 of the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income because it represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to
such property or asset.
“Record Date” means the date established by the General Partner or otherwise in accordance
with this Agreement for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Limited Partners or entitled to vote by ballot or give approval of Partnership action in writing without a meeting
or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Limited Partners or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.
“Record Holder” means (a) with respect to any class of Partnership Interests for which a Transfer Agent has been
appointed, the Person in whose name a Partnership Interest of such class is registered on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the closing of business on a particular Business Day, or (b) with respect to other classes of Partnership Interests,
the Person in whose name any such other Partnership Interest is registered on the books that the General Partner has caused to be kept as of the closing of business on such Business Day.
“Redeemable Interests” means any Partnership Interests for which a redemption notice has been given, and has not been
withdrawn, pursuant to Section 4.9(a).
“Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-182276) as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the
Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units in the Initial Offering.
“Related Arrangements”
has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
“Remaining Net Positive Adjustments” means as of the end of any
taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the Unitholders holding Common Units as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of those Partners’
Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for each prior taxable period and (ii) with respect to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the holders of Incentive Distribution
Rights as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights for each prior taxable period.
22
“Required Allocations” means any allocation of an item of income, gain,
loss or deduction pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i), Section 6.1(d)(ii), Section 6.1(d)(iv), Section 6.1(d)(v), Section 6.1(d)(vi), Section 6.1(d)(vii) or Section 6.1(d)(ix).
“Reset MQD” is defined in Section 5.10(a).
“Reset Notice” is defined in Section 5.10(b).
“Retail” means Sunoco Retail LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company, or any successor entity thereto.
“Retail Available Cash” means any and all cash or cash equivalents on hand derived from or attributable to (i) any
distribution or dividend received by the Partnership (directly or indirectly) from Retail or the proceeds of any sale of the membership interests of Retail received by the Partnership (directly or indirectly) or (ii) any interest or principal
payments received by the Partnership (directly or indirectly) with respect to indebtedness of Retail or its subsidiaries.
“Retail Items” means the income, gains, losses, deductions and credits which are attributable to the Partnership’s
ownership (directly or indirectly) of, or sale or other disposition of, the membership interests of Retail or the Partnership’s ownership (directly or indirectly) of any indebtedness of Retail or any of its subsidiaries, including any such
income, gains, losses and deductions included in Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss.
“S&P” means S&P
Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.
“Sale and Leaseback
Option” has the meaning set forth in the Omnibus Agreement.
“Second Liquidation Target Amount” is defined in
Section 6.1(c)(i)(E).
“Second Target Distribution” means $0.546875 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to
periods of less than a full fiscal quarter, it means the product of such amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period, and the denominator is the total number of days in such fiscal quarter), subject to
adjustment in accordance with Section 5.10, Section 6.6 and Section 6.7.
“Securities Act” means the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.
“Securities
Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.
“Series A Base Liquidation Preference” means a liquidation preference for each Series A Preferred Unit initially equal to
$1,000.00 per Series A Preferred Unit.
23
“Series A Current Criteria” means the Equity Credit criteria of a Rating
Agency for securities such as the Series A Preferred Units, as such criteria were in effect as of the Series A Original Issue Date.
“Series A Distribution Payment Date” means the 18th day of each March and September of each year (and that the Series A
Distribution Payment Date for the initial Series A Distribution Period shall be March 18, 2026); provided, however, that if any Series A Distribution Payment Date would otherwise occur on a day that is not a
Business Day, such Series A Distribution Payment Date shall instead be on the immediately succeeding Business Day.
“Series A
Distribution Period” means a period of time from and including the preceding Series A Distribution Payment Date (other than the initial Series A Distribution Period, which shall commence on and include the Series A Original Issue Date),
to, but excluding, the next Series A Distribution Payment Date for such Series A Distribution Period.
“Series A Distribution
Rate” means an initial distribution rate for the Series A Preferred Units from and including the Series A Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the Series A First Reset Date equal to 7.875% per annum of the $1,000.00 liquidation
preference per Series A Preferred Unit (equal to $78.75 per Series A Preferred Unit per annum). On and after the Series A First Reset Date, the distribution rate on the Series A Preferred Units for each Series A Reset Period will equal for each
Series A Preferred Unit a percentage of the $1,000.00 liquidation preference for such Series A Preferred Unit equal to the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate as of the most recent Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date plus a spread of
4.230% per annum; provided that the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate for each Series A Reset Period will not be lower than 1.00%.
“Series A Distribution Record Date” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(b)(ii)(B).
“Series A Distributions” means distributions with respect to Series A Preferred Units pursuant to Section 5.11(b)(ii).
“Series A First Reset Date” means September 18, 2030.
“Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate” means, as of any Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date, the arithmetic
mean of the yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity, for five-year maturities, for the five business days immediately preceding such Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date, appearing under
the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities” in the most recent H.15. If the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate cannot be determined pursuant to the method described above, the Calculation Agent, after consulting such sources as it
deems comparable to the foregoing calculations, or any such source as it deems reasonable from which to estimate the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate, will determine the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate in its sole
discretion, provided that if the Calculation Agent determines there is an industry-accepted successor Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate, then the Calculation Agent will use such successor rate. If the Calculation Agent has
determined a substitute or successor base rate in accordance with the foregoing, the Calculation Agent in its sole discretion may determine the
24
business day convention and the Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date to be used and any other relevant methodology for calculating such substitute or successor base rate, including any
adjustment factor needed to make such substitute or successor base rate comparable to the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate, in a manner that is consistent with industry-accepted practices for such substitute or successor base rate. If the
Calculation Agent is unwilling or unable to determine a successor Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, then the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate will be the same rate determined for the prior
Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date or, if this sentence is applicable with respect to the first Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date, the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate will be 3.645%.
“Series A Holder” means a Record Holder of Series A Preferred Units.
“Series A Junior Securities” means any class or series of Partnership Interests that, with respect to distributions on such
Partnership Interests and distributions upon liquidation of the Partnership, ranks junior to the Series A Preferred Units, including but not limited to Common Units and Class C Units, but excluding any Series A Parity Securities and Series A
Senior Securities.
“Series A Liquidation Preference” means a liquidation preference for each Series A Preferred Unit
initially equal to $1,000.00 per Series A Preferred Unit (subject to adjustment for any splits, combinations or similar adjustments to the Series A Preferred Units), which liquidation preference shall be subject to increase by the per Series A
Preferred Unit amount of any accumulated and unpaid Series A Distributions (whether or not such distributions shall have been declared).
“Series A Original Issue Date” means September 18, 2025.
“Series A Parity Securities” means any other class or series of Partnership Interests established after the Series A
Original Issue Date by the General Partner, the terms of which class or series expressly provide that it ranks on parity with the Series A Preferred Units as to distributions and amounts payable upon a dissolution or liquidation pursuant
to Article XII.
“Series A Preferred Units” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(a).
“Series A Rating Event” means a change by any Rating Agency to the Series A Current Criteria, which change results in
(a) any shortening of the length of time for which the Series A Current Criteria are scheduled to be in effect with respect to the Series A Preferred Units or (b) a lower Equity Credit being given to the Series A Preferred Units than the
Equity Credit that would have been assigned to the Series A Preferred Units by such Rating Agency pursuant to its Series A Current Criteria.
“Series A Redemption Date” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(b)(iv)(A).
“Series A Redemption Notice” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(b)(iv)(B).
“Series A Redemption Price” has the meaning given such term in Section 5.11(b)(iv)(A).
25
“Series A Reset Date” means the Series A First Reset Date and each date
falling on the fifth anniversary of the preceding Series A Reset Date.
“Series A Reset Distribution Determination
Date” means, in respect of any Series A Reset Period, the day falling two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Series A Reset Period.
“Series A Reset Period” means the period from and including the Series A First Reset Date to, but excluding, the next
following Series A Reset Date and thereafter each period from and including each Series A Reset Date to, but excluding, the next following Series A Reset Date, until such time as all of the Outstanding Series A Preferred Units are redeemed in
accordance with Section 5.11(b)(iv).
“Series A Senior Securities” means any class or series of Partnership
Interests established after the Series A Original Issue Date by the General Partner, the terms of which class or series expressly provide that it ranks senior to the Series A Preferred Units as to distributions and amounts payable upon a dissolution
or liquidation pursuant to Article XII.
“Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items” means in connection
with any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for any taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the
Unitholders’ Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such taxable period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time and (ii) with respect to the Partners holding Incentive Distribution Rights,
the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of the Partners holding the Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net
Positive Adjustments as of that time.
“SHC” means Susser Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
“Special Approval” means approval by a majority of the members of the Conflicts Committee.
“Special Committee” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
“Stripes LLC” means Stripes LLC, a Texas limited liability company.
“Subordinated Unit” means a Partnership Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Subordinated
Units in the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Sunoco LP (f/k/a Susser Petroleum Partners LP), dated February 12, 2025.
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares
entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general partner of such
26
partnership, but only if such Person, directly or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, controls such partnership at the date of determination, or (c) any
other Person in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct
the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.
“SunocoCorp” means SunocoCorp LLC,
a Texas limited liability company.
“SunocoCorp Common Unit” means a membership interest in SunocoCorp having the
rights and obligations specified with respect to a “Common Unit” as set forth in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of SunocoCorp LLC.
“SunocoCorp Omnibus Agreement” means the Omnibus Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date (as defined in the SunocoCorp
Omnibus Agreement), by and between the Partnership and SunocoCorp.
“Surviving Business Entity” is defined in
Section 14.2(b)(ii).
“Target Distribution” means each of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target
Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution.
“TBOC” means the provisions of the Texas
Business Organizations Code, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.
“Texas
Governing Instruments” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals.
“Texas Limited Partnership
Law” means the provisions of Chapters 151, 153 and 154 and the provisions of Title 1 and Chapter 152, to the extent applicable to limited partnerships, in each case of the TBOC.
“Third Target Distribution” means $0.65625 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to periods of less than a full fiscal
quarter, it means the product of such amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period, and the denominator is the total number of days in such fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in accordance with
Sections 5.10, 6.6 and 6.7.
“Trading Day” means, for the purpose of determining the Current Market Price of any
class of Limited Partner Interests, a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if Limited Partner Interests
of a class are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are open.
“Transaction Agreement” is defined in Section 5.13(b)(iii).
“transfer” is defined in Section 4.4(a).
27
“Transfer Agent” means such bank, trust company or other Person
(including the General Partner or one of its Affiliates) as may be appointed from time to time by the Partnership to act as registrar and transfer agent for any class or series of Partnership Interests; provided, that if no Transfer Agent is
specifically designated for any class of Partnership Interests, the General Partner shall act in such capacity.
“Underwriter” means each Person named as an underwriter in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement who purchases Common
Units pursuant thereto.
“Underwriting Agreement” means that certain Underwriting Agreement, dated as of
September 19, 2012, among the Underwriters, the Partnership, the General Partner, SHC and the other parties thereto, providing for the purchase of Common Units by the Underwriters.
“Unit” means a Partnership Interest that is designated as a “Unit” and shall include Common Units, Class C
Units and Series A Preferred Units but shall not include (i) the General Partner Interest or (ii) Incentive Distribution Rights.
“Unit Majority” means at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units.
“Unitholders” means the holders of Units.
“Unpaid MQD” is defined in Section 6.1(c)(i)(C).
“Unrealized Gain” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if
any, of (a) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d)
as of such date).
“Unrealized Loss” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of
determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair market value of such property as of such
date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)).
“Unrecovered Initial Unit Price” means at any time, with respect to a
Unit, the Initial Unit Price less the sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit and any distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any distributions in kind) in connection with
the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit, adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision, or combination of such Units.
“Unrestricted Person” means (a) each Indemnitee, (b) each Partner, (c) each Person who is or was a
member, partner, director, officer, employee or agent of any Group Member, a General Partner or any Departing General Partner or any Affiliate of any Group Member, a General Partner or any Departing General Partner and (d) any Person the
General Partner designates as an “Unrestricted Person” for purposes of this Agreement.
28
“U.S. GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles,
as in effect from time to time, consistently applied.
“Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel” is defined in
Section 11.1(b).
“Working Capital Borrowings” means borrowings used solely for working capital purposes or to pay
distributions to Partners, made pursuant to a credit facility, commercial paper facility or other similar financing arrangement; provided that when incurred it is the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings within 12 months from sources
other than additional Working Capital Borrowings.
Section 1.2 Construction. Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any
pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; (c) the terms “include”,
“includes”, “including” and words of like import shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; and (d) the terms “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder”
refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be interpreted to include the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing, which as used herein means that (i) each
party to this Agreement shall not exercise its discretion under this Agreement arbitrarily, capriciously, or unreasonably in a manner that would deprive any other Person bound by the terms of this Agreement of the benefit of such other
Person’s contracted for rights and expectations under this Agreement and (ii) where the express terms of this Agreement (A) do not provide for a development that the parties to this Agreement could not have anticipated at the Time of
Contracting or (B) omit a term that would obviously be necessary to give efficacy to the other express terms of this Agreement in a manner consistent with the parties’ shared expectations at the Time of Contracting, then in the case of
either (A) or (B), this Agreement shall be interpreted to imply terms to the limited extent necessary to fill any gaps in this Agreement’s express terms so as to protect the parties’ shared expectations at the Time of Contracting.
For purposes of this Section 1.2, “Time of Contracting” means (i) the date the Delaware Partnership first sold limited partnership interests in a public offering or (ii) solely with respect to any provisions in this
Agreement (or prior to the Effective Time, the Delaware Partnership Agreement) that were not included in the Delaware Partnership Agreement as of the time in clause (i), the effective date of such provisions in this Agreement (or, prior to the
Effective Time, the Delaware Partnership Agreement) setting forth or amending provisions that may be relevant to application of the preceding sentence. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only,
and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION
Section 2.1 Formation. The General Partner formed the Partnership as a Texas limited partnership as of the Effective Time and pursuant to
the Plan of Conversion, the Certificate of Conversion and the Certificate of Formation converting the Partnership from a Delaware limited partnership to a Texas limited partnership pursuant to the Plan of Conversion,
29
the Certificate of Conversion, the Delaware Certificate of Conversion and the provisions of the Texas Limited Partnership Law and the Delaware Act. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in
this Agreement, the rights, duties (including fiduciary duties), liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Texas Limited Partnership Law, and the
Partnership shall constitute a continuation of the existence of the Delaware Partnership in the form of a Texas limited partnership and, for all purposes of the laws of the State of Texas, shall be deemed to be the same entity as the Delaware
Partnership.
Section 2.2 Name. The name of the Partnership shall be “Sunoco LP”. The Partnership’s business may be
conducted under any other name or names as determined by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner. The words “Limited Partnership,” “L.P.,” “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be
included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify
the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.
Section 2.3 Registered Office;
Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices. Unless and until changed by the General Partner, the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Texas shall be located at 211 East 7th
Street, Suite 620, Austin, Texas 78701, and the registered agent for service of process of the Partnership in the State of Texas at such registered office shall be Corporation Service Company d/b/a CSC-Lawyers
Incorporating Service Company. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at 8111 Westchester Drive, Suite 400, Dallas, Texas 75225, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited
Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Texas as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate. The address of the General Partner shall be 8111 Westchester Drive,
Suite 400, Dallas, Texas 75225, or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.
Section 2.4 Purpose and Business. The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership shall be to (a) engage
directly in, or enter into or form, hold and dispose of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that is approved by the General Partner, in its sole
discretion, and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Texas Limited Partnership Law and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the
agreements relating to such business activity, and (b) do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of capital contributions or loans to a Group Member; provided, however, that the General Partner shall not
cause the Partnership to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the General Partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable
as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve, and may, in its sole discretion, decline to propose or approve, the conduct by the
Partnership of any business.
30
Section 2.5 Powers. The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and
things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.
Section 2.6 Term. The term of the Partnership shall continue until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions
of Article XII. The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until the filing of a certificate of termination as provided in the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
Section 2.7 Title to Partnership Assets. Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible,
shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held
in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which record title is
held in the name of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement; provided, however, that the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect of which the General Partner determines that the expense and difficulty of
conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership or one or more of the Partnership’s designated Affiliates as soon as reasonably practicable; provided, further, that, prior to
the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any such transfer, will provide for the
use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to the General Partner. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record title to such Partnership assets is
held.
ARTICLE III
RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
Section 3.1 Limitation of Liability. The Limited Partners shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in
this Agreement or the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
Section 3.2 Management of Business. No Limited Partner, in its capacity as
such, shall participate in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Texas Limited Partnership Law) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents
for or otherwise bind the Partnership. All actions taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any officer,
director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall not be deemed to be participating in the control of the business of the Partnership by a limited partner of the Partnership
(within the meaning of Sections 153.103 and 153.104 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law) and shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners under this Agreement.
31
Section 3.3 Outside Activities of the Limited Partners. Subject to the provisions of
Section 7.6, which shall continue to be applicable to the Persons referred to therein, regardless of whether such Persons shall also be Limited Partners, each Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in
business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership Group. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners shall have any rights by virtue
of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner.
Section 3.4 Rights of Limited Partners.
(a) Each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose that is reasonably related, as determined by the General Partner, to such Limited
Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense, to obtain:
(i) true and full information regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Partnership (provided that the requirements
of this Section 3.4(a)(i) shall be satisfied if the Limited Partner is furnished the Partnership’s most recent annual report and any subsequent periodic reports required to be filed (or which would be required to be filed) with the
Commission pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act);
(ii) a current list of the name and last known business,
residence or mailing address of each Record Holder; and
(iii) a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Formation and all
amendments thereto, together with copies of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate of Formation and all amendments thereto have been executed.
(b) The rights to information granted to each of the Limited Partners pursuant to Section 3.4(a) replace in their entirety any rights to
information provided for in Section 153.552 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law and each of the Partners and each other Person or Group who acquires an interest in Partnership Interests hereby agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law that
they do not have any rights as Partners to receive any information either pursuant to Section 153.552 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law or otherwise except for the information identified in Section 3.4(a).
(c) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner deems reasonable,
(i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner believes (A) is not in the best interests of the Partnership
Group, (B) could damage the Partnership Group or its business or (C) that any Group Member is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership the primary
purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 3.4).
32
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or Section 153.552 of the
Texas Limited Partnership Law, each of the Partners, each other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and each other Person bound by this Agreement hereby agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law that they do not have rights
to receive information from the Partnership or any Indemnitee for the purpose of determining whether to pursue litigation or assist in pending litigation against the Partnership or any Indemnitee relating to the affairs of the Partnership except
pursuant to the applicable rules of discovery relating to litigation commenced by such Person.
ARTICLE IV
CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
Section 4.1 Certificates. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise in
respect of some or all of any or all classes of Partnership Interests, Partnership Interests shall not be evidenced by certificates. Certificates that may be issued shall be executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chairman of the Board,
President, the Chief Executive Officer or any Senior Vice President or Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the General Partner. No Certificate for a class of Partnership Interests shall be
valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent for such class of Partnership Interests; provided, however, that if the General Partner elects to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests of such class
in global form, the Certificate shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from the Transfer Agent certifying that the Partnership Interests have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of the Partnership.
Section 4.2 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.
(a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the
Partnership shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership Interests as the Certificate so surrendered.
(b) The appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent shall
countersign, a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued, if the Record Holder of the Certificate:
(i) makes proof by
affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;
(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the General Partner has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser
for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;
33
(iii) if requested by the General Partner, delivers to the General Partner a bond, in form
and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the General Partner may direct to indemnify the Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer Agent against any claim that
may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and
(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements
imposed by the General Partner or the Transfer Agent.
If a Limited Partner fails to notify the General Partner within a reasonable period
of time after such Limited Partner has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General Partner or the
Transfer Agent receives such notification, the Limited Partner shall be precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate.
(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.2, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.
Section 4.3 Record Holders. The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the Partner with respect to any
Partnership Interest and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person, regardless of whether the Partnership shall have actual or other
notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Without limiting the
foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person in acquiring and/or holding
Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Persons on the other, such representative Person shall be (a) the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest and (b) bound by this Agreement and shall have
the rights and obligations of a Partner hereunder as, and to the extent, provided herein.
Section 4.4 Transfer Generally.
(a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall mean a transaction
(i) by which the General Partner assigns its General Partner Interest to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise or (ii) by
which the holder of a Limited Partner Interest assigns such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is or becomes a Limited Partner, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise, excluding a
pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage but including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage.
34
(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance
with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV. Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article IV shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, null and void.
(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent a disposition by any stockholder, member, partner or other owner of any
Partner of any or all of the shares of stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other ownership interests in such Partner and the term “transfer” shall not mean any such disposition.
Section 4.5 Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests.
(a) The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept on behalf of the Partnership a register in which, subject to such reasonable
regulations as it may prescribe and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), the Partnership will provide for the registration and transfer of Limited Partner Interests.
(b) The Partnership shall not recognize any transfer of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates until the Certificates evidencing
such Limited Partner Interests are surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be imposed by the General Partner for such transfer; provided, that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this
Section 4.5, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto. Upon surrender of a Certificate for registration of transfer of any Limited
Partner Interests evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions hereof, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and in the case of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner
Interests, the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate
number and type of Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered.
(c) By acceptance of the transfer of any
Limited Partner Interests in accordance with this Section 4.5 and except as provided in Section 4.8, each transferee of a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner
Interests for the account of another Person) acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of Section 10.1(a).
(d) Subject to
(i) the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.5, (ii) Section 4.3, (iii) Section 4.7, (iv) with respect to any class or series of Limited Partner Interests, the provisions of any statement of designations or an amendment to this
Agreement establishing such class or series, (v) any contractual provisions binding on any Limited Partner and (vi) provisions of applicable law including the Securities Act, Limited Partner Interests shall be freely transferable.
(e) The General Partner and its Affiliates shall have the right at any time to transfer their Common Units and Incentive Distribution Rights
to one or more Persons.
35
Section 4.6 Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest.
(a) Subject to Section 4.6(b) below, the General Partner may at its option transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest
without approval from any other Partner.
(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by the General Partner of all
or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement,
(ii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability under the Texas Limited Partnership Law of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association
taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed) and (iii) such transferee also agrees to purchase all (or the appropriate portion thereof, if
applicable) of the partnership or membership interest held by the General Partner as the general partner or managing member, if any, of each other Group Member. In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this Section 4.6, the
transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 10.2, be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner effective immediately prior to the transfer of the General Partner Interest, and the
business of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.
Section 4.7 Restrictions on Transfers.
(a) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, no transfer of any Partnership Interests shall be made if such transfer would
(i) violate the then applicable federal or state securities laws or rules and regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over such transfer, (ii) terminate the
existence or qualification of the Partnership under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, or (iii) cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal
income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).
(b) The General Partner may impose restrictions on the transfer of
Partnership Interests if it determines, with the advice of counsel, that such restrictions are necessary or advisable to (i) avoid a significant risk of the Partnership becoming taxable as a corporation or otherwise becoming taxable as an
entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (ii) preserve the uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may impose such restrictions by amending this Agreement; provided,
however, that any amendment that would result in the delisting or suspension of trading of any class of Limited Partner Interests on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is then listed or
admitted to trading must be approved, prior to such amendment being effected, by the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of such class.
(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement, other than Section 4.7(a), shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving
Partnership Interests entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.
36
(d) The transfer of an IDR Reset Common Unit that was issued in connection with an IDR Reset
Election pursuant to Section 5.10 shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.7.
Section 4.8 Eligibility
Certificates; Ineligible Holders.
(a) If at any time the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that:
(i) the U.S. federal income tax status (or lack of proof of the U.S. federal income tax status) of one or more Limited Partners or their
beneficial owners has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the rates that can be charged to customers by any Group Member with respect to assets that are subject to regulation by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission or
similar regulatory body (a “Rate Eligibility Trigger”); or
(ii) any Group Member is subject to any federal,
state or local law or regulation that would create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which the Group Member has an interest based on the nationality, citizenship or other related status of a Limited Partner (a
“Citizenship Eligibility Trigger”);
then, the General Partner may adopt such amendments to this Agreement as it determines to
be necessary or appropriate to (x) in the case of a Rate Eligibility Trigger, obtain such proof of the U.S. federal income tax status of the Limited Partners and, to the extent relevant, their beneficial owners, as the General Partner
determines to be necessary or appropriate to reduce risk of the occurrence of a material adverse effect on the rates that can be charged to customers by any Group Member or (y) in the case of a Citizenship Eligibility Trigger, obtain such proof
of the nationality, citizenship or other related status of the Limited Partner and, to the extent relevant, their beneficial owners as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to eliminate or mitigate a significant risk of
cancellation or forfeiture of any properties or interests therein of a Group Member.
(b) Such amendments may include provisions requiring
all Partners to certify as to their (and their beneficial owners’) status as Eligible Holders upon demand and on a regular basis, as determined by the General Partner, and may require transferees of Units to so certify prior to being admitted
to the Partnership as a Partner (any such required certificate, an “Eligibility Certificate”).
(c) Such
amendments may provide that any Partner who fails to furnish to the General Partner within a reasonable period requested proof of its (and its beneficial owners’) status as an Eligible Holder or if upon receipt of such Eligibility Certificate
or other requested information the General Partner determines that a Limited Partner (or its beneficial owner) is not an Eligible Holder (an “Ineligible Holder”), the Partnership Interests owned by such Limited Partner
shall be subject to redemption in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.9. In addition, the General Partner shall be substituted and treated as the owner of all Partnership Interests owned by an Ineligible Holder.
37
(d) The General Partner shall, in exercising voting rights in respect of Partnership
Interests held by it on behalf of Ineligible Holders, cast such votes in the same manner and in the same ratios as the votes of Partners (including the General Partner and its Affiliates) in respect of Partnership Interests other than those of
Ineligible Holders are cast.
(e) Upon dissolution of the Partnership, an Ineligible Holder shall have no right to receive a distribution
in kind pursuant to Section 12.4 but shall be entitled to the cash equivalent thereof, and the Partnership shall provide cash in exchange for an assignment of the Ineligible Holder’s share of any distribution in kind. Such payment and
assignment shall be treated for purposes hereof as a purchase by the Partnership from the Ineligible Holder of the portion of his Partnership Interest representing his right to receive his share of such distribution in kind.
(f) At any time after he can and does certify that he has become an Eligible Holder, an Ineligible Holder may, upon application to the General
Partner, request that with respect to any Partnership Interests of such Ineligible Holder not redeemed pursuant to Section 4.9, such Ineligible Holder be admitted as a Partner, and upon approval of the General Partner, such Ineligible Holder
shall be admitted as a Partner and shall no longer constitute an Ineligible Holder and the General Partner shall cease to be deemed to be the owner in respect of such Ineligible Holder’s Partnership Interests.
Section 4.9 Redemption of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders.
(a) If at any time a Partner falsely certifies its status as an Eligible Holder or fails to furnish an Eligibility Certificate or other
information requested within the period of time specified in amendments adopted pursuant to Section 4.8 or if upon receipt of such Eligibility Certificate, the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Partner is an
Ineligible Holder, the Partnership may, unless the Partner establishes to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such Partner is an Eligible Holder or has transferred his Limited Partner Interests to a Person who is an Eligible Holder and who
furnishes an Eligibility Certificate to the General Partner prior to the date fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem the Partnership Interest of such Partner as follows:
(i) The General Partner shall, not later than the 30th day before the date fixed for redemption, give notice of redemption to the Partner, at
his last address designated on the records of the Partnership or the Transfer Agent, as applicable, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. The notice shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed. The notice shall specify the
Redeemable Interests, the date fixed for redemption, the place of payment, that payment of the redemption price will be made upon redemption of the Redeemable Interests (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates,
upon surrender of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests) and that on and after the date fixed for redemption no further allocations or distributions to which the Partner would otherwise be entitled in respect of the Redeemable
Interests will accrue or be made.
(ii) The aggregate redemption price for Redeemable Interests shall be an amount equal to the Current
Market Price (the date of determination of which shall be the date fixed for redemption) of Partnership Interests of the class to be so redeemed multiplied by the number of Partnership Interests of each such class included among the Redeemable
Interests.
38
The redemption price shall be paid, as determined by the General Partner, in cash or by delivery of a promissory note of the Partnership in the principal amount of the redemption price, bearing
interest at the rate of 8% annually and payable in three equal annual installments of principal together with accrued interest, commencing one year after the redemption date.
(iii) The Partner or his duly authorized representative shall be entitled to receive the payment for the Redeemable Interests at the place of
payment specified in the notice of redemption on the redemption date (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender by or on behalf of the Partner at the place specified in the notice of redemption, of
the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by an assignment duly executed in blank).
(iv)
After the redemption date, Redeemable Interests shall no longer constitute issued and Outstanding Limited Partner Interests.
(b) The
provisions of this Section 4.9 shall also be applicable to Partnership Interests held by a Partner as nominee of a Person determined to be an Ineligible Holder.
(c) Nothing in this Section 4.9 shall prevent the recipient of a notice of redemption from transferring his Partnership Interest before
the redemption date if such transfer is otherwise permitted under this Agreement. Upon receipt of notice of such a transfer, the General Partner shall withdraw the notice of redemption, provided the transferee of such Partnership Interest certifies
to the satisfaction of the General Partner that he is an Eligible Holder. If the transferee fails to make such certification, such redemption will be effected from the transferee on the original redemption date.
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL
CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
Section 5.1 Organizational Contributions. Prior to the date hereof, the
General Partner was admitted as the General Partner of the Partnership and the Organizational Limited Partner made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $1,000.00 in exchange for a Limited Partner Interest equal to a
100% Percentage Interest and was admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership. As of the Closing Date, and effective with the admission of another Limited Partner to the Partnership, the interests of the Organizational Limited Partner were
redeemed as provided in the Contribution Agreement and the initial Capital Contribution of the Organizational Limited Partner was refunded. One-hundred percent of any interest or other profit that may have
resulted from the investment or other use of such initial Capital Contribution was allocated and distributed to the Organizational Limited Partner.
Section 5.2 Contributions by the General Partner and its Affiliates. On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, SHC
and its subsidiaries contributed to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, the Susser Operating Interests (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) in exchange for 14,436 Common Units, 10,939,436 Subordinated Units, the Incentive Distribution
Rights and the right to receive the Deferred Issuance and Distribution.
39
Section 5.3 Contributions by Initial Limited Partners.
(a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, each Underwriter contributed cash to the Partnership in exchange for the
issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.
(b) Upon the exercise,
if any, of the Over-Allotment Option, each Underwriter contributed cash to the Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.
Section 5.4 Interest and Withdrawal. No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions. No Partner, including any
Partner deemed to withdraw under Section 11.4, shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, including under Section 153.111 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law, except to the extent, if any, that
distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon liquidation of the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner
shall have priority over any other Partner either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses, distributions or rights upon dissolution or liquidation of the Partnership. Any such return shall be a compromise to which all
Partners agree within the meaning of Section 153.203 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
Section 5.5 Capital Accounts.
(a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner (or a beneficial owner of Partnership Interests held by a nominee in any case in
which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable to the General Partner) owning a Partnership Interest a separate Capital Account with
respect to such Partnership Interest in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made to the Partnership with respect
to such Partnership Interest and (ii) all items of Partnership income and gain (including income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to
Section 6.1, and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made with respect to such Partnership Interest (provided that the Capital Account of a Series A
Holder shall not be reduced by any Series A Distributions it receives) and (y) all items of Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to
Section 6.1.
(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction that is to be allocated
pursuant to Article VI and is to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for U.S. federal income
tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided, that:
40
(i) Solely for purposes of this Section 5.5, the Partnership shall be treated as owning
directly its proportionate share (as determined by the General Partner based upon the provisions of the applicable Group Member Agreement) of all property owned by (x) any other Group Member that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal
income tax purposes and (y) any other partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes of which a Group Member is, directly or indirectly, a
partner, member or other equity holder.
(ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell)
a Partnership Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction at the time such fees and other expenses are
incurred and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1.
(iii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership and, as to those items
described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To the extent
an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital
Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or loss.
(iv) Any income, gain or
loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the property’s Carrying Value as of such date.
(v) Any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any Contributed Property or Adjusted Property shall be
determined under the rules prescribed by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d)(2) as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment.
(vi) The Gross Liability Value of each Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i) shall be
adjusted at such times as provided in this Agreement for an adjustment to Carrying Values. The amount of any such adjustment shall be treated for purposes hereof as an item of loss (if the adjustment increases the Carrying Value of such Liability of
the Partnership) or an item of gain (if the adjustment decreases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the Partnership).
(c) (i)
Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.5(c), a transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Partnership Interest so transferred.
41
(ii) Subject to Section 6.7(b), immediately prior to the transfer of an IDR Reset
Common Unit by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this Section 5.5(c)(ii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its IDR Reset Common Units will
(A) first, be allocated to the IDR Reset Common Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such IDR Reset Common Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and
(B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any IDR Reset Common Units. Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any,
maintained with respect to the retained IDR Reset Common Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred IDR
Reset Common Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) above.
(d) (i) Consistent with Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for cash or Contributed Property, the issuance of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, or the conversion of the
Combined Interest to Common Units pursuant to Section 11.3(b), the Carrying Value of each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss
attributable to such Partnership property, and any such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss shall be treated, for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts, as if it had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property for an amount equal to
its fair market value immediately prior to such issuance and had been allocated among the Partners at such time pursuant to Section 6.1 in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized following an event giving rise to the
dissolution of the Partnership would have been allocated; provided, however, that in the event of an issuance of Partnership Interests for a de minimis amount of cash or Contributed Property, or in the event of an issuance of a de minimis
amount of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services, the General Partner may determine that such adjustments are unnecessary for the proper administration of the Partnership. In determining such Unrealized Gain or
Unrealized Loss, the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Partnership Interests shall be determined by the General Partner using such method of
valuation as it may adopt. In making its determination of the fair market values of individual properties, the General Partner may determine that it is appropriate to first determine an aggregate value for the Partnership, based on the current
trading price of the Common Units, and taking fully into account the fair market value of the Partnership Interests of all Partners at such time, and then allocate such aggregate value among the individual properties of the Partnership (in such
manner as it determines appropriate).
(ii) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to
any actual or deemed distribution to a Partner of any Partnership property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Partnership Interest), the Carrying Value of all Partnership property shall be adjusted upward
or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, and any such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss shall be treated, for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts, as if it had been recognized on
an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such distribution for an amount equal to its fair market value, and had been allocated among the Partners, at such time, pursuant to Section 6.1 in the same manner as any item of gain or
loss actually recognized following an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership would
42
have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss the aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a
distribution shall (A) in the case of an actual or deemed distribution other than a distribution made pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined in the same manner as that provided in Section 5.5(d)(i) or (B) in the case of a
liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined by the Liquidator using such method of valuation as it may adopt.
Section 5.6 Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests.
(a) The Partnership may issue additional Partnership Interests and Derivative Instruments for any Partnership purpose at any time and from
time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the General Partner shall determine, all without the approval of any Limited Partners.
(b) Each additional Partnership Interest authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.6(a) may be issued in one or
more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership Interests), as shall be fixed by the General Partner,
including (i) the right to share in Partnership profits and losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and
the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may or shall be required to redeem the Partnership Interest (including sinking fund provisions); (v) whether such Partnership Interest is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and,
if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each Partnership Interest will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the
Percentage Interest as to such Partnership Interest; and (viii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership Interest to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of such
Partnership Interest.
(c) The General Partner shall take all actions that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with
(i) each issuance of Partnership Interests and Derivative Instruments pursuant to this Section 5.6, (ii) the conversion of the Combined Interest into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the issuance of Common Units
pursuant to Section 5.10, (iv) reflecting admission of such additional Limited Partners in the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holders of such Limited Partner Interests and (v) all additional issuances of Partnership
Interests. The General Partner shall determine the relative rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other Partnership Interests being so issued. The General Partner shall do all things necessary to comply with the Texas Limited
Partnership Law and is authorized and directed to do all things that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with any future issuance of Partnership Interests or in connection with the conversion of the Combined Interest into
Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership
Interests are listed or admitted to trading.
(d) No fractional Units shall be issued by the Partnership.
43
Section 5.7 Limited Preemptive Right. Except as provided in this Section 5.7 or as
otherwise provided in a separate agreement by the Partnership, no Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to the issuance of any Partnership Interest, whether unissued, held in the treasury or hereafter
created. The General Partner shall have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates, to purchase Partnership Interests from the Partnership whenever, and on the same terms that, the Partnership
issues Partnership Interests to Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and its Affiliates equal to that which existed immediately prior to the
issuance of such Partnership Interests.
Section 5.8 Splits and Combinations.
(a) Subject to Section 5.8(d), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Interests to all Record Holders or may
effect a subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests so long as, after any such event, each Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis or stated as
a number of Units are proportionately adjusted retroactive to the beginning of the Partnership.
(b) Whenever such a distribution,
subdivision or combination of Partnership Interests is declared, the General Partner shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such
Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice. The General Partner also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Partnership Interests to be
held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The General Partner shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.
(c) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates to the Record Holders of
Partnership Interests as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Partnership Interests held by such Record Holders, or the General Partner may adopt such other procedures that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to
reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total number of Partnership Interests Outstanding, the Partnership shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of such new Certificate, the surrender of any
Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.
(d) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units upon
any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units but for the provisions of Section 5.6(d) and this Section 5.8(d), each
fractional Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit (and a 0.5 Unit shall be rounded to the next higher Unit).
44
Section 5.9 Fully Paid and Non-Assessable
Nature of Limited Partner Interests. All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited Partner
Interests in the Partnership, except as such non-assessability may be affected by Section 153.112 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
Section 5.10 Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights.
(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.10, the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder
of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right, at any time when the Partnership has made a distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(v) for each of the four
most recently completed Quarters and the amount of each such distribution did not exceed Adjusted Operating Surplus for such Quarter, to make an election (the “IDR Reset Election”) to cause the Target Distributions to be
reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive their respective proportionate share of a number of Common Units
(the “IDR Reset Common Units”) derived by dividing (i) the average amount of aggregate cash distributions made by the Partnership for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (as
defined in Section 5.10(b)) in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights by (ii) the average of the cash distributions made by the Partnership in respect of each Common Unit for the two full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of
the Reset Notice (the “Reset MQD”) (the number of Common Units determined by such quotient is referred to herein as the “Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units”). The making of the IDR Reset
Election in the manner specified in Section 5.10(b) shall cause the Target Distributions to be reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.10(e) and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution
Rights will become entitled to receive Common Units on the basis specified above, without any further approval required by the General Partner or the Unitholders, at the time specified in Section 5.10(c) unless the IDR Reset Election is
rescinded pursuant to Section 5.10(d).
(b) To exercise the right specified in Section 5.10(a), the holder of the Incentive
Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall deliver a written notice (the “Reset Notice”)
to the Partnership. Within 10 Business Days after the receipt by the Partnership of such Reset Notice, the Partnership shall deliver a written notice to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights of the Partnership’s
determination of the aggregate number of Common Units that each holder of Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive.
(c)
The holder(s) of the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units on the fifteenth Business Day after receipt by the Partnership of the Reset Notice; provided, however, that
the issuance of Common Units to the holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall not occur prior to the approval of the listing or admission for trading of such Common Units by the principal National Securities Exchange upon which
the Common Units are then listed or admitted for trading if any such approval is required pursuant to the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange.
45
(d) If the principal National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then
traded has not approved the listing or admission for trading of the Common Units to be issued pursuant to this Section 5.10 on or before the 30th calendar day following the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice and such approval is
required by the rules and regulations of such National Securities Exchange, then the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the
Incentive Distribution Rights) shall have the right to either rescind the IDR Reset Election or elect to receive other Partnership Interests having such terms as the General Partner may approve, with the approval of the Conflicts Committee, that
will provide (i) the same economic value, in the aggregate, as the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units would have had at the time of the Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice, as determined by the General Partner, and
(ii) for the subsequent conversion (on terms acceptable to the National Securities Exchange upon which the Common Units are then traded) of such Partnership Interests into Common Units within not more than 12 months following the
Partnership’s receipt of the Reset Notice upon the satisfaction of one or more conditions that are reasonably acceptable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution
Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights).
(e) The Target Distributions shall be adjusted at
the time of the issuance of Common Units or other Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 5.10 such that (i) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution shall be reset to be equal to the Reset MQD, (ii) the First Target Distribution
shall be reset to equal 115% of the Reset MQD, (iii) the Second Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 125% of the Reset MQD and (iv) the Third Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 150% of the Reset MQD.
(f) Upon the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.10(a) (or other Partnership Interests as described in
Section 5.10(d)), the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights shall (A) first, be allocated to IDR Reset Common Units (or other Partnership Interests) in an amount equal to the product of (x) the
Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units (or other Partnership Interests) and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the holder of
the Incentive Distribution Rights. If there is not a sufficient Capital Account associated with the Incentive Distribution Rights to allocate the full Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit to the IDR Reset Common Units in accordance
with clause (A) of this Section 5.10(f), the IDR Reset Common Units shall be subject to Section 6.1(d)(x)(B) and (C).
Section 5.11 Establishment of Series A Preferred Units.
(a) General. The Partnership hereby designates and creates a class of Partnership Interests to be designated as “7.875% Series A
Fixed-Rate Reset Cumulative Redeemable Perpetual Preferred Units” (the “Series A Preferred Units”), having the preferences, rights, powers, and duties set forth herein, including this Section 5.11. Each Series A
Preferred Unit shall be identical in all respects to every other Series A Preferred Unit, except as to the respective dates from which the Series A Liquidation Preference shall increase or from which Series A Distributions may begin accruing, to the
extent such dates may differ. The Series A Preferred Units represent perpetual equity interests in the Partnership and shall not give rise to a claim by the Partnership or a Series A Holder for conversion or, except as set forth in
Section 5.11(b)(iv), redemption thereof at a particular date.
46
(b) Rights of Series A Preferred Units. The Series A Preferred Units shall have the
following rights, preferences and privileges and shall be subject to the following duties and obligations:
(i) Series A Preferred
Units.
(A) The authorized number of Series A Preferred Units shall be unlimited.
(B) The Series A Preferred Units shall be represented by one or more global Certificates registered in the name of the Depositary or its
nominee, and no Series A Holder shall be entitled to receive a definitive Certificate evidencing its Series A Preferred Units, unless (1) requested by a Series A Holder and consented to by the General Partner in its sole discretion,
(2) otherwise required by law or (3) the Depositary gives notice of its intention to resign or is no longer eligible to act as such with respect to the Series A Preferred Units and the General Partner shall have not selected a substitute
Depositary within 60 calendar days thereafter. So long as the Depositary shall have been appointed and is serving with respect to the Series A Preferred Units, payments and communications made by the Partnership to Series A Holders shall be made by
making payments to, and communicating with, the Depositary.
(ii) Distributions.
(A) Distributions on each Outstanding Series A Preferred Unit shall be cumulative and shall accumulate at the applicable Series A
Distribution Rate from and including the Series A Original Issue Date (or, for any subsequently issued and newly Outstanding Series A Preferred Units, from and including the Series A Distribution Payment Date immediately preceding the issue date of
such Series A Preferred Units) until such time as the Partnership pays the Series A Distributions or redeems such Series A Preferred Unit in accordance with Section 5.11(b)(iv), whether or not such Series A Distributions shall have been
declared. Series A Holders shall be entitled to receive Series A Distributions from time to time out of any assets of the Partnership legally available for the payment of distributions at the Series A Distribution Rate per Series A Preferred Unit
when, as, and, if declared by the General Partner. Series A Distributions, to the extent declared by the General Partner to be paid by the Partnership in accordance with this Section 5.11(b)(ii), shall be paid, in arrears, on each Series A
Distribution Payment Date (and the initial Series A Distribution shall be paid on March 18, 2026). Series A Distributions shall accumulate in each Series A Distribution Period from and including the preceding Series A Distribution Payment Date
(other than the initial Series A Distribution Period, which shall commence on and include the Series A Original Issue Date), to, but excluding, the next Series A Distribution Payment Date for such Series A Distribution Period; provided that
distributions shall accrue on accumulated but unpaid Series A Distributions at the Series A Distribution Rate. If any Series A Distribution Payment Date otherwise would occur on a date that is not a Business Day, declared Series A Distributions
shall be paid on the immediately succeeding Business Day without the accumulation of additional distributions. All
47
Series A Distributions that are (1) accumulated and unpaid or (2) payable by the Partnership pursuant to this Section 5.11(b)(ii) shall be payable without regard to income of the
Partnership and shall be treated for federal income tax purposes as guaranteed payments for the use of capital under Section 707(c) of the Code. The guaranteed payment with respect to any Series A Distribution Period shall be for the account of
the holders of Series A Preferred Units as of the applicable Series A Distribution Record Date.
(B) Not later than 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on each Series A Distribution Payment Date, the Partnership shall pay those Series A Distributions, if any, that shall have been declared by the General Partner to Series A Holders on the Record Date for the applicable Series A
Distribution. The Record Date (the “Series A Distribution Record Date”) for the payment of any Series A Distributions shall be as of the close of business on the first Business Day of the month of the applicable Series A
Distribution Payment Date, except that in the case of payments of Series A Distributions in Arrears, the Series A Distribution Record Date with respect to a Series A Distribution Payment Date shall be such date as may be designated by the General
Partner in accordance with this Section 5.11. So long as any Series A Preferred Units are Outstanding, no distribution shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment on any Series A Junior Securities (other than a distribution payable
solely in Series A Junior Securities) unless full cumulative Series A Distributions have been or contemporaneously are being paid or set apart for payment on all Outstanding Series A Preferred Units (and distributions on any other Series A Parity
Securities) through the most recent Series A Distribution Payment Date (and distribution payment date with respect to such Series A Parity Securities, if any); provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Section 5.11(b)(ii)(B), if a distribution period with respect to a class of Series A Junior Securities or Series A Parity Securities is shorter than the Series A Distribution Period, the General Partner may declare and pay regular distributions
with respect to such Series A Junior Securities or Series A Parity Securities, so long as, at the time of declaration of such distribution, (i) there are no Series A Distributions in Arrears, and (ii) the General Partner expects to have
sufficient funds to pay the full distribution in respect of the Series A Preferred Units on the next Series A Distribution Payment Date. Accumulated Series A Distributions in Arrears for any past Series A Distribution Period may be declared by the
General Partner and paid on any date fixed by the General Partner, whether or not a Series A Distribution Payment Date, to Series A Holders on the Record Date for such payment, which may not be less than 10 calendar days before such payment date.
Subject to the next succeeding sentence, if all accumulated Series A Distributions in Arrears on all Outstanding Series A Preferred Units and all accumulated distributions in arrears on any Series A Parity Securities shall not have been declared and
paid, or if sufficient funds for the payment thereof shall not have been set apart, payment of accumulated distributions in Arrears on the Series A Preferred Units and accumulated distributions in arrears on any such Series A Parity Securities shall
be made in order of their respective distribution payment dates, commencing with the earliest distribution payment date. If less than all distributions payable with respect to all Series A Preferred Units and any other Series A Parity Securities are
paid, any partial payment shall be made Pro Rata with respect to the Series A Preferred Units and any such other Series A Parity Securities entitled to a distribution payment at such time in proportion to the aggregate distribution amounts remaining
due in respect of such Series A Preferred Units and such other Series A Parity Securities at such time. Subject to Section 12.4 and Section 5.11(b)(v), Series A Holders shall not be entitled to any distribution, whether payable in cash,
property or Partnership Interests, in excess of full cumulative Series A Distributions. Except insofar as distributions
48
accrue on the amount of any accumulated and unpaid distributions, no interest or sum of money in lieu of interest shall be payable in respect of any distribution payment which may be in Arrears
on the Series A Preferred Units. So long as the Series A Preferred Units are held of record by the Depositary or its nominee, declared Series A Distributions shall be paid to the Depositary in same-day funds
on each Series A Distribution Payment Date or other distribution payment date in the case of payments for Series A Distributions in Arrears.
(C) The Series A Distribution Rate for each Series A Reset Period will be determined by the Calculation Agent for the Series A Preferred
Units using the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate, as of the applicable Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date for such Series A Reset Period. The Calculation Agent for the Series A Preferred Units then will add the spread of 4.230% per
annum to the Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate as determined by the Calculation Agent as of the applicable Series A Reset Distribution Determination Date for such Series A Reset Period. Promptly following such determination by the Calculation
Agent for the Series A Preferred Units, the Calculation Agent shall notify the Partnership of the Series A Distribution Rate for such Series A Reset Period. Such Calculation Agent’s determination of any Series A Distribution Rate for each
Series A Reset Period and its calculation of the amount of Series A Distributions for any Series A Reset Period will be (i) available on file at the principal offices of the Partnership beginning on or after the Series A First Reset Date,
(ii) made available to any Series A Holder upon request and (iii) final and binding on each Series A Holder in the absence of manifest error.
(D) The Partnership will provide notice of the relevant Series A Five-Year U.S. Treasury Rate as soon as practicable to the Transfer Agent
and the Series A Holders.
(E) Unless otherwise determined by the General Partner, Series A Distributions shall be deemed to have been
paid out of deductions from Available Cash with respect to the Quarter ended immediately preceding the Quarter in which the Series A Distribution is made.
(iii) Voting Rights.
(A) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Series A Preferred Units shall not have any voting rights or rights to
consent or approve any action or matter, except as set forth in Section 13.3(c), this Section 5.11(b)(iii) or as otherwise required by the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
(B) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, without the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least a majority
of the Outstanding Series A Preferred Units, voting as a separate class, the General Partner shall not adopt any amendment to this Agreement that the General Partner determines would have a material adverse effect on the powers, preferences, duties,
or special rights of the Series A Preferred Units; provided, however, that (i) subject to Section 5.11(b)(iii)(C), the issuance of additional Partnership Interests (and any amendment to this Agreement in connection therewith)
shall not be deemed to have such a material adverse effect for purposes of this Section 5.11(b)(iii)(B) and (ii) for purposes of this Section 5.11(b)(iii)(B), no amendment of this Agreement in connection with a merger or other
transaction in which the Partnership is the surviving entity and the Series A Preferred Units remain Outstanding with the terms thereof materially unchanged in any respect adverse to the Series A Holders (as determined by the General Partner) shall
be deemed to have such a material adverse effect.
49
(C) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, without the affirmative
vote or consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Series A Preferred Units, voting as a class together with holders of any other Series A Parity Securities upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable,
the Partnership shall not (x) create or issue any Series A Parity Securities (including any additional Series A Preferred Units) if the distributions payable on Outstanding Series A Preferred Units (or any Series A Parity Securities, if the
holders of such Series A Parity Securities vote as a class together with the Series A Holders pursuant to this Section 5.11(b)(iii)(C)) are in Arrears or (y) create or issue any Series A Senior Securities.
(D) For any matter described in this Section 5.11(b)(iii) in which the Series A Holders are entitled to vote as a class (whether
separately or together with the holders of any Series A Parity Securities), such Series A Holders shall be entitled to one vote per Series A Preferred Unit. Any Series A Preferred Units held by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries or their
controlled Affiliates shall not be entitled to vote.
(E) Notwithstanding Section 5.11(b)(iii)(B) and Section 5.11(b)(iii)(C),
no vote of the Series A Holders shall be required if, at or prior to the time when such action is to take effect, provision is made for the redemption of all Series A Preferred Units at the time Outstanding.
(iv) Optional Redemption; Series A Rating Event.
(A) The Partnership shall have the right (i) at any time on or after the Series A First Reset Date, (ii) at any time within 120
calendar days after the conclusion of any review or appeal process instituted by the Partnership following the occurrence of a Series A Rating Event or (iii) at any time within 120 days after the occurrence of a Change of Control Trigger Event,
in each case, to redeem the Series A Preferred Units, which redemption may be in whole or in part, on one or more occasions (except with respect to a redemption pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5.11(b)(iv)(A), which shall be in
whole but not in part), using any source of funds legally available for such purpose. Any such redemption shall occur on a date set by the General Partner (the “Series A Redemption Date”). The Partnership shall effect any
such redemption by paying cash for each Series A Preferred Unit to be redeemed equal to (x) 100% (in the case of a redemption described in clause (i) of this Section 5.11(b)(iv)(A)), (y) 102% (in the case of a redemption described in
clause (ii) of this Section 5.11(b)(iv)(A)) or (z) (1) 103% for a Change of Control Trigger Event that occurs before September 18, 2026, (2) 102% for a Change of Control Trigger Event that occurs on or after September 18, 2026
and before September 18, 2027, or (3) 101% for a Change of Control Trigger Event that occurs on or after September 18, 2027 and before September 18, 2030 (in each case, in the case of a redemption described in clause (iii) of
this Section 5.11(b)(iv)(A)), of the Series A Liquidation Preference for such Series A Preferred Unit on such Series A Redemption Date plus, in each case, an amount equal to all unpaid Series A Distributions thereon from the Series A Original
Issue Date to, but excluding, the Series A Redemption Date (whether or not such distributions
50
shall have been declared) (the “Series A Redemption Price”). So long as the Series A Preferred Units to be redeemed are held of record by the Depositary or the nominee
of the Depositary, the Series A Redemption Price shall be paid by the Paying Agent to the Depositary on the Series A Redemption Date. If the Partnership does not exercise its right to redeem all outstanding Series A Preferred Units within 120 days
following a Change of Control Trigger Event, then the then-applicable Series A Distribution Rate shall be increased by 5.00%.
(B) The
Partnership shall give notice of any redemption by mail, postage prepaid, not less than 10 calendar days and not more than 60 calendar days before the scheduled Series A Redemption Date to the Series A Holders (as of 5:00 p.m. New York City time on
the Business Day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of any Series A Preferred Units to be redeemed as such Series A Holders’ names appear on the books of the Transfer Agent and at the address of such Series A Holders shown
therein. Such notice (the “Series A Redemption Notice”) shall state, as applicable: (1) the Series A Redemption Date, (2) the number of Series A Preferred Units to be redeemed and, if less than all Outstanding
Series A Preferred Units are to be redeemed, the number (and in the case of Series A Preferred Units in certificated form, the identification) of Series A Preferred Units to be redeemed from such Series A Holder, (3) the Series A Redemption
Price, (4) the place where any Series A Preferred Units in certificated form are to be redeemed and shall be presented and surrendered for payment of the Series A Redemption Price therefor (which shall occur automatically if the Certificate
representing such Series A Preferred Units is issued in the name of the Depositary or its nominee), and (5) that distributions on the Series A Preferred Units to be redeemed shall cease to accumulate from and after such Series A Redemption
Date.
(C) If the Partnership elects to redeem less than all of the Outstanding Series A Preferred Units, the number of Series A
Preferred Units to be redeemed shall be determined by the General Partner, and such Series A Preferred Units shall be redeemed by such method of selection as the Depositary shall determine, either Pro Rata or by lot, with adjustments to avoid
redemption of fractional Series A Preferred Units. The aggregate Series A Redemption Price for any such partial redemption of the Outstanding Series A Preferred Units shall be allocated correspondingly among the redeemed Series A Preferred Units.
The Series A Preferred Units not redeemed shall remain Outstanding and entitled to all the rights, preferences and duties provided in this Section 5.11.
(D) If the Partnership gives or causes to be given a Series A Redemption Notice, the Partnership shall deposit with the Paying Agent funds
sufficient to redeem the Series A Preferred Units as to which such Series A Redemption Notice shall have been given, no later than 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the applicable Series A Redemption Date, and shall give the Paying Agent irrevocable
instructions and authority to pay the Series A Redemption Price to each Series A Holder whose Series A Preferred Units are to be redeemed upon surrender or deemed surrender (which shall occur automatically if the Certificate representing such Series
A Preferred Units is issued in the name of the Depositary or its nominee) of the Certificates therefor as set forth in the Series A Redemption Notice. If a Series A Redemption Notice shall have been given, from and after the Series A Redemption
Date, unless the Partnership defaults in providing funds sufficient for such redemption at the time and place specified for payment pursuant to the Series A Redemption Notice, all Series A Distributions on such Series A Preferred Units to be
redeemed shall cease to accumulate and all
51
rights of holders of such Series A Preferred Units as Limited Partners with respect to such Series A Preferred Units to be redeemed shall cease, except the right to receive the Series A
Redemption Price, and such Series A Preferred Units shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Transfer Agent or be deemed to be Outstanding for any purpose whatsoever. The Series A Holders shall have no claim to the interest income, if
any, earned on funds deposited with the Paying Agent. Any funds deposited with the Paying Agent hereunder by the Partnership for any reason, including redemption of Series A Preferred Units, that remain unclaimed or unpaid after one year after the
applicable Series A Redemption Date or other payment date, as applicable, shall be, to the extent permitted by law, repaid to the Partnership upon its written request, after which repayment the Series A Holders entitled to such redemption or other
payment shall have recourse only to the Partnership. Notwithstanding any Series A Redemption Notice, there shall be no redemption of any Series A Preferred Units called for redemption until funds sufficient to pay the full Series A Redemption Price
of such Series A Preferred Units shall have been deposited by the Partnership with the Paying Agent.
(E) Any Series A Preferred Units
that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Partnership shall be canceled. If only a portion of the Series A Preferred Units represented by a Certificate shall have been called for redemption, upon surrender of the Certificate to the Paying Agent
(which shall occur automatically if the Certificate representing such Series A Preferred Units is registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee), the Partnership shall issue and the Paying Agent shall deliver to the Series A Holders a new
Certificate (or adjust the applicable book-entry account) representing the number of Series A Preferred Units represented by the surrendered Certificate that have not been called for redemption.
(F) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.11, in the event that full cumulative distributions on the Series A
Preferred Units and any Series A Parity Securities shall not have been paid or declared and set aside for payment, the Partnership shall not be permitted to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, in whole or in part, any Series A Preferred Units
or Series A Parity Securities except pursuant to a purchase or exchange offer made on the same relative terms to all Series A Holders and holders of any Series A Parity Securities. Subject to Section 4.9, so long as any Series A Preferred Units
are Outstanding, the Partnership shall not be permitted to redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire any Common Units or any other Series A Junior Securities unless full cumulative distributions on the Series A Preferred Units and any Series A Parity
Securities for all prior and the then-ending Series A Distribution Periods, with respect to the Series A Preferred Units, and all prior and then ending distribution periods, with respect to any such Series A Parity Securities, shall have been paid
or declared and set aside for payment.
(v) Liquidation Rights. In the event of the dissolution and winding up of the Partnership
under Section 12.4 or a sale, exchange, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, either voluntary or involuntary, the Record Holders of the Series A Preferred Units shall be entitled to receive,
out of the assets of the Partnership available for distribution to the Partners or any transferees of such Partnership Interests in accordance with Section 4.5 hereof, prior and in preference to any distribution of any assets of the Partnership
to the Record Holders of any other class or series of Partnership Interests (other than Series A Senior Securities or Series A Parity Securities), (i) first, any accumulated and unpaid
52
distributions on the Series A Preferred Units (regardless of whether previously declared) and (ii) then, any positive value in each such holder’s Capital Account in respect of such
Series A Preferred Units. If in the year of such dissolution and winding up, or sale, exchange, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, any such Record Holder’s Capital Account in respect of such
Series A Preferred Units is less than the aggregate Series A Base Liquidation Preference of such Series A Preferred Units, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, and prior to any other allocation pursuant to this
Agreement for such year and any distribution pursuant to the preceding sentence (other than any allocations or distributions made with respect to any other Series A Parity Securities upon which like allocation and distribution rights have been
conferred), items of gross income and gain shall be allocated to all Unitholders then holding Series A Preferred Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Outstanding Series A Preferred Unit is equal to the Series A Base
Liquidation Preference (and no other allocation pursuant to this Agreement shall reverse the effect of such allocation); provided, however, that in the event that like allocation rights have been conferred upon other Series A Parity
Securities, then items of gross income and gain shall be allocated to all Unitholders then holding Series A Preferred Units and such Series A Parity Securities, in proportion to the deficit in each such Series A Preferred Unit or such Series A
Parity Securities’ Capital Account below the applicable liquidation preference, until the Capital Account in respect of each Outstanding Series A Preferred Unit and such Series A Parity Security is equal to the applicable liquidation
preference (and no other allocation pursuant to this Agreement shall reverse the effect of such allocation). If in the year of such dissolution and winding up any such Record Holder’s Capital Account in respect of such Series A Preferred Units
is less than the aggregate Series A Base Liquidation Preference of such Series A Preferred Units after the application of the preceding sentence, then to the extent permitted by applicable law, but otherwise notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Agreement, items of gross income and gain for any preceding taxable year(s) with respect to which IRS Form 1065 Schedules K-1 have not been filed by the Partnership shall be reallocated to all Unitholders then holding Series A
Preferred Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each such Outstanding Series A Preferred Unit after making allocations pursuant to this and the immediately preceding sentence is equal to the Series A Base Liquidation Preference
(and no other allocation pursuant to this Agreement shall reverse the effect of such allocation); provided, however, that in the event like allocation rights have been conferred upon other Series A Parity Securities, then any such
items of gross income and gain shall be reallocated to all Unitholders then holding Series A Preferred Units and such Series A Parity Securities, in proportion to the deficit in each such Series A Preferred Unit or such Series A Parity
Securities’ Capital Account below the applicable liquidation preference, until the Capital Account in respect of each Outstanding Series A Preferred Unit and such Series A Parity Security after making allocations pursuant to this and the
immediately preceding sentence is equal to the applicable liquidation preference (and no other allocation pursuant to this Agreement shall reverse the effect of such allocation). After such allocations have been made to the Outstanding Series A
Preferred Units and any Series A Parity Securities, as applicable, any remaining Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss shall be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1(c) or Section 6.1(d), as the case may be. At the time
of the dissolution of the Partnership, subject to Sections 11.053 and 153.210 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law, the Record Holders of the Series A Preferred Units shall become entitled to receive any distributions in respect of the Series A
Preferred Units that are accrued and unpaid as of the date of such distribution, and shall have the status of, and
53
shall be entitled to all remedies available to, a creditor of the Partnership, and such entitlement of the Record Holders of the Series A Preferred Units to such accrued and unpaid distributions
shall have priority over any entitlement of any other Partners or transferees of such Partnership Interests in accordance with Section 4.5 hereof (other than holders of any Series A Senior Securities or Series A Parity Securities) with
respect to any distributions by the Partnership to such other Partners or transferees of such Partnership Interests in accordance with Section 4.5 hereof; provided, however, that the General Partner, as such, will have no
liability for any obligations with respect to such distributions to any Record Holder(s) of Series A Preferred Units.
(vi) Rank.
The Series A Preferred Units shall each be deemed to rank as to distributions on such Partnership Interests and distributions upon liquidation of the Partnership:
(A) senior to any Series A Junior Securities;
(B) on a parity with any Series A Parity Securities;
(C) junior to any Series A Senior Securities; and
(D) junior to all existing and future indebtedness of the Partnership and other liabilities with respect to assets available to satisfy
claims against the Partnership.
(vii) No Sinking Fund. The Series A Preferred Units shall not have the benefit of any sinking
fund.
(viii) Record Holders. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the General Partner, the Partnership, the Transfer
Agent, and the Paying Agent may deem and treat any Series A Holder as the true, lawful, and absolute owner of the applicable Series A Preferred Units for all purposes, and none of the General Partner, the Partnership, the Transfer Agent or the
Paying Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Series A Preferred Units may be listed or
admitted to trading, if any.
(ix) Notices. All notices or other communications in respect of Series A Holders shall be
sufficiently given (i) if given in writing and either delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or (ii) if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Section 5.11, this Agreement or by applicable law.
(x) Other Rights; Fiduciary Duties. The Series A Preferred Units and the Series A Holders shall not have any designations,
preferences, rights, powers or duties, other than as set forth in this Agreement or as provided by applicable law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law, neither the General Partner nor any other Indemnitee shall owe any duties, including fiduciary duties, or have any liabilities to Series A Holders, other than the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair
dealing. The General Partner and other Indemnitees shall have no duties or obligations to the Series A Holders under Sections 152.205, 152.206 or 152.204(b) of the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
54
Section 5.12 Establishment of Class C Units.
(a) General. The General Partner previously designated and created a series of Units designated as “Class C
Units” that initially consisted of a total of 16,410,780 Class C Units. In accordance with Section 5.6, the General Partner shall have the power and authority to issue additional Class C Units from time to time following the
Class C Unit Effective Date.
(b) Rights of Class C Units. The Class C Units shall have the following
rights, preferences and privileges and shall be subject to the following duties and obligations (and such rights, preferences, privileges and duties shall continue, and the Class C Units shall continue to be deemed Outstanding to the extent of
such rights, preferences, privileges and duties, if and when such Class C Units are held by any Group Member, notwithstanding any provision in Section 7.11 to the contrary):
(i) Initial Capital Account. The initial Capital Account with respect to each Class C Unit will be equal the Class C Unit
Issue Price.
(ii) Voting Rights. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the holders of Class C Units shall
not have any voting, consent or approval rights with respect to such Class C Units, except as otherwise required by any non-waivable provision of law. With respect to any matter on which the holders of
Class C Units are entitled to vote, each Class C Unit will be entitled to one vote on such matter and shall vote together with the Common Units as a single class.
(iii) Redemption and Conversion Rights. The Class C Units shall be perpetual and shall not have any rights of redemption or
conversion.
(iv) Registrar and Transfer Agent. Unless and until the General Partner determines to assign the responsibility to
another Person, the General Partner shall act as the Transfer Agent for the Class C Units.
(v) Allocations.
(A) The holders of Class C Units shall not be entitled to receive (i) any allocations of Retail Items, and (ii) except as
otherwise provided in this Section 5.12(b)(v), allocations of (1) Net Income pursuant to Section 6.1(a), (2) Net Loss pursuant to Section 6.1(b), or (3) Net Termination Gains and Net Termination Losses pursuant to
Section 6.1(c).
(B) Items of Partnership depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions for the taxable period shall be
allocated to the holders of Class C Units to the extent such items would be allocated to the holders of Class C Units if each Class C Unit were treated as a Common Unit.
(C) For each taxable period, after the application of Section 6.1(c)(i)(B), but before the application of Section 6.1(c)(i)(C), Net
Termination Gain (other than from Retail Items) shall be allocated to the holders of the Class C Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account of each Class C Unit is equal to the Class C Unit Issue Price.
55
(D) For each taxable period, after the application of Section 6.1(c)(i)(C), but before
the application of Section 6.1(c)(i)(D), the holders of the Class C Units shall be allocated, Pro Rata, 1% of the remaining aggregate Net Termination Gain (other than from Retail Items), if any, that is to be allocated pursuant to
Sections 6.1(c)(i)(D)- (G); provided, however, that an allocation shall only be made to the holders of Class C Units pursuant to this Section 5.12(b)(v)(D) if the Capital Account of each Common Unit is equal to or greater
than the Class C Unit Issue Price immediately prior to making such allocation.
(E) For each taxable period, after the application
of Section 6.1(c)(ii)(A), but before the application of Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C), the holders of the Class C Units shall be allocated Net Termination Loss (other than from Retail Items) until the Capital Account in respect of each
Class C Unit has been reduced to zero.
(F) For the purposes of effectuating the intent of the foregoing allocation provisions, the
General Partner shall have the sole discretion to make special allocations of items of Partnership gross income, gain, loss or deductions among the Unitholders as it deems reasonable.
(G) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Retail (or a successor entity thereto that is classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax
purposes) is an asset of the Partnership in the year in which the Partnership is liquidated and the aggregate balance of the Capital Accounts of the Unitholders (other than the holders of the Class C Units) after the allocations under
Section 6.1(c) would be less than the Carrying Value of Retail, then Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss, as the case may be, or if necessary items thereof, shall be allocated among the Unitholders to the extent necessary to cause the
aggregate balance of the Capital Accounts of the Unitholders (other than the holders of the Class C Units) to equal the Carrying Value of Retail (or a successor as set forth above) after all allocations have been made.
(vi) Distributions. Commencing with the Class C Unit Effective Date, the holders of the Class C Units as of an applicable
Record Date shall be entitled to receive distributions (each, a “Class C Quarterly Distribution”) of the Partnership’s Available Cash other than Retail Available Cash, prior to any
other distributions made in respect of any other Partnership Interests pursuant to Section 6.3, Section 6.4 or Section 6.5, in cash in an amount equal to the Class C Distribution Rate on all Outstanding Class C Units.
Distributions shall be paid Quarterly within sixty (60) days following the end of each Quarter, commencing with the Quarter ending December 31, 2015. Each Record Date established for a Class C Quarterly Distribution in respect of any
Quarter shall be the same Record Date established for any distribution to be made by the Partnership in respect of other Partnership Interests pursuant to Section 6.3, Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 for such Quarter. Each Class C
Quarterly Distribution (or, if applicable, portion thereof) for any Quarter that is payable in cash shall be paid in cash unless either the Partnership’s Available Cash other than Retail Available Cash is insufficient to pay the Class C
Quarterly Distribution or such payment is prohibited by the terms of the Partnership’s material financing agreements, in which case (A) the amount of such accrued and unpaid distributions will accumulate until paid in full in cash, and
(B) the balance of such accrued and unpaid distributions shall increase at a rate of 1.5% per annum, compounded quarterly, from the date such distribution was due until the date it is paid. In no event will a
56
holder of Class C Units be entitled to receive any distributions of Retail Available Cash. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.12(b)(vi), Aloha, as a holder of
Class C Units, shall not receive distributions pursuant to this Section 5.12(b)(vi) with respect to the Quarter ending December 31, 2015. For the avoidance of doubt, holders of Class C Units (other than Aloha) shall be entitled
to receive distributions pursuant to this Section 5.12(b)(vi) with respect to the Quarter ending December 31, 2015.
(vii)
Certificates. The Class C Units shall be evidenced by certificates in such form as the General Partner may approve and, subject to the satisfaction of any applicable legal, regulatory and contractual requirements, may be assigned or
transferred in a manner identical to the assignment and transfer of other Common Units.
Section 5.13 Establishment of Class D
Common Units.
(a) General. The General Partner hereby designates and creates a class of Partnership Interests to be designated as
“Class D Common Units,” and fixes the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties of holders of the Class D Common Units. Upon their issuance, the Class D
Common Units will be fully paid.
(b) Rights of Class D Common Units. The Class D Common Units shall have
the following rights, preferences and privileges and shall be subject to the following duties and obligations:
(i) Voting Rights.
Except as may be required by law and in addition to the additional voting rights of the Class D Common Units set forth in Section 11.2 or elsewhere in this Agreement, the Class D Common Units will be entitled to vote together as a
single class with the Common Units on any matter for which the holders of Common Units are entitled to vote. Each reference in this Agreement to a vote of holders of Common Units shall be deemed to include the Class D Common Units. Each
Class D Common Unit shall be entitled to one vote.
(ii) Economic Interests. The Class D Common Units shall represent
Limited Partner Interests and Common Units in the Partnership, and shall be economically equivalent to other Common Units except for the limited purposes set forth in Section 5.13(b)(iii). In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing,
no distribution may be made in respect of the other Common Units unless an equal distribution is simultaneously made on the Class D Common Units.
(iii) Dividend Equalization Right. During the period beginning on the date of issuance of the Class D Common Units by the
Partnership to SunocoCorp pursuant to the Global Transaction Agreement #2, dated as of October 31, 2025, by and among the Partnership, the General Partner, SunocoCorp and the other parties thereto (the “Transaction
Agreement”), and ending on December 31, 2027 (the “Equalization Period”), the Partnership shall ensure that SunocoCorp shall have cash necessary and sufficient to pay distributions on each SunocoCorp
Common Unit for each Quarter during the Equalization Period in an amount equal to 100% of the distributions paid by the Partnership on each Common Unit during such Quarter (such distribution on each SunocoCorp Common Unit, the
“Corresponding Distribution”), as further
57
set forth in Section 4.18(d)(ii) of the Arrangement Agreement. In the event that, notwithstanding the provisions in Section 5.13(b)(ii) and the expense reimbursement and dividend
equalization obligations in the SunocoCorp Omnibus Agreement, with respect to any Quarter during the Equalization Period, SunocoCorp has insufficient cash to pay a Corresponding Distribution, the General Partner may, solely to the extent necessary
to satisfy the obligation of this Section 5.13(b)(iii), in its sole discretion, either (A) cause the Partnership to make additional distributions on the Class D Common Units held by SunocoCorp simultaneously with each distribution
under Section 5.13(b)(ii), (B) notwithstanding anything in Section 6.1 of this Agreement to the contrary, specially allocate partnership items, including, without limitation, items of income, gain, loss, or deduction that would
otherwise be allocated to the holders of Units (other than holders of the Class D Common Units), to the holders of the Class D Common Units, Pro Rata or (C) apply some combination of actions available under clauses (A) and (B).
In the discretion of the General Partner, the Partnership may also satisfy its obligations under Section 4.18(d)(ii) of the Arrangement Agreement other than as set forth in this Section 5.13(b)(iii).
(iv) Certificates; Book-Entry.
(A) Unless the General Partner shall determine otherwise, the Class D Common Units will not be evidenced by certificates. Any
certificates relating to the Class D Common Units that may be issued shall be in such form as the General Partner may approve. The Class D Common Units, subject to the satisfaction of any applicable legal, regulatory and contractual
requirements, may be assigned or transferred in a manner identical to the assignment and transfer of other Common Units; provided, however, that (I) the General Partner must be provided not less than 10 Business Days’ written
notice of such assignment or transfer and (II) unless approved in writing by the General Partner, as a condition to the assignment or transfer of any Class D Common Unit to any Person other than SunocoCorp, the Class D Common Units so
assigned shall be converted into Common Units and the General Partner shall cause to be reflected on the books and records of the Partnership and any applicable registrar and transfer agent the conversion of such Class D Common Unit into a
Common Unit. Any certificates evidencing Class D Common Units shall be separately identified and shall not bear the same CUSIP number as the certificates evidencing other Common Units.
(B) Any certificate(s) evidencing the Class D Common Units may be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:
“THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF
ANY STATE IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF SUNOCO LP, AS AMENDED.”
(v) Registrar and Transfer Agent. Unless and until the General Partner determines to assign the responsibility to another Person, the
General Partner will act as the registrar and transfer agent for the Class D Common Units.
58
(vi) Splits and Combinations. In the event the Partnership, while any Class D
Common Units are Outstanding, (A) makes a distribution on its Common Units in Common Units, (B) subdivides or splits its Common Units into a greater number of Common Units, or (C) combines or reclassifies its Common Units into a
smaller number of Common Units, a corresponding distribution, subdivision, split, combination or reclassification of the Class D Common Units shall automatically occur with respect to the Class D Common Units, or such other appropriate
adjustment to the Class D Common Units shall be made as determined by the General Partner, so that the number of Class D Common Units Outstanding immediately after such distribution, subdivision, split, combination or reclassification of
the Common Units equals the number determined by multiplying the number of Class D Common Units Outstanding immediately prior to such distribution, subdivision, split, combination or reclassification of the Common Units by a fraction,
(I) the numerator of which shall be the number of Common Units Outstanding immediately following such distribution, subdivision, split, combination or reclassification and (II) the denominator of which shall be the number of Common Units
Outstanding immediately prior to such distribution, subdivision, split, combination or reclassification.
ARTICLE VI
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 6.1 Allocations for Capital Account Purposes. Except as otherwise required pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(v), for purposes of
maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) for each taxable period shall be
allocated among the Partners as provided herein below.
(a) Net Income. Net Income for each taxable period (including a pro rata
part of each item of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Income for such taxable period) shall be allocated:
(i) First, to all Series A Holders in proportion to, and to the extent of the Net Loss allocated to such Series A Holders pursuant to
Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable years, until the aggregate amount of Net Income allocated to such Series A Holders pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(i) for the current and all previous taxable years is equal to the aggregate
amount of Net Loss allocated to such Series A Holders pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable years; provided that in no event shall Net Income be allocated to any such Series A Holder to cause its Capital Account in
respect of a Series A Preferred Unit to exceed the Series A Base Liquidation Preference in respect of such Series A Preferred Units;
(ii)
Second, to the Unitholders holding Common Units to which Net Loss has been allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(i), in proportion to the allocations of Net Loss pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(i) until the aggregate Net Income allocated
pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(ii) is equal to the aggregate Net Loss previously allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(b); and
(iii) Thereafter, to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata.
59
(b) Net Loss. Net Loss for each taxable period (including a pro rata part of each
item of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Loss for such taxable period) shall be allocated:
(i) First,
to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata; provided, that Net Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(i) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted
Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account) and such Net Loss shall instead be allocated to the Unitholders with positive Adjusted Capital Account balances in
proportion to such positive balances; and
(ii) Second, to all Series A Holders in proportion to their respective positive Adjusted
Capital Account balances, until the Adjusted Capital Account in respect of each Series A Preferred Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero.
(c) Net Termination Gains and Losses. Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss for each taxable period shall be allocated in the
manner set forth in this Section 6.1(c). All allocations under this Section 6.1(c) shall be made after Capital Account balances have been adjusted by all other allocations provided under this Section 6.1 and after all distributions of
cash and cash equivalents provided under Section 6.4 and Section 6.5 have been made; provided, however, that solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(c), Capital Accounts shall not be adjusted for distributions made pursuant to
Section 12.4.
(i) Net Termination Gain (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain, loss, and deduction taken into
account in computing Net Termination Gain) shall be allocated:
(A) First, to the Unitholders allocated Net Termination Loss pursuant to
Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C), in proportion to the allocations of Net Termination Loss pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C), until the aggregate Net Termination Gain allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(i)(A) is equal to the aggregate Net
Termination Loss previously allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C);
(B) Second, to all Series A Holders, Pro Rata, until the
Capital Account in respect of each Outstanding Series A Preferred Unit equals the Series A Base Liquidation Preference;
(C) Third, to
all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price and (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the
Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i) with respect to such Common Unit for such Quarter (the amount determined pursuant to this clause (2) is hereinafter referred to as
the “Unpaid MQD”);
(D) Fourth, to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in
respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, (2) the Unpaid MQD and (3) the excess of (aa) the First Target Distribution less the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for each
Quarter of the Partnership’s
60
existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of cash or cash equivalents that are deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(ii) (the sum of
(1), (2) and (3) is hereinafter referred to as the “First Liquidation Target Amount”);
(E) Fifth, 15.0%
to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and 85.0% to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the First
Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Second Target Distribution less the First Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of cash
or cash equivalents that are deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iii) (the sum of (1) and (2) is hereinafter referred to as the “Second Liquidation Target Amount”);
(F) Sixth, 25.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and 75% to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata,
until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the Second Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Third Target Distribution less the Second Target Distribution for
each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of cash or cash equivalents that are deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iv); and
(G) Seventh, 50.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and 50.0% to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro
Rata.
(ii) Net Termination Loss shall be allocated:
(A) First, to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until the Adjusted Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then
Outstanding has been reduced to zero;
(B) Second, to all Series A Holders, Pro Rata, in proportion to their Adjusted Capital Account
balances, until the Adjusted Capital Account in respect of each Series A Preferred Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero; and
(C) Third, to the Unitholders, Pro Rata; provided, however, that Net Termination Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to this
Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C) to the extent such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account (or increase any existing deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account) and such Net Termination Loss shall
instead be allocated to the Unitholders with positive Adjusted Capital Account balances in proportion to such positive balances.
(d)
Special Allocations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, the following special allocations shall be made for each taxable period.
(i) Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, if there is a net decrease in
Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, each Partner shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in
61
Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account
balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) with respect to such taxable period (other than an
allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii)). This Section 6.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be
interpreted consistently therewith.
(ii) Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Notwithstanding the other provisions
of this Section 6.1 (other than Section 6.1(d)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, any
Partner with a share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided
in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or
gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d), other than Section 6.1(d)(i) and other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and
Section 6.1(d)(vii), with respect to such taxable period. This Section 6.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted
consistently therewith.
(iii) Priority Allocations.
(A) If the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of any property distributed with respect to a Common Unit, other than a Class D Common
Unit, for a taxable period exceeds the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of property distributed with respect to another Common Unit, other than a Class D Common Unit, within the same taxable period (the amount of the excess, an
“Excess Distribution” and the Units with respect to which the greater distribution is paid, an “Excess Distribution Unit”), then there shall be allocated gross income and gain to each Unitholder
receiving an Excess Distribution with respect to the Excess Distribution Unit until the aggregate amount of such items allocated with respect to such Excess Distribution Unit pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A) for the current and all
previous taxable periods is equal to the amount of the Excess Distribution.
(B) After the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A),
the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for the taxable period, if any, shall be allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of such items allocated to the holders of Incentive
Distribution Rights pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(B) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the cumulative amount of all Incentive Distributions made to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights
from the Closing Date to a date 45 days after the end of the current taxable period.
62
(C) After the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(B), all or any portion of the
remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain (other than Retail Items) for the taxable period shall be allocated (1) first, to the holders of the Class C Units (other than Aloha), Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of such items
allocated to the holders of Class C Units (other than Aloha) pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(C)(1) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the cumulative amount of all cash distributions made to the
holders of the Class C Units (other than Aloha) pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(vi) with respect to the Quarter ending December 31, 2015, and (2) then, to the holders of the Class C Units, Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of
such items allocated to the holders of Class C Units pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(C)(2) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the cumulative amount of all cash distributions made to the holders
of the Class C Units pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(vi) from the Class C Unit Effective Date to a date that is 60 days after the end of the current taxable year, other than distributions made to the holders of Class C Units (other
than Aloha) pursuant to Section 5.12(b)(vi) with respect the Quarter ending December 31, 2015.
(iv) Qualified Income
Offset. In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of
Partnership gross income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit
balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that
such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.1(d)(iv) were not in this Agreement.
(v) Gross Income Allocation. In the event any Partner has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any taxable period in
excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner is required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Partner is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and
1.704-2(i)(5), such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(v) shall be made only if and
to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if Section 6.1(d)(iv) and this Section 6.1(d)(v) were not
in this Agreement.
(vi) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partners
in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests. If the General Partner determines that the Partnership’s Nonrecourse Deductions should be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Treasury
Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the General Partner is authorized to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.
(vii) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Partner that
bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are
63
attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Partner bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, the Partner
Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Partners in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.
(viii) Nonrecourse Liabilities. For purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that Nonrecourse
Liabilities of the Partnership in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall be allocated among the Partners in
accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
(ix) Code Section 754 Adjustments. To the
extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining
Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution to a Partner in complete liquidation of such Partner’s interest in the Partnership, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment
increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) taken into account pursuant to Section 5.5, and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in
which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.
(x) Economic
Uniformity; Changes in Law.
(A) With respect to an event triggering an adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership property
pursuant to Section 5.5(d) during any taxable period of the Partnership ending upon, or after, a distribution or allocation pursuant to Section 5.13(b)(iii) and beginning after December 31, 2027, any Unrealized Gains and Unrealized
Losses shall be allocated among the Partners in a manner that to the nearest extent possible results in the Per Unit Capital Amount for each Class D Common Unit equaling the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit.
(B) With respect to an event triggering an adjustment to the Carrying Value of Partnership property pursuant to Section 5.5(d) during
any taxable period of the Partnership ending upon, or after, the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to Section 5.10, any Unrealized Gains and Unrealized Losses shall be allocated among the Partners in a manner that to the nearest
extent possible results in the Capital Accounts maintained with respect to such IDR Reset Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.10 equaling the product of (1) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and (2) the Per Unit
Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit.
(C) With respect to any taxable period during which an IDR Reset Common Unit is transferred
to any Person who is not an Affiliate of the transferor, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the transferor Partner of such transferred IDR Reset Common Unit
until such transferor Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such transferred IDR Reset Common Unit to an amount equal to the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial
Common Unit.
64
(D) For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the preservation of uniformity
of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof), the General Partner shall (1) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (2) make
special allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction, Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss; and (3) amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under
Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may adopt such conventions, make such allocations
and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 6.1(d)(x)(D) only if such conventions, allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Outstanding
Limited Partner Interests or the Partnership.
(xi) Curative Allocation.
(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, other than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations shall be
taken into account in making the Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of items of gross income, gain, loss and deduction allocated to each Partner pursuant to the Required Allocations and the Agreed Allocations,
together, shall be equal to the net amount of such items that would have been allocated to each such Partner under the Agreed Allocations had the Required Allocations and the related Curative Allocation not otherwise been provided in this
Section 6.1. In exercising its discretion under this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A), the General Partner may take into account future Required Allocations that, although not yet made, are likely to offset other Required Allocations previously made.
Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall only be made with respect to Required Allocations to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations will otherwise be inconsistent with the economic agreement among the
Partners.
(B) The General Partner shall, with respect to each taxable period, (1) apply the provisions of
Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) in whatever order is most likely to minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise result from the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) among the Partners
in a manner that is likely to minimize such economic distortions.
(xii) Corrective and Other Allocations. In the event of any
allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items or any Book-Down Event or any recognition of a Net Termination Loss, the following rules shall apply:
(A) Except as provided in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B), in the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an
allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof), the General Partner shall allocate such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to (1) the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights to the same extent that the
Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss giving rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was allocated to them pursuant to Section 5.5(d) and (2) all Unitholders, Pro Rata, to the extent that the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss
giving rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was allocated to any Unitholders pursuant to Section 5.5(d).
65
(B) In the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an
allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof or an allocation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof) as a result of a sale or other taxable disposition of any
Partnership asset that is an Adjusted Property (“Disposed of Adjusted Property”), the General Partner shall allocate (1) additional items of gross income and gain (x) away from the holders of Incentive
Distribution Rights and (y) to the Unitholders, or (2) additional items of deduction and loss (x) away from the Unitholders and (y) to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, to the extent that the Additional Book Basis
Derivative Items allocated to the Unitholders exceed their Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to such Disposed of Adjusted Property. Any allocation made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B) shall be made after all
of the other Agreed Allocations have been made as if this Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this Agreement and, to the extent necessary, shall require the reallocation of items that have been allocated pursuant to such other Agreed Allocations.
(C) In the case of any negative adjustments to the Capital Accounts of the Partners resulting from a Book-Down Event or from the
recognition of a Net Termination Loss, such negative adjustment (1) shall first be allocated, to the extent of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments, in such a manner, as determined by the General Partner, that to the extent possible
the aggregate Capital Accounts of the Partners will equal the amount that would have been the Capital Account balances of the Partners if no prior Book-Up Events had occurred, and (2) any negative
adjustment in excess of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments shall be allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof.
(D)
For purposes of this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the Unitholders shall be treated as being allocated Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to the extent that such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items have reduced the amount of income that would
otherwise have been allocated to the Unitholders under this Agreement. In making the allocations required under this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the General Partner may apply whatever conventions or other methodology it determines will satisfy the
purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii). Without limiting the foregoing, if an Adjusted Property is contributed by the Partnership to another entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (the “lower tier
partnership”), the General Partner may make allocations similar to those described in Sections 6.1(d)(xii)(A)—(C) to the extent the General Partner determines such allocations are necessary to account for the
Partnership’s allocable share of income, gain, loss and deduction of the lower tier partnership that relate to the contributed Adjusted Property in a manner that is consistent with the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii).
(xiii) Special Allocation in Event of Section 482 Adjustment. If, and to the extent that, the
Partnership is deemed to recognize any item of income, gain, loss or deduction (or any adjustment to these items) pursuant to Section 482 of the Code or similar provision now or hereafter in effect and the Treasury Regulations promulgated
thereunder as a result of any transaction between a Partner and the Partnership, the General Partner shall allocate such items among the Partners in a manner that will, as nearly as possible, cause the Capital Account balance of each Partner (taking
into account any deemed contributions or distributions) to equal the amount it would have been had no adjustment under Section 482 or similar provision been made.
66
(xiv) Allocations of Retail Items. All Retail Items shall, to the maximum extent
possible, be allocated to the holders of the Common Units, Pro Rata.
(xv) Series A Preferred Unit Issuance Premium Allocation.
Income of the Partnership attributable to the issuance by the Partnership of a Series A Preferred Unit for an amount in excess of the Series A Liquidation Preference shall be allocated to the Unitholders (other than Series A Holders) Pro Rata.
Section 6.2 Allocations for Tax Purposes.
(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be
allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.
(b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted
Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for U.S. federal income tax purposes among the Partners in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code, and the Treasury
Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code, as determined appropriate by the General Partner (taking into account the General Partner’s discretion under Section 6.1(d)(x)(D)); provided, that the
General Partner shall apply the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) in all events.
(c) The General Partner may
determine to depreciate or amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code attributable to unrealized appreciation in any Adjusted Property (to the extent of the unamortized
Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity of such
property, despite any inconsistency of such approach with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-l(a)(6) or any successor regulations thereto. If the General Partner determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be taken, the General
Partner may adopt depreciation and amortization conventions under which all purchasers acquiring Limited Partner Interests in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had
purchased a direct interest in the Partnership’s property. If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such aggregate method, the General Partner may use any other depreciation and amortization conventions to preserve the uniformity of the
intrinsic tax characteristics of any Limited Partner Interests, so long as such conventions would not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners or the Record Holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests.
(d) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1245-1(e) and 1.1250-1(f), any gain
allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible, after taking into account other required allocations of gain pursuant to this Section 6.2, be characterized as
Recapture Income in the same proportions and to the same extent as such Partners (or their predecessors in interest) have been allocated any deductions directly or indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gains as Recapture Income.
67
(e) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by the Partnership for
U.S. federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership; provided,
however, that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted (in the manner determined by the General Partner) to take into account those adjustments permitted or required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.
(f) Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction shall, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, be determined for each taxable
period and prorated on a monthly basis and shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of each month;
provided, however, such items for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the month in which the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full or the expiration of the Over-Allotment Option occurs shall be
allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities Exchange on which Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of the next succeeding month; provided, further, that gain or loss on a
sale or other disposition of any assets of the Partnership or any other extraordinary item of income, gain, loss or deduction as determined by the General Partner, shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National Securities
Exchange on which Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of the month in which such item is recognized for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may revise, alter or otherwise modify such methods
of allocation to the extent permitted or required by Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.
(g) Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Limited Partner under the provisions of this Article VI shall instead be made to the
beneficial owner of Limited Partner Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method determined by the
General Partner.
Section 6.3 Requirements and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders.
(a) Within 60 days following the end of each Quarter commencing with the Quarter ending on September 30, 2012, an amount equal to 100% of
Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be distributed in accordance with this Section 6.3 by the Partnership to Partners as of the Record Date selected by the General Partner. All amounts of Available Cash distributed by the
Partnership on any date from any source shall be deemed to be Operating Surplus until the sum of all amounts of Available Cash theretofore distributed by the Partnership to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.4 equals the Operating Surplus from
the Closing Date through the close of the immediately preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on such date shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5, be deemed to be
“Capital Surplus.” All distributions required to be made under this Agreement or otherwise made by the Partnership shall be made subject to Section 153.210 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
68
(b) Notwithstanding Section 6.3(a), in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of
the Partnership, all Partnership assets shall be applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 12.4.
(c) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through any Transfer Agent or through
any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such
payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.
Section 6.4 Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus.
(a) Subject to Section 5.12(b)(vi) and except as otherwise contemplated by Section 5.6(b) in respect of additional Partnership
Interests issued pursuant thereto, Available Cash with respect to any Quarter that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or Section 6.5 shall be distributed as follows:
(i) First, to all the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then
Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
(ii) Second, to all the Unitholders holding Common
Units, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
(iii) Third, (A) 15.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (B) 85.0% to all Unitholders holding Common Units,
Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;
(iv) Fourth, (A) 25.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (B) 75.0% to all Unitholders holding Common Units,
Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and
(v) Thereafter, (A) 50.0% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (B) 50.0% to all Unitholders holding Common
Units, Pro Rata;
provided, however, if the Target Distributions have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a),
the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(a)(v).
69
Section 6.5 Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus. Subject to
Section 5.12(b)(vi) and unless the provisions of Section 6.3 require otherwise, Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3(a) shall be distributed:
(a) First, 100% to all the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, until the Minimum Quarterly Distribution has been reduced to zero
pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a); and
(b) Thereafter, all Available Cash shall be distributed as if it were
Operating Surplus and shall be distributed in accordance with Section 6.4(a).
Section 6.6 Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly
Distribution and Target Distribution Levels.
(a) The Target Distributions shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any
distribution, combination or subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Interests. In the event of a distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be from Capital Surplus, the then
applicable Target Distributions shall be reduced in the same proportion that the distribution had to the fair market value of the Common Units immediately prior to the announcement of the distribution. If the Common Units are publicly traded on a
National Securities Exchange, the fair market value will be the Current Market Price before the ex-dividend date. If the Common Units are not publicly traded, the fair market value will be determined by the
Board of Directors.
(b) The Target Distributions shall also be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5.10 and Section 6.7.
Section 6.7 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of IDR Reset Common Units.
(a) A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer an IDR Reset Common Unit (other than a transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance
in the transferring Unitholder’s Capital Account with respect to the retained IDR Reset Common Units would be negative after giving effect to the allocation under Section 5.5(c)(ii).
(b) A Unitholder holding an IDR Reset Common Unit shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an Affiliate of
the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that upon transfer each such Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and U.S. federal income tax characteristics to the
transferee, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and U.S. federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit to such transferee. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.7(b), the General Partner may
apply Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x) and 6.7(a) or, to the extent not resulting in a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units, take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to such Common Units in
preparation for a transfer of such IDR Reset Common Units.
70
Section 6.8 Entity-Level Taxation. If legislation is enacted or the official
interpretation of existing legislation is modified by a governmental authority, which after giving effect to such enactment or modification, results in a Group Member becoming subject to federal, state or local or
non-U.S. income or withholding taxes in excess of the amount of such taxes due from the Group Member prior to such enactment or modification (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any increase in the rate of
such taxation applicable to the Group Member), then the General Partner may, in its sole discretion, reduce the Target Distributions by the amount of income or withholding taxes that are payable by reason of any such new legislation or
interpretation (the “Incremental Income Taxes”), or any portion thereof selected by the General Partner, in the manner provided in this Section 6.8. If the General Partner elects to reduce the Target Distributions for
any Quarter with respect to all or a portion of any Incremental Income Taxes, the General Partner shall estimate for such Quarter the Partnership Group’s aggregate liability (the “Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax
Amount”) for all (or the relevant portion of) such Incremental Income Taxes; provided that any difference between such estimate and the actual liability for Incremental Income Taxes (or the relevant portion thereof) for such Quarter
may, to the extent determined by the General Partner, be taken into account in determining the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount with respect to each Quarter in which any such difference can be determined. For each such Quarter, the Target
Distributions, shall be the product obtained by multiplying (a) the amounts therefor that are set out herein prior to the application of this Section 6.8 times (b) the quotient obtained by dividing (i) Available Cash with respect
to such Quarter by (ii) the sum of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter and the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for such Quarter, as determined by the General Partner. For purposes of the foregoing, Available Cash with respect
to a Quarter will be deemed reduced by the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for that Quarter.
Section 6.9 Special
Provisions Relating to Preferred Unitholders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the holders of the Series A Preferred Units (a) shall (i) possess the rights and obligations provided in this Agreement
with respect to a Limited Partner pursuant to Article III and Article VII and (ii) have a Capital Account as a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5 and all other provisions related thereto and (b) shall not (i) be entitled to vote on
any matters requiring the approval or vote of the holders of Outstanding Units, except as provided in Section 5.11(b)(iii), or as required by applicable law, or (ii) be entitled to any distributions other than as provided in
Section 5.11(b)(ii) or Section 12.4(c).
ARTICLE VII
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
Section 7.1 Management.
(a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Agreement, but without limitation on the ability of the General Partner to delegate its rights and power to other Persons, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and
no other Partner shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted to a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or that are granted to the
General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to Section 7.4, shall have full power and authority to do all things and on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct the
business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 2.5 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.4, including the following:
71
(i) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or
guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible or exchangeable into Partnership Interests, and the incurring of any other obligations;
(ii) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having
jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;
(iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance,
hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another Person (the matters described in this clause (iii) being subject, however, to any prior approval
that may be required by Section 7.4 or Article XIV);
(iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including cash on hand) for any
purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership Group; the lending of funds to other Persons (including other Group Members); the repayment or guarantee of obligations
of any Group Member; and the making of capital contributions to any Group Member;
(v) the negotiation, execution and performance of any
contracts, conveyances or other instruments (including instruments that limit the liability of the Partnership under contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the Partnership, with the other party to the contract to have no recourse
against the General Partner or its assets other than its interest in the Partnership, even if the same results in the terms of the transaction being less favorable to the Partnership than would otherwise be the case);
(vi) the distribution of cash or cash equivalents by the Partnership;
(vii) the selection, employment, retention and dismissal of employees (including employees having titles such as “president,”
“vice president,” “secretary” and “treasurer”) and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors of the General Partner or the Partnership Group and the determination of their compensation
and other terms of employment or hiring;
(viii) the maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the Partnership Group, the Partners and
Indemnitees;
(ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any
further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other Persons (including the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, any Group Member from time to time);
72
(x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership,
including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;
(xi) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;
(xii) the entering into of listing agreements with any National Securities Exchange and the delisting of some or all of the Limited Partner
Interests from, or requesting that trading be suspended on, any such exchange;
(xiii) the purchase, sale or other acquisition or
disposition of Partnership Interests, or the issuance of Derivative Instruments;
(xiv) the undertaking of any action in connection with
the Partnership’s participation in the management of any Group Member; and
(xv) the entering into of agreements with any of its
Affiliates to render services to a Group Member or to itself in the discharge of its duties as General Partner of the Partnership.
(b)
Each of the Partners and each other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and each other Person who is otherwise bound by this Agreement hereby (i) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by
the parties thereto of this Agreement, the Underwriting Agreement, the Contribution Agreement and the other agreements described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are related to the transactions contemplated by the
Registration Statement (in the case of each agreement other than this Agreement, without giving effect to any amendments, supplements or restatements after the date hereof); (ii) agrees that the General Partner (on its own behalf or on behalf of the
Partnership) is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in clause (b) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement on behalf
of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners, the other Persons who acquire a Partnership Interest and the Persons who are otherwise bound by this Agreement; and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or
performance by the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any of them of this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General
Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article XV) shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any fiduciary or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise that the General Partner may owe the Partnership, the Limited
Partners, the other Persons who acquire a Partnership Interest or the Persons who are otherwise bound by this Agreement.
(c) As used in
the following provisions of this Article VII other than Section 7.12, the term Partnership Interest shall include any Derivative Instruments.
73
Section 7.2 Replacement of Fiduciary Duties.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement purports or is interpreted
(a) to have the effect of replacing, restricting or eliminating the duties that might otherwise, as a result of Texas or other applicable law, be owed by the General Partner or any other Indemnitee to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, any
other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement, or (b) to constitute a waiver or consent by the Partnership, the Limited Partners, any other Person who acquires an interest in
a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement to any such replacement or restriction, such provision shall be deemed to have been approved by the Partnership, all the Partners, each other Person who acquires an interest
in a Partnership Interest and each other Person who is bound by this Agreement. The General Partner and other Indemnitees shall have no duties or obligations under Sections 152.205, 152.206 or 152.204(b) of the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
Section 7.3 Certificate of Formation. The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Formation to be filed with the Secretary of State
of the State of Texas as required by the Texas Limited Partnership Law. The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate
for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Texas or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business
or own property. To the extent the General Partner determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Formation and do all things to maintain the Partnership as
a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Texas or of any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to
the terms of Section 3.4(a), the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Formation, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Partner.
Section 7.4 Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority. Except as provided in Article XII and Article XIV, the General Partner
may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions without the approval of a Unit Majority; provided,
however, that this provision shall not preclude or limit the General Partner’s ability to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group and shall not apply to
any forced sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership Group pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance.
Section 7.5 Reimbursement of the General Partner.
(a) The General Partner shall be reimbursed by the Partnership Group on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may
determine, for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership Group (including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person (including Affiliates of the General
Partner) to perform services for the Partnership Group or for the General Partner in the
74
discharge of its duties to the Partnership Group), and (ii) all other expenses allocable to the Partnership Group or otherwise incurred by the General Partner in connection with operating
the Partnership Group’s business (including expenses allocated to the General Partner by its Affiliates). The General Partner shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the General Partner or any member of the Partnership Group.
Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 7.5 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7. The General Partner and its Affiliates may charge any member of the
Partnership Group a management fee to the extent necessary to allow the Partnership Group to reduce the amount of any state franchise or income tax or any tax based upon revenues or gross margin of any member of the Partnership Group if the tax
benefit produced by the payment for such management fee exceeds the amount of such fee.
(b) The General Partner, without the approval of
the Limited Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership benefit plans, programs and practices (including plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Partnership
Interests), or cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Interests in connection with, or pursuant to, any benefit plan, program or practice maintained or sponsored by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in each case for the benefit of
employees, officers, consultants and directors of the General Partner or its Affiliates, in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. The Partnership agrees to issue and sell to the General
Partner or any of its Affiliates any Partnership Interests that the General Partner or such Affiliates are obligated to provide to any employees, officers, consultants and directors pursuant to any such benefit plans, programs or practices. Expenses
incurred by the General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs and practices (including the net cost to the General Partner or such Affiliates of Partnership Interests purchased by the General Partner or such Affiliates, from the
Partnership or otherwise, to fulfill awards under such plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with Section 7.5(a). Any and all obligations of the General Partner under any benefit plans, programs or practices adopted
by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.5(b) shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the
transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6.
Section 7.6
Outside Activities.
(a) The General Partner, for so long as it is the General Partner of the Partnership, shall not engage in any
business or activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A) its performance as general partner or managing member, if any, of one or more Group Members or as described in or contemplated by the
Registration Statement, (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt securities or equity interests in any Group Member or (C) the direct or indirect provision of management, advisory, and administrative services to its Affiliates or to
other Persons.
(b) Except to the extent otherwise set forth in the Omnibus Agreement, each Unrestricted Person (other than the General
Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or description, whether in businesses
75
engaged in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member, independently or with others, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the business and activities of
any Group Member. No such business interest or activity shall constitute a breach of this Agreement, any fiduciary or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise, or obligation of any type whatsoever to the Partnership or other Group Member,
any Partner, any Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any Person who is otherwise bound by this Agreement.
(c)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to any Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner). Except to the extent otherwise set forth in the
Omnibus Agreement, no Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Partnership, shall have any duty to communicate or
offer such opportunity to any Group Member, and such Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) shall not be liable to the Partnership or any other Group Member, any Partner any person who acquires a Partnership Interest or any other Person
who is otherwise bound by this Agreement for breach of any fiduciary or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise by reason of the fact that such Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) pursues or acquires such opportunity for
itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to any Group Member.
(d) The
General Partner and each of its Affiliates may acquire Units or other Partnership Interests in addition to those acquired on the Closing Date and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise, at their
option, all rights relating to all Units or other Partnership Interests acquired by them. The term “Affiliates” when used in this Section 7.6(d) with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group Member.
Section 7.7 Indemnification.
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and
all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all threatened pending or completed claims, demands,
actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal and including appeals, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by
reason of its status as an Indemnitee and acting (or refraining to act) in such capacity; provided, that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless if there has been a final and
non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnitee
acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; provided, further that no indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall
be available to the General Partner, any of its Affiliates or any other Indemnitee (other than a Group Member) with respect to its obligations pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement or the Omnibus Agreement. Any indemnification pursuant to this
76
Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no
obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.
(b) To the
fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.7(a) in appearing at, participating in or defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding
shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the
Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be
ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by this Section 7.7.
(c) The
indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests, as a matter of law,
in equity or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of
the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Chapter 8 of the TBOC shall not apply to the Partnership, the Partners or any Indemnitee.
(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of an
Indemnitee and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Indemnitee in connection with the Partnership’s activities or such
Indemnitee’s activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
(e) For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an
employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with
respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 7.7(a); and action taken or omitted by an Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance
of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Partnership.
(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in
this Agreement.
(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the
Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
77
(h) The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees and their
heirs, successors, assigns, executors and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.
(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the
right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.7 as in effect
immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be
asserted.
Section 7.8 Liability of Indemnitees.
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the
Partnership, the Partners or any other Persons who have acquired interests in a Partnership Interest or is otherwise bound by this Agreement, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless
there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud,
willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal. In the case where an Indemnitee is liable for damages, those damages shall only be direct damages and shall not include
punitive damages, consequential damages or lost profits.
(b) The General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this
Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the General
Partner in good faith.
(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities
relating thereto to the Partnership, the Partners, any Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or is otherwise bound by this Agreement, the General Partner and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the Partnership’s
business or affairs shall not be liable, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to the Partnership, the Partners, any Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or is otherwise bound by this Agreement, for its reliance on the
provisions of this Agreement.
(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be
prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating
to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.
78
Section 7.9 Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties.
(a) Whenever the General Partner, the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors (including the Conflicts Committee), makes
a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any Affiliates of the General Partner cause the General Partner to do so, in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership as opposed to in its individual capacity, whether
under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then, unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner, the Board of Directors, such committee or such
Affiliates causing the General Partner to do so, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any higher standard contemplated hereby or under the Texas Limited Partnership Law
or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. A determination, other action or failure to act by the General Partner, the Board of Directors of the General Partner or any committee thereof (including the Conflicts Committee) will be deemed to
be in good faith unless the General Partner, the Board of Directors of the General Partner or any committee thereof (including the Conflicts Committee) believed such determination, other action or failure to act was adverse to the interests of the
Partnership. In any proceeding brought by the Partnership, any Limited Partner, or any Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement challenging such action, determination or failure to
act, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of proving that such determination, action or failure to act was not in good faith.
(b) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do
so, in its individual capacity as opposed to in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, whether under this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to
do so, are entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any fiduciary duty or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise or obligation whatsoever to the
Partnership, any Limited Partner, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who otherwise is bound by this Agreement, and the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall not, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Texas Limited Partnership Law or any other law, rule or regulation
or at equity. By way of illustration and not of limitation, whenever the phrases, “at the option of the General Partner,” “in its sole discretion” or some variation of those phrases, are used in this Agreement, it indicates
that the General Partner is acting in its individual capacity. For the avoidance of doubt, whenever the General Partner votes or transfers its Partnership Interests, or refrains from voting or transferring its Partnership Interests, it shall be
acting in its individual capacity.
(c) Whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any
Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group Member or any Partner, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement on the other hand, the General Partner may in
its discretion submit any resolution or course of action with respect to such conflict of interest for (i) Special
79
Approval or (ii) approval by the vote of a majority of the Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates). If such course of action or resolution
receives Special Approval or approval of a majority of the Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), then such course of action or resolution shall be conclusively deemed approved by the Partnership, all
the Partners, each Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest and each other Person who is bound by this Agreement, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of any Group Member Agreement, of any agreement contemplated
herein or therein, or of any fiduciary or other duty existing at law, in equity or otherwise or obligation of any type whatsoever. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or equity, the
existence of the conflicts of interest described in the Registration Statement and any actions of the General Partner taken in connection therewith, including any conflicts of interest arising from the provision of Potential Affiliate Financial
Support or other Permitted Actions, are hereby approved by all Partners and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or of any duty hereunder or existing at law, in equity or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, any potential conflict of
interest that exists or arises between the General Partner or any Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group Member or any Partner, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or any other Person who is bound
by this Agreement on the other hand may be resolved as provided in this Section 7.9(c)(i) and (ii) or as directed by the Board of Directors of the General Partner, provided that the Board of Directors of the General Partner takes or
declines to take any action to resolve the conflict in accordance with the standard of care set forth in Section 7.9(a).
(d)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates or any other Indemnitee shall have no duty or obligation, express or implied, to (i) sell or otherwise dispose of any asset of the Partnership
Group other than in the ordinary course of business or (ii) permit any Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically
dealing with such use. Any determination by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates to enter into such contracts shall be in its sole discretion.
(e) Section 153.163 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law shall not apply to any “managerial official” (as defined in the
TBOC).
(f) The Partners, each Person who acquires an interest in a Partnership Interest or is otherwise bound by this Agreement hereby
authorize the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership as a partner or member of a Group Member, to approve actions by the general partner or managing member of such Group Member similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the General
Partner pursuant to this Section 7.9.
Section 7.10 Other Matters Concerning the General Partner and Indemnitees.
(a) The General Partner and any other Indemnitee may rely upon, and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
80
(b) The General Partner and any other Indemnitee may consult with legal counsel,
accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted in reliance upon the advice or opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as to
matters that the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.
(c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly
authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of any Group Member.
Section 7.11 Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests. The General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire
Partnership Interests. As long as Partnership Interests are held by any Group Member, such Partnership Interests shall not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General Partner or any Affiliate of the
General Partner may also purchase or otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of Partnership Interests for its own account, subject to the provisions of Article IV and Article XV.
Section 7.12 Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates.
(a) If (i) the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner (including for purposes of this Section 7.12, any Person that
is an Affiliate of the General Partner at the date hereof notwithstanding that it may later cease to be an Affiliate of the General Partner) holds Partnership Interests that it desires to sell and (ii) Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or any
successor rule or regulation to Rule 144) or another exemption from registration is not available to enable such holder of Partnership Interests (the “Holder”) to dispose of the number of Partnership Interests it desires to
sell at the time it desires to do so without registration under the Securities Act, then at the option and upon the request of the Holder, the Partnership shall file with the Commission as promptly as practicable after receiving such request, and
use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective and remain effective for a period of not less than six months following its effective date or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Partnership Interests covered by such
registration statement have been sold, a registration statement under the Securities Act registering the offering and sale of the number of Partnership Interests specified by the Holder; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be
required to effect more than three registrations pursuant to this Section 7.12(a); provided further, however, that if the General Partner determines that a postponement of the requested registration would be in the best interests of the
Partnership and its Partners due to a pending transaction, investigation or other event, the filing of such registration statement or the effectiveness thereof may be deferred for up to six months, but not thereafter. In connection with any
registration pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the Partnership shall (i) promptly prepare and file (A) such documents as may be necessary to register or qualify the securities subject to such registration under the securities
laws of such states as the Holder shall reasonably request; provided, however, that no such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Partnership would become subject to general service of process or
to taxation or qualification to do business as a foreign corporation or partnership doing business in such
81
jurisdiction solely as a result of such registration, and (B) such documents as may be necessary to apply for listing or to list the Partnership Interests subject to such registration on
such National Securities Exchange as the Holder shall reasonably request, and (ii) do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Holder to consummate a public sale of such Partnership Interests in such
states. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(c), all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.
(b) If the Partnership shall at any time propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for an offering of Partnership
Interests for cash (other than an offering relating solely to a benefit plan), the Partnership shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to include such number or amount of Partnership Interests held by any Holder in such registration statement
as the Holder shall request; provided, that the Partnership is not required to make any effort or take any action to so include the Partnership Interests of the Holder once the registration statement becomes or is declared effective by the
Commission, including any registration statement providing for the offering from time to time of Partnership Interests pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act. If the proposed offering pursuant to this Section 7.12(b) shall be an
underwritten offering, then, in the event that the managing underwriter or managing underwriters of such offering advise the Partnership and the Holder that in their opinion the inclusion of all or some of the Holder’s Partnership Interests
would adversely and materially affect the timing or success of the offering, the Partnership shall include in such offering only that number or amount, if any, of Partnership Interests held by the Holder that, in the opinion of the managing
underwriter or managing underwriters, will not so adversely and materially affect the offering. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(c), all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and
commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.
(c) If underwriters are engaged in connection with
any registration referred to in this Section 7.12, the Partnership shall provide indemnification, representations, covenants, opinions and other assurance to the underwriters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such underwriters.
Further, in addition to and not in limitation of the Partnership’s obligation under Section 7.7, the Partnership shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless the Holder, its officers and directors and each
Person who controls the Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any agent thereof (collectively, “Indemnified Persons”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several,
expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in
which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (hereinafter referred to in this Section 7.12(c) as a “claim” and in the plural as
“claims”) based upon, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which any Partnership Interests were registered under the
Securities Act or any state securities or Blue Sky laws, in any preliminary prospectus (if used prior to the effective date of such registration statement), or in any summary or final prospectus or issuer free writing prospectus or in any amendment
or supplement thereto (if used during the period the Partnership is required to keep the registration statement current), or arising out of, based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
82
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be liable to any Indemnified
Person to the extent that any such claim arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, such preliminary, summary or final prospectus
or free writing prospectus or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.
(d) The provisions of Section 7.12(a) and Section 7.12(b) shall continue to be applicable with respect to the General Partner (and
any of the General Partner’s Affiliates) after it ceases to be a general partner of the Partnership, during a period of two years subsequent to the effective date of such cessation and for so long thereafter as is required for the Holder to
sell all of the Partnership Interests with respect to which it has requested during such two-year period inclusion in a registration statement otherwise filed or that a registration statement be filed;
provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be required to file successive registration statements covering the same Partnership Interests for which registration was demanded during such two-year
period. The provisions of Section 7.12(c) shall continue in effect thereafter.
(e) The rights to cause the Partnership to register
Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 7.12 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such Partnership Interests, provided (i) the Partnership is, within a reasonable time
after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the Partnership Interests with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and (ii) such transferee or assignee
agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms set forth in this Section 7.12.
(f) Any request to register Partnership
Interests pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall (i) specify the Partnership Interests intended to be offered and sold by the Person making the request, (ii) express such Person’s present intent to offer such Partnership Interests
for distribution, (iii) describe the nature or method of the proposed offer and sale of Partnership Interests, and (iv) contain the undertaking of such Person to provide all such information and materials and take all action as may be
required in order to permit the Partnership to comply with all applicable requirements in connection with the registration of such Partnership Interests.
Section 7.13 Reliance by Third Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the
Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner and any officer of the General Partner authorized by the General Partner to act on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or
otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner or any such officer as if it were the
Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest,
negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner or any such officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that
the terms of this Agreement have been complied
83
with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other
instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and
delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of
the Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.
ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS,
RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
Section 8.1 Records and Accounting. The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the
principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to
Section 3.4(a). Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business, including the record of the Record Holders of Units or other Partnership Interests, books of account and records of
Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided, that the books and records so maintained are convertible into
clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Partnership shall not be required to keep
books maintained on a cash basis and the General Partner shall be permitted to calculate cash-based measures, including Operating Surplus and Adjusted Operating Surplus, by making such adjustments to its accrual basis books to account for non-cash items and other adjustments as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.
Section 8.2 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending December 31.
Section 8.3 Reports.
(a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 105 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner
shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means, to each Record Holder of a Unit or other Partnership Interest as of a date selected by the General Partner, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership for
such fiscal year of the Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a firm of independent public accountants
selected by the General Partner, and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as the General Partner determines to be
necessary or appropriate.
84
(b) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 50 days after the close of each
Quarter except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means to each Record Holder of a Unit or other Partnership Interest, as of a date selected by the General Partner,
a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, or as
the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.
(c) The General Partner shall be deemed to have made a report available to
each Record Holder as required by this Section 8.3 if it has either (i) filed such report with the Commission via its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system and such report is publicly available on
such system or (ii) made such report available on any publicly available website maintained by the Partnership.
ARTICLE IX
TAX MATTERS
Section 9.1 Tax Returns and Information. The Partnership shall timely file all returns of the Partnership that are required for federal,
state and local income tax purposes on the basis of the accrual method and the taxable period or year that it is required by law to adopt, from time to time, as determined by the General Partner. In the event the Partnership is required to use a
taxable period other than a year ending on December 31, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to change the taxable period of the Partnership to a year ending on December 31. The tax information reasonably required by Record Holders
for federal, state and local income tax reporting purposes with respect to a taxable period shall be furnished to them within 90 days of the close of the calendar year in which the Partnership’s taxable period ends. The classification,
realization and recognition of income, gain, losses and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Section 9.2 Tax Elections.
(a) The Partnership shall make the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder, subject
to the reservation of the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the General Partner’s determination that such revocation is in the best interests of the Limited Partners. Notwithstanding any other provision herein contained, for the
purposes of computing the adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, the General Partner shall be authorized (but not required) to adopt a convention whereby the price paid by a transferee of a Limited Partner Interest will be deemed to be
the lowest quoted closing price of the Limited Partner Interests on any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading during the calendar month in which such transfer is deemed to occur
pursuant to Section 6.2(f) without regard to the actual price paid by such transferee.
(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, the
General Partner shall determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted by the Code.
85
Section 9.3 Tax Controversies.
The General Partner shall designate the Organizational Limited Partner, or such other Partner as the General Partner shall designate, as the
“partnership representative” in accordance with the rules prescribed pursuant to Section 6223 of the Code (the “Partnership Representative”). The Partnership Representative shall have the authority to
designate from time to time a “Designated Individual” to act on behalf of the Partnership Representative, and such Designated Individual shall be subject to replacement by the Partnership Representative in accordance with Treasury
Regulations Section 301.6223-1. The Partnership Representative, or the Designated Individual, as applicable, shall have the sole authority to act on behalf of the Partnership in connection with all
examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. The Partnership Representative
or the Designated Individual, as applicable, shall exercise in its sole discretion, any and all authority of the Partnership Representative under the Code, including, without limitation, (i) binding the Partnership and its Partners with respect
to tax matters and (ii) determining whether to make any available election under Section 6226 of the Code. Any reasonable, documented cost or expense that the Partnership Representative or the Designated Individual, as applicable, incurs
in connection with its duties, including the preparation for or pursuance of administrative or judicial proceedings, shall be paid by the Partnership. Neither the Partnership Representative nor the Designated Individual shall be liable to the
Partnership or to its partners for acts or omissions taken or suffered by it in its capacity as either Partnership Representative or Designated Individual, as the case may be, in good faith; provided that such act or omission is not in willful
violation of this Agreement and does not constitute fraud or a willful violation of law. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by the General Partner in
connection with any examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities.
The General Partner shall amend the provisions of
this Agreement as appropriate in accordance with Article XIII to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations implementing the partnership audit, assessment and collection rules adopted by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, including
any amendments to those rules.
Section 9.4 Withholding; Tax Payments.
(a) The General Partner may treat taxes paid by the Partnership on behalf of, all or less than all of the Partners, either as a distribution
of cash to such Partners or as a general expense of the Partnership, as determined appropriate under the circumstances by the General Partner.
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that may be required to cause
the Partnership and other Group Members to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the extent that the
Partnership is required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income or from a distribution to any Partner (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), the
General Partner may treat the amount withheld as a distribution of cash pursuant to Section 6.3 in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.
86
ARTICLE X
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
Section 10.1 Admission of Limited Partners.
(a) A Person shall be admitted as a Limited Partner and shall become bound by the terms of this Agreement if such Person purchases or
otherwise lawfully acquires any Limited Partner Interest and becomes the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interests in accordance with the provisions of Article IV or Article V hereof. Upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units and
Incentive Distribution Rights to the General Partner, the Organizational Limited Partner and the Underwriters as described in Article V in connection with the Initial Offering, such parties will be automatically admitted to the Partnership as
Initial Limited Partners in respect of the Common Units or Incentive Distribution Rights issued to them.
(b) By acceptance of the
transfer of any Limited Partner Interests in accordance with Article IV or the acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to Article V or pursuant to a merger or consolidation or conversion pursuant to Article XIV, and except as
provided in Section 4.8, each transferee of, or other such Person acquiring, a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another
Person) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred or issued to such Person when any such transfer or admission is reflected in the books and records of the
Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound, and shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound, by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) represents that
the transferee or other recipient has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, (iv) makes the consents, acknowledgements and waivers contained in this Agreement and (v) shall be deemed to certify that the transferee
is not an Ineligible Holder, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement. A Person may
become a Limited Partner or Record Holder of a Limited Partner Interest without the consent or approval of any of the Partners. A Person may not become a Limited Partner without acquiring a Limited Partner Interest and until such Person is reflected
in the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interest. The rights and obligations of a Person who is an Ineligible Holder shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.8.
(c) The name and mailing address of each Record Holder shall be listed on the books and records of the Partnership maintained for such purpose
by the Partnership or the Transfer Agent. The General Partner shall update the books and records of the Partnership from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer Agent to do so, as
applicable). A Limited Partner Interest may be represented by a Certificate, as provided in Section 4.1.
87
(d) Any transfer of a Limited Partner Interest shall not entitle the transferee to share in
the profits and losses, to receive distributions, to receive allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit or any similar item or to any other rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee becomes a Limited Partner
pursuant to Section 10.1(b).
Section 10.2 Admission of Successor General Partner. A successor General Partner approved pursuant
to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the
General Partner, effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General Partner, pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transfer of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6,
provided, however, that no such successor shall be admitted to the Partnership until compliance with the terms of Section 4.6 has occurred and such successor has executed and delivered such other documents or instruments as may be
required to effect such admission. Any such successor shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.
Section 10.3 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Formation. To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General
Partner shall take all steps necessary or appropriate under the Texas Limited Partnership Law to amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and,
if required by law, the General Partner shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of Formation.
ARTICLE XI
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
Section 11.1 Withdrawal of the General Partner.
(a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each
such event herein referred to as an “Event of Withdrawal”);
(i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from
the Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners;
(ii) The General Partner transfers all of its General Partner Interest
pursuant to Section 4.6;
(iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2;
(iv) The General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition for
relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; (C) files a petition or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an answer or other pleading
admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A)-(C) of this Section 11.1(a)(iv); or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in
the appointment of a trustee (but not a debtor-in-possession), receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;
88
(v) A final and non-appealable order of relief under
Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code is entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary petition by or against the General Partner; or
(vi) (A) if the General Partner is a corporation, a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed for the General Partner, or 90
days expire after the date of notice to the General Partner of revocation of its charter without a reinstatement of its charter, under the laws of its state of incorporation; (B) if the General Partner is a partnership or a limited liability
company, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) if the General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) if the General Partner is a
natural person, his death or adjudication of incompetency; and (E) otherwise upon the termination of the General Partner.
If an
Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi)(A), (B), (C) or (D) occurs, the withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree that
only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership.
(b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this
Agreement under the following circumstances: (i) at any time during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at 11:59 pm, prevailing Central Time, on September 30, 2022, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at
least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners; provided, that prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at least a majority of the Outstanding Common
Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel (“Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel”) that such withdrawal (following the
selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Texas Limited Partnership Law of any Limited Partner or cause any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or
otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed); (ii) at any time after 11:59 pm, prevailing Central Time, on September 30, 2022, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws
by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice to the Unitholders, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice; (iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner pursuant to
Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to Section 11.2; or (iv) notwithstanding clause (b) of this sentence, at any time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its
intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially
or of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or
managing member, if any, to the extent applicable, of the other Group
89
Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), a Unit Majority, may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a successor General
Partner. The Person so elected as successor General Partner shall automatically become the successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a
managing member. If, prior to the effective date of the General Partner’s withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), a successor is not selected by the Unitholders as provided herein or the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal
Opinion of Counsel, the Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with Section 12.1 unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this
Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3.
Section 11.2 Removal of the General Partner. The General
Partner may be removed if such removal is approved by (i) the Unitholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates but excluding Class D Common Units) and
(ii) the Unitholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Class D Common Units. Any such action by such holders for removal of the General Partner must also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by (i) the
Unitholders holding a majority of the Outstanding Common Units, voting as a class (including, in each case, Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates but excluding Class D Common Units) and (ii) the Unitholders holding at least
66 2/3% of the Outstanding Class D Common Units. Such removal shall be effective immediately following the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 10.2. The removal of the General Partner shall also automatically
constitute the removal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If a Person is elected as a successor
General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2, such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.2, automatically become a successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other
Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an opinion opining
as to the matters covered by a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.2.
Section 11.3 Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General Partner.
(a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or
(ii) removal of the General Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist, if the successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, the
Departing General Partner shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner, to require its successor to purchase its General Partner Interest and its or its
Affiliates’ general partner interest (or equivalent interest), if any, in the other Group Members and all of its or its Affiliates’ Incentive Distribution Rights (collectively, the “Combined Interest”) in
exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of its withdrawal or removal. If the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders
90
under circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates this Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in
accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner), such successor shall have the
option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner (or, in the event the business of the Partnership is continued, prior to the date the business of the Partnership is continued), to
purchase the Combined Interest for such fair market value of such Combined Interest. In either event, the Departing General Partner shall be entitled to receive all reimbursements due such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 7.5,
including any employee-related liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in connection with the termination of any employees employed by the Departing General Partner or its Affiliates (other than any Group Member) for the benefit of
the Partnership or the other Group Members.
For purposes of this Section 11.3(a), the fair market value of the Combined Interest
shall be determined by agreement between the Departing General Partner and its successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date of such Departing General Partner’s withdrawal or removal, by an independent investment
banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing General Partner and its successor, which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon
one independent investment banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days after the effective date of such withdrawal or removal, then the Departing General Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent
expert, the Departing General Partner’s successor shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, and such firms or experts shall mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or independent
expert, which third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined Interest. In making its determination, such third independent investment banking firm or other independent
expert may consider the value of the Units, including the then current trading price of Units on any National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed or admitted to trading, the value of the Partnership’s assets, the rights and
obligations of the Departing General Partner, the value of the Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner Interest and other factors it may deem relevant.
(b) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in Section 11.3(a), the Departing General Partner (and its
Affiliates, if applicable) shall become a Limited Partner and the Combined Interest shall be converted into Common Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected pursuant to
Section 11.3(a), without reduction in such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall indemnify the Departing General Partner as to all debts and
liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on which the Departing General Partner becomes a Limited Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the Combined Interest to Common Units will be characterized as if the
Departing General Partner (and its Affiliates, if applicable) contributed the Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.
91
(c) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of
Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner) and the option described in Section 11.3(a) is not
exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to the product of (x) the quotient obtained by
dividing (A) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner by (B) a percentage equal to 100% less the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the Departing General Partner and
(y) the Net Agreed Value of the Partnership’s assets on such date. In such event, such successor General Partner shall, subject to the following sentence, be entitled to its Percentage Interest of all Partnership allocations and
distributions to which the Departing General Partner was entitled. In addition, the successor General Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to reflect that, from and after the date of such successor General Partner’s admission, the
successor General Partner’s interest in all Partnership distributions and allocations shall be its Percentage Interest.
Section 11.4 Withdrawal of Limited Partners. No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided,
however, that when a transferee of a Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest becomes a Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred, such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with respect to
the Limited Partner Interest so transferred. For the avoidance of doubt, Section 152.601 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law shall not apply to any such cessation.
ARTICLE XII
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
Section 12.1 Dissolution. The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a
successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner is elected pursuant to Section 11.1, 11.2 or 12.2, the Partnership shall not be
dissolved and such successor General Partner is hereby authorized to, and shall, continue the business of the Partnership. Subject to Section 12.2, the Partnership shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon:
(a) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii)), unless a
successor is elected and such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement;
(b) an election to dissolve the
Partnership by the General Partner that is approved by a Unit Majority;
(c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the
Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Texas Limited Partnership Law; or
(d) at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the
Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
92
Section 12.2 Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution. Upon
(a) an Event of Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a)(i) or (iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a successor to such Departing General Partner pursuant to
Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, then within 90 days thereafter, or (b) an event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi), then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 180 days
thereafter, a Unit Majority may elect to continue the business of the Partnership on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by appointing as a successor General Partner a Person approved by a Unit Majority. Unless such an election
is made within the applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:
(i) the Partnership shall continue without dissolution unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XII;
(ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated in
the manner provided in Section 11.3; and
(iii) the successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as General
Partner, effective as of the Event of Withdrawal, by agreeing in writing to be bound by this Agreement; provided, that the right of a Unit Majority to approve a successor General Partner and to continue the business of the Partnership shall
not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that (x) the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability under the Texas Limited Partnership Law of any Limited Partner and
(y) neither the Partnership nor any Group Member would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right to continue (to the extent
not already so treated or taxed).
Section 12.3 Liquidator. Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the business of the
Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2, the General Partner shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as
may be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or
without cause, by notice of removal approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all
rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided
herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XII, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may
exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise,
upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in Section 7.4) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the
winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.
93
Section 12.4 Liquidation. The Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the
Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidator, subject to Sections 11.053 and 153.210 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law and the following:
(a) The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms as the Liquidator
and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value; and contemporaneously
therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Partners. The Liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all
or some of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidator may distribute the Partnership’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or
would cause undue loss to the Partners.
(b) Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to the Liquidator as compensation for
serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 12.3) and amounts to Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article VI. With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is
otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall
be distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.
(c) All property and all cash in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as
provided in Section 12.4(b) and that required to satisfy the Series A Liquidation Preference provided for under Section 5.11(b)(iv) shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with, and to the extent of, the positive balances in
their respective Capital Accounts, as determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments (other than those made by reason of distributions pursuant to this Section 12.4(c)) for the taxable period of the Partnership during
which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs (with such date of occurrence being determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)), and such distribution shall be made by the end of such taxable period (or, if later,
within 90 days after said date of such occurrence).
Section 12.5 Termination. Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership
cash and property as provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, the Partnership shall file a certificate of termination as provided in the Texas Limited Partnership Law, all qualifications of the Partnership
as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Texas shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.
94
Section 12.6 Return of Contributions. The General Partner shall not be personally
liable for, and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof, it being
expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.
Section 12.7 Waiver of Partition. To the
maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.
Section 12.8 Capital
Account Restoration. No Limited Partner shall have any obligation to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of the Partnership. The General Partner shall be obligated to restore any negative balance in its Capital
Account upon liquidation of its interest in the Partnership by the end of the taxable period of the Partnership during which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within 90 days after the date of such liquidation.
ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT
OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE
Section 13.1 Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner. Each
Partner agrees that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to
reflect:
(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered
agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;
(b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in
accordance with this Agreement;
(c) a change that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue
the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that the Group Members will not be treated as associations taxable as
corporations or otherwise taxed as entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
(d) a change that the General Partner determines
(i) does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class or series of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes or series of Partnership Interests) in any material respect (except as permitted by
subsection (g) hereof), (ii) to be necessary or appropriate to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or
contained in any federal or state statute (including the Texas Limited Partnership Law) or (B) facilitate the trading of the Units (including the division of any class or classes of Outstanding Units into different classes or series to
facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes or series of Units) or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are or will be listed or admitted to trading,
(iii) to be necessary or appropriate in connection with action taken by the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.8 or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in the Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of
this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;
95
(e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable period of the Partnership and any other changes
that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable period of the Partnership including, if the General Partner shall so determine, a change in the definition of
“Quarter” and the dates on which distributions (other than Series A Distributions) are to be made by the Partnership;
(f) an
amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, or the General Partner or its directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan asset
regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;
(g) an amendment that the General Partner determines
to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of any class or series of Partnership Interests or Derivative Instruments pursuant to Section 5.6;
(h) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the General Partner acting alone;
(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger Agreement approved in accordance with Section 14.3;
(j) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the
Partnership of, or investment by the Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.4
or Section 7.1(a);
(k) a merger, conveyance or conversion pursuant to Section 14.3(d); or
(l) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.
Section 13.2 Amendment Procedures. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by the General Partner. To the fullest extent
permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve any amendment to this Agreement and may decline to do so in its sole discretion, and, in declining to propose or approve an amendment, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Texas Limited Partnership Law or any other
law, rule or regulation or at equity. An amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the General Partner and, except as otherwise provided by Section 13.1 or 13.3, a Unit Majority, unless a greater or different percentage is required
under this Agreement or by Texas law. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of a specified percentage of
96
Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written approval of the
requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The General Partner shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any amendments. The General Partner shall be
deemed to have notified all Record Holders as required by this Section 13.2 if it has either (i) filed such amendment with the Commission via its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system and such amendment is publicly
available on such system or (ii) made such amendment available on any publicly available website maintained by the Partnership.
Section 13.3 Amendment Requirements.
(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no provision of this Agreement (other than Sections 11.2 or
13.4) that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner) or requires a vote or approval of Partners (or a subset of Partners) holding a specified Percentage Interest required to take any action
shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of reducing or increasing such percentage, unless such amendment is approved by the written consent or the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding
Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced or increased, as applicable, or the affirmative vote of Partners whose aggregate Percentage Interests constitute not less than the voting
requirement sought to be reduced, as applicable.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no
amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of (including requiring any holder of a class of Partnership Interests to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership) any Limited Partner without its consent, unless such
shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 13.3(c), or (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict, change or modify in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts
distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or withheld at its option.
(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3 or Section 13.1, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or
preferences of any class of Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of the class affected. If the General
Partner determines an amendment does not satisfy the requirements of Section 13.1(d) because it adversely affects one or more classes of Partnership Interests, as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests, in any material respect, such
amendment shall only be required to be approved by the adversely affected class or classes.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, except for amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except as otherwise provided by Section 14.3(b), no amendments shall become effective without the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Percentage Interests of all
Limited Partners voting as a single class unless the Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner under applicable partnership law of the state under whose
laws the Partnership is organized.
97
(e) Except as provided in Section 13.1, this Section 13.3 shall only be amended
with the approval of Partners (including the General Partner and its Affiliates) holding at least 90% of the Percentage Interests of all Limited Partners.
Section 13.4 Special Meetings. All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken in the manner provided
in this Article XIII. Special meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner or by Limited Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners shall
call a special meeting by delivering to the General Partner one or more requests in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and indicating the general or specific purposes for which the special meeting is to
be called. Within 60 days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing agreements or similar requirements
governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the General Partner shall send a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners either directly or indirectly through the Transfer Agent. A meeting shall be
held at a time and place determined by the General Partner on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the time notice of the meeting is given as provided in Section 16.1. Limited Partners shall not vote on matters that would
cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Texas Limited Partnership Law or the
law of any other state in which the Partnership is qualified to do business.
Section 13.5 Notice of a Meeting. Notice of a meeting
called pursuant to Section 13.4 shall be given to the Record Holders of the class or classes of Units for which a meeting is proposed in writing by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with Section 16.1. The notice
shall be deemed to have been given at the time when deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.
Section 13.6 Record Date. For purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited
Partners or to give approvals without a meeting as provided in Section 13.11 the General Partner may set a Record Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such requirement
conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading or U.S. federal securities laws, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of
such National Securities Exchange or U.S. federal securities laws shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which Limited Partners are requested in writing by the General Partner to give such
approvals. If the General Partner does not set a Record Date, then (a) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners shall be the close of business on the day next
preceding the day on which notice is given, and (b) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to give approvals without a meeting shall be the date the first written approval is deposited with the Partnership in care of the
General Partner in accordance with Section 13.11.
98
Section 13.7 Adjournment. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice
need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the
adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned
meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XIII.
Section 13.8 Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of
Minutes. The transaction of business at any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in
person or by proxy. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove the consideration of matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting,
but not so included, if the disapproval is expressly made at the meeting.
Section 13.9 Quorum and Voting. The holders of a majority,
by Percentage Interest, of Partnership Interests of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Partnership Interests deemed owned by the General Partner) represented in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a
meeting of Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the Partners requires approval by holders of a greater Percentage Interest, in which case the quorum shall be such greater Percentage Interest. At any meeting of the Partners
duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of Partners holding Partnership Interests that, in the aggregate, represent a majority of the Percentage Interest of those present in person or by proxy at
such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Partners, unless a greater or different percentage is required with respect to such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of the Partners holding Partnership
Interests that in the aggregate represent at least such greater or different percentage shall be required; provided, however, that if, as a matter of law or amendment to this Agreement, approval by plurality vote of Partners (or any class
thereof) is required to approve any action, no minimum quorum shall be required. The Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal
of enough Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by Partners holding the required Percentage Interest specified in this Agreement. In the absence of a quorum any meeting of Partners may be
adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of Partners with at least a majority, by Percentage Interest, of the Partnership Interests entitled to vote at such meeting (including Partnership Interests deemed owned by the General Partner)
represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in Section 13.7.
Section 13.10 Conduct of a Meeting. The General Partner shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any
meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.4, the conduct of
99
voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The General Partner
shall designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the General Partner. The General
Partner may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard
to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote, and the revocation of approvals in writing.
Section 13.11 Action Without a Meeting. If authorized by the General Partner, any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited
Partners may be taken without a meeting, without a vote and without prior notice, if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum percentage, by Percentage Interest, of the
Partnership Interests of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Partnership Interests deemed owned by the General Partner), as the case may be, that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at
which all the Limited Partners entitled to vote at such meeting were present and voted (unless such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted
to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved in
writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall be not less than 20 days,
specified by the General Partner. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Units held by the Limited Partners, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Units that were not voted. If approval
of the taking of any action by the Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the General Partner, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) they are deposited with the Partnership
in care of the General Partner and (b) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the General Partner to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not cause the
Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise permissible under the state
statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners. Nothing contained in this Section 13.11 shall be deemed to require the General Partner to solicit all Limited Partners in connection with a matter
approved by the holders of the requisite percentage of Units acting by written consent without a meeting.
Section 13.12 Right to
Vote and Related Matters.
(a) Only those Record Holders of the Outstanding Units on the Record Date set pursuant to
Section 13.6 shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Units have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to
votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Units.
100
(b) With respect to Units that are held for a Person’s account by another Person (such
as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), in whose name such Units are registered, such other Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units on any matter, and
unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of, and at the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume it is so acting without further inquiry.
The provisions of this Section 13.12(b) (as well as all other provisions of this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.
Section 13.13 Voting of Incentive Distribution Rights.
(a) For so long as a majority of the Incentive Distribution Rights are held by the General Partner and its Affiliates, the holders of the
Incentive Distribution Rights shall not be entitled to vote such Incentive Distribution Rights on any Partnership matter except as may otherwise be required by law and the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, in their capacity as such,
shall be deemed to have approved any matter approved by the General Partner.
(b) If less than a majority of the Incentive Distribution
Rights are held by the General Partner and its Affiliates, the Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote of Unitholders, other than amendments and other matters that the General Partner determines do
not adversely affect the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights as a whole in any material respect. On any matter in which the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights are entitled to vote, such holders will vote together with the Common Units
as a single class except as otherwise required by Section 13.3(c), and such Incentive Distribution Rights shall be treated in all respects as Common Units when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless
otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement. The relative voting power of the Incentive Distribution Rights and the Common Units will be set in the
same proportion as cumulative cash distributions, if any, in respect of the Incentive Distribution Rights for the four consecutive Quarters prior to the record date for the vote bears to the cumulative cash distributions in respect of such class of
Units for such four Quarters.
(c) In connection with any equity financing, or anticipated equity financing, by the Partnership of an
Expansion Capital Expenditure, the General Partner may, without the approval of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, temporarily or permanently reduce the amount of Incentive Distributions that would otherwise be distributed to such
holders, provided that in the judgment of the General Partner, such reduction will be in the long-term best interest of such holders.
101
ARTICLE XIV
MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
Section 14.1 Authority. The Partnership may merge or consolidate with or into one or more corporations, limited liability companies,
statutory trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership (whether general or limited (including a limited liability partnership)) or convert into any such entity,
whether such entity is formed under the laws of the State of Texas or any other state of the United States of America, pursuant to a written plan of merger or consolidation (“Merger Agreement”) in accordance with this
Article XIV.
Section 14.2 Procedure for Merger or Consolidation.
(a) Merger or consolidation of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV requires the prior consent of the General Partner, provided,
however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger or consolidation of the Partnership and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever
to the Partnership, any Limited Partner and, in declining to consent to a merger or consolidation, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or
under the Texas Limited Partnership Law or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity.
(b) If the General Partner shall determine to
consent to the merger or consolidation, the General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:
(i) the name and
jurisdiction of formation or organization of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;
(ii) the name and
jurisdiction of formation or organization of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the “Surviving Business Entity”);
(iii) the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;
(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity interests of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or
interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (i) if any interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or
interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, then the cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company,
unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and
(ii) in the case of equity interests represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited
partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;
102
(v) a statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new
constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership, certificate of formation or company agreement or other similar charter or governing
document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;
(vi) the effective time of the merger, which
may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement (provided, that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the
date of the filing of such certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain and stated in the certificate of merger); and
(vii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation that the General Partner determines to be necessary or
appropriate.
Section 14.3 Approval by Limited Partners.
(a) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), the General Partner, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement shall direct that the Merger
Agreement and the merger or consolidation contemplated thereby, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by written consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of Article XIII. A copy
or a summary of the Merger Agreement, as the case may be, shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent.
(b) Except as provided in Sections 14.3(d) and 14.3(e), the Merger Agreement shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or
consent of the holders of a Unit Majority unless the Merger Agreement contains any provision that, if contained in an amendment to this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement or the Texas Limited Partnership Law would require for its approval
the vote or consent of a greater percentage of the Outstanding Units or of any class of Limited Partners, in which case such greater percentage vote or consent shall be required for approval of the Merger Agreement.
(c) Except as provided in Sections 14.3(d) and 14.3(e), after such approval by vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time
prior to the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4, the merger or consolidation may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement.
(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited
Partner approval, to convert the Partnership or any Group Member into a new limited liability entity, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or convey all of the Partnership’s assets to, another limited liability entity that shall
be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the Partnership or other Group Member if (i) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel
that the merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability under the Texas Limited Partnership Law of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership or any Group Member to be treated as an association
taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income
103
tax purposes (to the extent not already treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose of such merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited
liability entity and (iii) the governing instruments of the new entity provide the Limited Partners and the General Partner with substantially the same rights and obligations as are herein contained.
(e) Additionally, notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without
Limited Partner approval, to merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into another entity if (A) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or consolidation, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of
the limited liability under the Texas Limited Partnership Law of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership or any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income
tax purposes (to the extent not already treated as such), (B) the merger or consolidation would not result in an amendment to this Agreement, other than any amendments that could be adopted pursuant to Section 13.1, (C) the Partnership is the
Surviving Business Entity in such merger or consolidation, (D) each Partnership Interest outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation is to be an identical Partnership Interest of the Partnership after the
effective date of the merger or consolidation, and (E) the number of Partnership Interests to be issued by the Partnership in such merger or consolidation does not exceed 20% of the Partnership Interests (other than Incentive Distribution
Rights) Outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation.
(f) Pursuant to Section 10.004(a)(1) of
the Texas Limited Partnership Law, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved in accordance with this Article XIV may (a) effect any amendment to this Agreement or (b) effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for the
Partnership if it is the Surviving Business Entity. Any such amendment or adoption made pursuant to this Section 14.3 shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger or consolidation.
Section 14.4 Certificate of Merger. Upon the required approval by the General Partner and the Unitholders of a Merger Agreement, a
certificate of merger shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas in conformity with the requirements of the Texas Limited Partnership Law.
Section 14.5 Effect of Merger or Consolidation.
(a) At the effective time of the certificate of merger:
(i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real,
personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation
shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business entity;
104
(ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of those constituent
business entities shall not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;
(iii) all rights of creditors
and all liens on or security interests in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and
(iv)
all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.
ARTICLE XV
RIGHT
TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
Section 15.1 Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time the General Partner and its Affiliates hold more than 80% of the
total Limited Partner Interests of any class then Outstanding, the General Partner shall then have the right, which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to the Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner, exercisable in its
sole discretion, to purchase all, but not less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class then Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current Market Price as of
the date three days prior to the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed and (y) the highest price paid by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of such class purchased
during the 90-day period preceding the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed.
(b) If the General Partner, any
Affiliate of the General Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to Section 15.1(a), the General Partner shall deliver to the Transfer Agent notice of such election to
purchase (the “Notice of Election to Purchase”) and shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such Notice of Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner Interests of such class (as of a Record Date
selected by the General Partner) at least 10, but not more than 60, days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall also be published for a period of at least three consecutive days in at least two daily newspapers of
general circulation printed in the English language and published in the Borough of Manhattan, New York. The Notice of Election to Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) at which
Limited Partner Interests will be purchased and state that the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner
Interests in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, in exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent as the Transfer Agent may specify, or as may be required by any National Securities Exchange on
which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the records of the Transfer
105
Agent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of whether the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, the General Partner, its Affiliate or the
Partnership, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Transfer Agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner Interests to be purchased in accordance with this Section 15.1. If the Notice
of Election to Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of
Limited Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase Date, notwithstanding that any Certificate shall not have been surrendered for purchase, all rights of the holders of such Limited Partner Interests
shall thereupon cease, except the right to receive the purchase price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) for Limited Partner Interests therefor, without interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent of the Certificates
representing such Limited Partner Interests in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, and such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership,
as the case may be, on the record books of the Transfer Agent and the Partnership, and the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the owner of all such Limited Partner
Interests from and after the Purchase Date and shall have all rights as the owner of such Limited Partner Interests.
(c) In the case of
Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, at any time from and after the Purchase Date, a holder of an Outstanding Limited Partner Interest subject to purchase as provided in this Section 15.1 may surrender his Certificate evidencing
such Limited Partner Interest to the Transfer Agent in exchange for payment of the amount described in Section 15.1(a), therefor, without interest thereon.
ARTICLE XVI
GENERAL
PROVISIONS
Section 16.1 Addresses and Notices; Written Communications.
(a) Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall
be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner at the address described below. Any notice, payment or report to be
given or made to a Partner hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such
notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interests at his address as shown on the records of the Transfer Agent or as otherwise shown on the records of the Partnership, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an
interest in such Partnership Interests by reason of any assignment or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) a Partner shall consent to receiving notices, demands, requests, reports or proxy materials via electronic mail or by the
Internet or (ii) the rules of the Commission shall permit any report or proxy materials to be delivered electronically or made available via the Internet, any such notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials shall be deemed given or made
when delivered or made available via
106
such mode of delivery. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by the General Partner, the
Transfer Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report given or made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 is
returned marked to indicate that such notice, payment or report was unable to be delivered, such notice, payment or report and, in the case of notices, payments or reports returned by the United States Postal Service (or other physical mail delivery
mail service outside the United States of America), any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer
Agent or the Partnership of a change in his address) or other delivery if they are available for the Partner at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report
to the other Partners. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3. The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in
relying on any notice or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.
(b) The terms “in
writing”, “written communications,” “written notice” and words of similar import shall be deemed satisfied under this Agreement by use of e-mail and other forms of electronic
communication.
Section 16.2 Further Action. The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or
refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
Section 16.3 Binding
Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.
Section 16.4 Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter
hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.
Section 16.5 Creditors. None of the provisions of
this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.
Section 16.6 Waiver. No
failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other
covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
Section 16.7 Third-Party Beneficiaries. Each Partner agrees that (a) any Indemnitee
shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Indemnitee and (b) any Unrestricted Person shall be
entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Unrestricted Person.
107
Section 16.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which
together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing
its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Limited Partner Interest, pursuant to Section 10.1(a) without execution hereof.
Section 16.9 Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction; Waiver of Trial by Jury.
(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to the principles of
conflicts of law.
(b) Each of the Partners and each Person holding any beneficial interest in the Partnership (whether through a broker,
dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise):
(i) irrevocably agrees that any
claims, suits, actions or proceedings (A) arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of this Agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities
among Partners or of Partners to the Partnership, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, the Partners or the Partnership), (B) brought in a derivative manner on behalf of the Partnership, (C) asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary
duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the Partnership or the General Partner, or owed by the General Partner, to the Partnership or the Partners, (D) asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Texas Limited
Partnership Law or (E) asserting a claim for any other internal entity claim (as defined in Section 2.115 of the Texas Limited Partnership Law) shall be exclusively brought in the Business Court in the First Business Court Division of the
State of Texas (or, if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court located in the State of Texas with subject matter jurisdiction), in each case regardless of whether such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound
in contract, tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory, equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct claims;
(ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Business Court in the First Business Court Division of the State of Texas (or,
if such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court located in the State of Texas with subject matter jurisdiction) in connection with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding;
(iii) agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not personally subject
to the jurisdiction of the Business Court in the First Business Court Division of the State of Texas or of any other court to which proceedings in the State of Texas may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding is brought in an
inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper;
(iv) expressly waives any requirement
for the posting of a bond by a party bringing such claim, suit, action or proceeding;
108
(v) consents to process being served in any such claim, suit, action or proceeding by
mailing, certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such services shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof; provided,
nothing in clause (v) hereof shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law; and
(vi)
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUCH CLAIM, SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. Each Partner shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Section 16.9(b)(vi).
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Partners and each Person holding any beneficial interest in the Partnership (whether through a
broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise) agrees that any action, suit or proceeding for enforcement (or remedy in lieu of enforcement) of any obligation of the Partnership (or of
the General Partner when acting on behalf of the Partnership) arising while the Partnership was a limited partnership of the State of Delaware may be brought in accordance with, and if so brought shall be subject in all respects to, the provisions
of Section 16.9 of the Delaware Partnership Agreement.
Section 16.10 Invalidity of Provisions. If any provision or part of a
provision of this Agreement is or becomes for any reason, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions and/or parts thereof contained herein shall not be affected thereby and
this Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reformed and construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of a provision, had never been contained herein, and such provision or part reformed so that it
would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent possible.
Section 16.11 Consent of Partners. Each Partner hereby
expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Partners, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of
the Partners and each Partner shall be bound by the results of such action.
Section 16.12 Facsimile Signatures. The use of facsimile
signatures affixed in the name and on behalf of the transfer agent and registrar of the Partnership on Certificates representing Units is expressly permitted by this Agreement.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]
109
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first
written above.
GENERAL PARTNER:
SUNOCO GP LLC
By:
/s/ Dylan A. Bramhall
Name:
Dylan A. Bramhall
Title:
Chief Financial Officer
[Signature Page to Agreement of Limited Partnership]
EX-99.1
EX-99.1
Filename: d35531dex991.htm · Sequence: 5
EX-99.1
Exhibit 99.1
RISK FACTORS
The following are updates
to risk factors that were previously disclosed by the Partnership in its Annual Report on Form 10-K to reflect the Partnership’s conversion from a Delaware limited partnership to a Texas limited
partnership. These risk factors should be read in conjunction with the risk factors described in “Part I – Item 1A. Risk Factors” of the Partnership’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2025 filed with the SEC on February 19, 2026.
Our Partnership Agreement limits the liability and duties of our
General Partner and restricts the remedies available to us and our common unitholders for actions taken by our General Partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty if we were a Texas corporation.
Our Partnership Agreement limits the liability and duties of our General Partner, while also restricting the remedies available to our common unitholders for
actions that, without these limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty under Texas law. Texas partnership law permits such contractual reductions or elimination of fiduciary duty. By purchasing common units, common unitholders consent
to be bound by the Partnership Agreement, and pursuant to our Partnership Agreement, each unitholder consents to various actions and conflicts of interest contemplated in our Partnership Agreement that might otherwise constitute a breach of
fiduciary or other duties under Texas law. For example:
•
Our Partnership Agreement permits our General Partner to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity,
as opposed to its capacity as General Partner. This entitles our General Partner to consider only the interests and factors that it desires, with no duty or obligation to give consideration to the interests of, or factors affecting, our common
unitholders. Decisions made by our General Partner in its individual capacity will be made by Energy Transfer, as the owner of our General Partner, and not by the board of directors of our General Partner. Examples of such decisions include:
•
whether to exercise limited call rights;
•
how to exercise voting rights with respect to any units it owns;
•
whether to exercise registration rights; and
•
whether to consent to any merger or consolidation, or amendment to our Partnership Agreement.
•
Our Partnership Agreement provides that our General Partner will not have any liability to us or our unitholders
for decisions made in its capacity as General Partner so long as it acted in good faith as defined in the Partnership Agreement, meaning it believed that the decisions were not adverse to the interests of our partnership.
•
Our Partnership Agreement provides that our General Partner and the officers and directors of our General Partner
will not be liable for monetary damages to us for any acts or omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that our General
Partner or those persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that such person’s conduct was criminal.
•
Our Partnership Agreement provides that our General Partner will not be in breach of its obligations under the
Partnership Agreement or its duties to us or our limited partners with respect to any transaction involving an affiliate if:
•
the transaction with an affiliate or the resolution of a conflict of interest is:
•
approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of our General Partner, although our General
Partner is not obligated to seek such approval;
•
approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common units, excluding any common units owned by our
General Partner and its affiliates; or
1
•
the board of directors of our General Partner acted in good faith in taking any action or failing to act.
If an affiliate transaction or the resolution of a conflict of interest is not approved by our common unitholders or the conflicts
committee then it will be presumed that, in making its decision, taking any action or failing to act, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the partnership, the person
bringing or prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming such presumption.
Unitholders may have liability to repay distributions.
Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under Section 153.210 of the
Texas Business Organizations Code (the “TBOC”), we may not make a distribution to our unitholders if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Texas law provides that for a period of two years
from the date of an impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated the TBOC will be liable to the limited partnership for the distribution amount. Liabilities
to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are not counted for purposes of determining whether a distribution is permitted.
Our Partnership Agreement limits the forum, venue and jurisdiction of claims, suits, actions or proceedings.
Our Partnership Agreement is governed by Texas law. Our Partnership Agreement requires that any claims, suits, actions or proceedings:
•
arising out of or relating in any way to our Partnership Agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to
interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of our Partnership Agreement or the duties, obligations or liabilities among our limited partners or of our limited partners to us, or the rights or powers of, or restrictions on, our limited partners or
us);
•
brought in a derivative manner on our behalf;
•
asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of us or our
General Partner, or owed by our General Partner, to us or the limited partners;
•
asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the TBOC; or
•
asserting a claim for any other internal entity claims (as defined in Section 2.115 of the TBOC),
will be exclusively brought in the Business Court in the First Business Court Division in the State of Texas (or, if such court does
not have subject matter jurisdiction thereof, any other court located in the State of Texas with subject matter jurisdiction). By purchasing a common unit, a limited partner is irrevocably consenting to these limitations and provisions regarding
claims, suits, actions or proceedings and submitting to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Business Court in the First Business Court Division in the State of Texas in connection with any such claims, suits, actions or proceedings.
The provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors, officers, employees and agents. The enforceability of similar forum
selection provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation or similar governing documents have been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with one or more actions or proceedings described above, a
court could find that the forum selection provision contained in our Partnership Agreement is inapplicable or unenforceable in such action or actions, including with respect to claims arising under the federal securities laws. Limited partners will
not be deemed, by operation of the forum selection provision alone, to have waived claims arising under the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
2
The forum selection provision is intended to apply “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law” to the above-specified types of actions and proceedings, including, to the extent permitted by the federal securities laws, to lawsuits asserting both the above-specified claims and federal securities claims. However, application of the
forum selection provision may in some instances be limited by applicable law. Section 27 of the Exchange Act provides: “The district courts of the United States ... shall have exclusive jurisdiction of violations of the Exchange Act or
the rules and regulations thereunder, and of all suits in equity and actions at law brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.” As a result, the forum selection provision will
not apply to actions arising under the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. However, Section 22 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) provides for concurrent federal and state court
jurisdiction over actions under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, subject to a limited exception for certain “covered class actions” as defined in Section 16 of the Securities Act and interpreted by the
courts. Accordingly, we believe that the forum selection provision would apply to actions arising under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, except to the extent a particular action fell within the exception for covered class
actions.
Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to a
material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or we were otherwise subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation, then our cash available for
distribution to our unitholders would be substantially reduced.
The anticipated after-tax economic
benefit of an investment in our units depends largely on our being treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Despite the fact that
we are organized as a limited partnership under Texas law, we will be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes unless we satisfy a “qualifying income” requirement. Based upon our current operations, we believe we
satisfy the qualifying income requirement. However, no ruling has been or will be requested regarding our treatment as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Failing to meet the qualifying income requirement or a change in current law
could cause us to be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity.
If we were treated
as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we would pay U.S. federal income tax on our taxable income at the corporate tax rate, which is currently a maximum of 21%, and would likely pay state income tax at varying rates. Distributions
to our unitholders who are treated as holders of corporate stock would generally be taxed again as corporate distributions, and no income, gains, losses, deductions or credits would flow through to our unitholders. Because a tax would be imposed
upon us as a corporation, our cash available for distribution to our unitholders would be substantially reduced.
Our Partnership Agreement provides that
if a law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that subjects us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects us to entity-level taxation for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes, the minimum quarterly
distribution amount and the target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect the impact of that law on us.
In addition, changes in current state
law may subject us to additional entity-level taxation by individual states. Several states are evaluating ways to subject partnerships to entity-level taxation through the imposition of state income, franchise and other forms of taxation. For
example, we are currently subject to the entity-level Texas franchise tax. Imposition of any such additional taxes on us or an increase in the existing tax rates would reduce the cash available for distribution to our unitholders. Therefore, if we
were treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or otherwise subjected to a material amount of entity-level taxation, there would be a material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and
after-tax return to our unitholders, likely causing a substantial reduction in the value of our units.
3
GRAPHIC
GRAPHIC
Filename: g35531dsp6.jpg · Sequence: 6
Binary file (6696 bytes)
Download g35531dsp6.jpg